CAPE METROPOLITAN COUNCIL KAAPSE METROPOLITAANSE RAAD IBHUNGA LOLAWULO LWENQILAYEKAPA
REPORT OF THE BIENNIAL UEF MEETING Cover in Illustrator UNCHS United Nations Centre for United Nations United Nations Human Settlements (Habitat) Development Programme Environmental Programme
This meeting was made possible through the generous support of our partners
C A P E M E T R O P O L I T A N C O U N C I L K A A P S E M E T R O P O L I T A A N S E R A A D IBHUNGA LOLAWULO LWENQILA YEKAPA
Dutch Ministry of French Ministry of Foreign Affairs Cape Metropolitan Council Foreign Affairs General Directorate for General Directorate for International Cooperation and International Cooperation Development (DGIS) (DGCID)
Urban Environment Forum
UEF Secretariat United Nations Centre for Human Settlements (UNCHS Habitat) United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) P.O. Box 30030, Nairobi, Kenya
Tel: +254-2-623225, Fax: +254-2-623715 E-mail: [email protected] Website: http://www.unchs.org/uef
Nairobi, May 2001
TABLE OF CONTENTS
UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report ...... 1 Introduction ...... 2 Meeting Overview ...... 4 UEF 2000: Theme and Focus of the Meeting ...... 4 Structure of the Meeting ...... 5 Main Results ...... 6 UEF 2000 Closing Statement ...... 8 Meeting Results by Session ...... 14 Opening of the Meeting, Introduction and Experiences from South Africa...... 14 Experiences from Cities, Experiences from International Support Programmes and Intergovernmental Institutions ...... 15 Working Group Session 1 - City and programme experiences in participating actively in the development and implementation of global norms, international environmental conventions and agreements ...... 15 Working Group 1, WG Session 1– Air Pollution ...... 16 Working Group 2, WG Session 1– Land-based Impact on Eco-systems ...... 18 Working Group 3, WG Session 1– Bio-diversity ...... 19 Working Group 4, WG Session 1– Decentralisation ...... 21 Working Group 5, WG Session 1– Transparency ...... 22 Working Group 6, WG Session 1– Security ...... 24 Working Group Session 2 - Building capacities and mechanisms to develop and implement global norms, international environmental conventions and agreements ...... 25 Working Group 1, WG Session 2 – EPM Demonstration...... 25 Working Group 2, WG Session 2 – Networking ...... 26 Working Group 3, WG Session 2 – Specialised Expertise ...... 27 Working Group 4, WG Session 2 – Research and Policies ...... 29 Working Group 5, WG Session 2 – Strategic Financing ...... 30 Closing Session ...... 31 The Urban Environmental Bazaar ...... 32
Annexes ...... 33 UEF Meeting Overview ...... 34 UEF Meeting Agenda ...... 35 Keynote Presentations ...... 41 Cocktail, Opening and Introduction ...... 41 International Agreements for a Better Urban Environment ...... 54 Global Norms for Good Urban Governance ...... 57 Cities, the Environment, and International Conventions, Agreements and Norms ...... 60 Experiences from South Africa ...... 65 Johannesburg – Towards a sustainable city ...... 65 Local Government and Sustainable Urban Development: What will our reforms achieve? ...... 67 Durban Metropolitan Environmental Policy – Towards Implementation ...... 69 Race, Inequality and Urbanisation in the Johannesburg Region, 1946-1996 ...... 73 Midrand EcoCity Project ...... 83 Experiences from Cities ...... 89 Experiences of Manila, Philippines, with international environmental agreements on air pollution...... 89 Experience of Dakar, Senegal, with international environmental agreements related to land-based impact on ecosystems and the marine environment ...... 94 Experience of Cape Town, South Africa, with international environmental agreements on bio-diversity - Spatial restructuring and environmental enhancement in the CMA ...... 96 Experience of Dar es Salaam, Tanzania, with decentralisation of authority and resources ...... 98 Experience of Recife, Brazil, with security of individuals and their living environment in the urban environmental planning and management process ...... 104 Experiences from International Support Programmes ...... 115 Supporting Cities to apply international agreements on the protection of the ozone layer, freshwater resources and Bio-diversity at the city level...... 115 Supporting cities to apply international agreements related to land-based impact on ecosystems and the marine environment: Experience in the Mediterranean region ...... 119 Supporting cities to improve transparency and accountability in decision-making and stakeholder participation at the city level ...... 122 Supporting cities in decentralisation of authority and resources at the city level ...... 125 Supporting cities in providing gender responsive tools for applying global norms and international conventions...... 127 Other Working Group Presentations ...... 129 Italian Cities for Climate Protection Campaign ...... 129 Cleaner Production Centre of Zimbabwe (CPC-Zimbabwe) ...... 131 Reduce Air Pollution at Sources...... 155 Land-based impact on Eco-systems - Supporting cities to apply international agreements related to land-based impacts on marine environment at the city level ...... 158 Exemple de la Baie de Hann (Dakar, Senegal): Impact des risques industriels et de la Degradation de la Baie sur l’environnement, les activites socio-economiques et la sante de populations...... 162 Bio-diversity ...... 164 Bio-diversity Conservation within the Nairobi City Planning and Management Framework...... 177 Localising Agenda 21 Programme, Municipal Council of Nakuru ...... 181 Decentralization ...... 184 Urbanization and Environmental Management in Central Africa; Issues, Challenges and Perspectives at the Eve of the Third Millennium...... 185 Institute for Local Government Studies ...... 187 Promoting stakeholder involvement and capacities at local level - Sustainable Cities Programme - a UNCHS/UNEP facility and experience Transparency of Decision-Making ...... 191 Working Group Security ...... 193 Safer Cities Programme ...... 193 Management of Risk the new point of view in the Urban Environmental Development ...... 201 Working Group EPM Demonstrations - The Urban Governance Initiative ...... 203 CIM - Integrated Experts Programme - Solid Waste Management Zanzibar Town ...... 205 Working Group Networking - The International Council for Local Environmental Initiatives (ICLEI)...... 208 Urban Management Programme - Regional Office for Africa ...... 214 Citynet ...... 215 The Global Campaign for Urban Governance (UNCHS) ...... 216 Specialised expertise ...... 221 Cities Environment Report on the Internet (CEROI) ...... 224 STRING Transportation ...... 226 Working Group on Research and Policies - Building Capacities to respond to Global Norms International Conventions and Agreements ...... 228 Working Group on Strategic Financing ...... 231 Cities Alliance, World Bank, UNCHS ...... 234 Closing Session ...... 236 Progress Report on the Urban Environment Forum ...... 236 Closing Speeches...... 237 Participant List ...... 245 City Representatives ...... 245 International Support Programmes...... 255 United Nations Organisations ...... 260 International Development Agencies ...... 261 Resource Institutions ...... 261 Local Government Associations...... 263 263 Government Representation ...... 263 Private Sector ...... 267 UEF Secretariat ...... 268
UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
UEF 2000 BIENNIAL MEETING REPORT
1 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
INTRODUCTION
A multitude of initiatives to improve urban life and to enhance equity and productivity in cities are taking place all over the world. Partnerships between cities and international support programmes are developing new ways of planning and managing the urban environment, and doing so in a variety of different geographic, economic and political settings. The purpose of the Urban Environment Forum (UEF) is to provide an effective global forum for sharing these experiences and thus enhancing collective know-how.
Established in 1996 in Istanbul, the UEF is a global coalition of development practitioners from cities and international programmes, united by their shared commitment to more responsive and sustainable urban environmental planning and management. The United Nations Centre for Human Settlements (UNCHS-Habitat) and the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP), the United Nations agencies responsible for urban and environmental issues, jointly launched the Urban Environment Forum and currently host its secretariat. The UEF is considered by UNCHS and UNEP to be a key instrument for implementation of the environmental dimension of the Habitat Agenda, the urban dimension of Agenda 21 as well as an important element in the Global Campaign for Good Urban Governance.
The Urban Environment Forum supports a variety of global, regional, and thematic meetings. Global meetings were held in Istanbul in 1996 and Shanghai in 1997; regional meetings were held in Ismailia and Moscow in 1998 and Dubai in 1999; and topic-specific meetings in Nairobi in 1998 (gender) and Salt Lake City in 2000 (air pollution). These different meetings provided scope for a wide variety of interests and views to be brought together, shared and built upon and confirmed the value of sharing and exchanging experiences among cities and the international support programmes with which they co-operate; bringing cities together with the partners who are committed to assist; catalyzing new initiatives based on agreed needs, priorities and gaps; and expanding our collective understanding of more effective approaches to urban environmental planning and management.
The Third Global Meeting of the Urban Environment Forum was held in September 2000, in Cape Town, South Africa, hosted by the Cape Metropolitan Council, in collaboration with the United Nations Centre for Human Settlements (UNCHS-Habitat) and the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP). In Cape Town, as in previous meetings, UEF 2000 was very much a working event, with a carefully-focused schedule based on the Environmental Planning and Management (EPM) framework, designed to make the most of this unique gathering of urban specialists and development practitioners and to further develop their growing and systematic body of knowledge.
The theme of UEF 2000 was Local Capacities for Global Norms, Agreements and Conventions. This emphasized the key role of cities in the development and implementation of global norms, such as the Global Campaign for Good Governance of UNCHS (Habitat), and of global agreements, such as the various environmental conventions of UNEP (such as desertification, biodiversity, climate change). The theme fitted well into the recognition that progress toward sustainable urban development is limited, not so much by lack of technical know-how or even of finance, but more by inadequate management capacities and poorly-developed urban governance. The aim of the United Nations’ current campaigns for governance norms and environmental conventions is to encourage creative local responses and effective applications, and UEF 2000 facilitated a very productive interchange of ideas and experiences in this respect.
There was broad-based and enthusiastic participation in UEF 2000, with more than 200 participants. This included 91 representatives from 54 cities (of 24 countries) and representatives from 31 International Support Programmes, 10 from United Nations organizations and other International Development Agencies, 14 Research Institutions and Local Government Associations, 34 national government
2 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
representatives and 8 participants from the private sector. In total 38 different countries were represented.
By holding the meeting in Cape Town, cities and programmes from Africa (and especially the Southern Africa region) were particularly encouraged to join the global Urban Environment Forum and to participate in the global network of exchange of lessons of experience. The meeting also opened gateways to all participants for new partnerships, involving with international development practitioners and decision-makers from all over the world, which can both benefit from and contribute to the continuing development of global norms and conventions for sustainable urban development.
Cape Metropolitan Council was a highly committed and hospitable host, providing very substantial contributions in terms of staff time, organization, venues, meals, receptions and social functions, transport and interpretation facilities. Substantial funding also came jointly from Habitat and UNEP. In addition, various other international support agencies and programmes supported attendance of the participants.
3 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
MEETING OVERVIEW
UEF 2000: Theme and Focus of the Meeting
The UEF 2000 meeting was with the special theme “Local Capacities for Global Norms, Agreements and Conventions”. A key purpose of bringing this topic into the Urban Environment Forum was to focus on and develop the crucial linkage between local action (in the cities) and global agreements (through international organizations). For example, UNCHS (Habitat) is leading a United Nations effort to develop and win international support for a Global Campaign for Good Urban Governance, as a way of effectively promoting sustainable urban development. Similarly, UNEP is leading United Nations efforts to secure international agreement on key issues of environmental sustainability through global conventions on climate change, biodiversity, desertification, industrial risks, land based impact on marine environment and others. However, although norms and conventions may be agreed at the global and international levels, the actions required to implement these agreements into effect are normally taken at the local level.
Thus, the UEF 2000 meeting specifically focused on: • Adaptation and implementation at the city level of global norms, agreements and conventions; and • City level participation in the development and extension of global norms, agreements and conventions. To provide a systematic structure for these discussions, the Environmental Planning and Management (EPM) framework was used. Being based on operational city experiences and priorities, the EPM process is formulated in terms of main elements of a typical city agenda for improving environmental planning and management which is made of: • improving information and technical expertise; • improving strategies and decision-making; • improving efficient implementation of environmental strategies; • institutionalizing environmental planning and management; and • managing an effective process of change.
The aim was to explore – especially from the city perspective – how best to establish and strengthen the mechanisms and capacities needed at the local level not only for adapting and implementing global norms and agreements but also for feeding back into the development and refinement of these norms and agreements. Through the structure of its approach (shown schematically in the diagram below), UEF 2000 helped build a ‘roadmap’ for strengthening urban governance and local capacities. This ‘roadmap’, being based on real-world city experiences and reflecting their actual operational circumstances, will allow cities to better adapt and make use of global norms and conventions in their day-to-day environmental planning and management; it will also help international support programmes to better support cities in these endeavours. In this regard, the Meeting contributed materially to strengthening the operational linkages between global norms and local actions, an important task for which the Urban Environment Forum is uniquely well suited.
4 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Global Conventions, agreements and norms: For example: • Urban Governance • Climate change and air pollution means and opportunities and means
• Land based impact on eco-systems and the marine environment experiences of lessons
• Industrial risks issues and priorities • Desertification • Biodiversity
Support to intergovernmental mechanism
Local response and application: For example EPM process: • Improving information and technical expertise adaptation and application • Improving strategies and decision-making • Improving efficient implementation of environmental strategies • Institutionalizing environmental planning and management • Managing an effective process of change
Structure of the Meeting
The meeting was opened by the Hosts from Cape Town and the organizing United Nations agencies, after which participants made presentations on: • International Agreements and Conventions on the Environment • Global Norms for Good Urban Governance • Cities, the environment, and international norms, agreements and conventions.
This was followed by a series of presentations on actual experiences in the application of international norms, agreements and conventions. First, there were presentations from cities, describing their experiences in adapting and applying international agreements, conventions and norms: Second, there were presentations from international support programmes, describing their experiences in supporting cities in the application of international agreements, conventions and norms.
The issues raised in the presentations were further taken up for detailed examination in intensive Working Group sessions. During the first session there were six Working Groups. Each focused on particular norms or conventions and with a mix of city and programme representatives. Each Working Group analysed local experiences in adapting and implementing global norms and conventions, leading to identification of key points and common themes. During the second session, there were five Working Groups. Each focused on one of the five EPM process elements and again with a mix of city and programme participants. The task of the Working Groups in the second session was to build upon the work of the previous Working Group session and directly relate the city-level process of environmental planning and management to the building of capacities for developing and responding to global governance norms and international environmental conventions and agreements.
In both sessions, each Working Group concentrated on analyzing city and programme experiences, based not only on the first day’s presentations but also on highly focused supplementary presentations which were given in each Working Group. Having a sound basis of real-world information, the Working Group discussions were lively and vigorous, and the sequence of Working Group focus,
5 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
from norm/convention to EPM process, ensured that discussions led to positive outcomes: identification of local capacity building needs and suitable support and implementation mechanisms, as well as better understanding of how global norms and conventions need to involve and respond to the cities.
The results of the Working Groups, the key lessons learnt from the Meeting as well as individual reports from the Working Groups were prepared and consolidated into a report of results. These reports were subsequently synthesized into a closing statement, which was reviewed and approved by the Meeting in the closing session.
Main Results
From the United Nations perspective, the introductory presentations on day one emphasized the key importance of local involvement in the development and implementation of global norms and conventions. It was also generally felt that this involvement had been quite inadequate in the past, with the focus having been exclusively on national governments and international organizations. In this respect, the underlying truth of the phrase “Think Globally, Act Locally” was stressed repeatedly and numerous speakers argued that UEF 2000 offered a much-needed shift of attention to the local level.
The detailed case study presentations provided substantial information as a basis for the Meeting’s further discussions. Five cities described how they work toward implementing global norms (decentralization, security) and environmental conventions (bio-diversity, air pollution, land-based impact on marine environment), and five international organizations described how they work at the local level to implement global norms (transparency and accountability, gender responsiveness, decentralization) as well as environmental agreements (land-based impact on marine environment, ozone layer, freshwater resources, and biodiversity).
These key presentations delivered at the plenary session were supplemented by numerous presentations which were made in the various Working Groups on Days Two and Three of the Meeting. These latter presentations focused specifically on the topics of the Working Groups, organized around the elements of environmental planning and management process, and provided a rich input of real-world experience into the Working Groups. In response, there was a lively and well-informed discussion in all of the individual Working Groups. Each Group produced an individual Report and contributed to the overall Meeting conclusions.
Looking at the results of the first Working Group session, the concluding plenary session identified a number of general points and cross-cutting issues as being crucial for better progress. These issues are: • adaptation of norms and conventions to be co-ordinated with other development priorities; • achieving the appropriate “balance” of global standardization and local differentiation • acknowledging the different roles of different authorities and levels of government; • clarification of the local economic consequences of implementation; and • basing actions on local stakeholder involvement, to build political and social commitment.
There was insufficient time to fully review results across the second Working Group session but “demonstrations” were widely seen as one of the most effective mechanism for improving local implementation of global norms and agreements. It was also generally felt that international agreements and conventions, naturally perhaps, tend to be “top down” in origin and in procedures, seldom being brought effectively down to city level. Also, there was little evidence of cities having played any significant role in contributing to development of global agreements. Most of the
6 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Meeting’s participants felt that cities have a potentially major, but so far unrealised, role to play in both implementing global agreements and norms and in helping to develop and refine and extend them. Equally, it was felt that without more active involvement of the cities, progress on implementation would be slow.
Based on the extensive plenary and Working Group discussions, a draft Closing Statement was prepared and then reviewed and agreed at the final plenary session. This Statement provides a summary overview of the results of UEF 2000, identifies important issues and indicates key areas for progress.
The final part of the closing session discussed the future of the UEF. It was agreed that the Urban Environment Forum should be consolidated into a more formal urban forum with regular biennial global meetings and regional and thematic meetings in the intervening years, which would report to the global gathering. UNEP and Habitat offered to explore various options for a more secure secretariat support, including possibilities for mobilising the necessary resources, and to report back at the next meeting in 2002, which is expected to be hosted in Nairobi, Kenya.
It was also agreed that the UEF secretariat would undertake certain follow-up activities, such as: dissemination of updated list of participants, compilation and dissemination to all participants the UEF 2000 Meeting Report, post the report on the UEF website as well as to follow-up results with UNEP and other interested partners.
7 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
UEF 2000 CLOSING STATEMENT
1. CONTEXT: The over-all theme of UEF 2000 was ‘Local Capacities for Global Norms, Agreements and Conventions’. Accordingly, the Meeting has focused on how cities (and the international programmes, which support them) can best respond to, and contribute to, global norms, agreements and conventions.
The approach has been two-fold. First, the meeting has reviewed a variety of city experiences of adapting and implementing global norms, agreements and convention, leading to an identification of key issues which have affected implementation. Prominent among these, for instance, is the almost complete lack of local involvement in the formulation of global norms and agreements. Second, this information from real-world city experiences has provided the basis for an examination of how best to strengthen required capacities at the local level, specifically in relation to the operational activities of the urban environmental planning and management (EPM) process.
In UEF 2000, the phrase ‘global norms, agreements and conventions’ included international agreements which have been formally embodied in protocols and conventions (such as the various global environmental agreements) as well as generally accepted guidelines which represent a broad consensus (such as the Good Urban Governance norms). Together, as this Meeting has shown, these “global norms, agreements and conventions” comprise a potentially powerful set of concepts and operational guidelines, which can significantly strengthen the EPM process at the local level. The underlying purpose of UEF 2000 was to work together to learn how best to realize this potential. In that learning process, the Meeting has certainly succeeded.
2. MATTERS ARISING FROM WORKING GROUP SESSION ONE: The first session was made up of six Working Groups, each of which looked at different actual experiences from cities implementing local activities related to global agreements and norms. Three of the Working Groups looked at the following global good governance norms: • Decentralization of authority and resources • Transparency and accountability • Security of individuals and their living environment. The other three Working Groups focused on the following international environmental agreements: • Climate change & release of greenhouse gases • Land-based impact on eco-systems and the marine environment • Biodiversity
Considering the results from the six Working Groups, it is possible to highlight some of the important issues, which arose; concentrating on those which appeared to be relevant for several – or even all – of the Groups. These general issues are of central importance for active city involvement in global norms and agreements. How they work out in practice will fundamentally affect how well global norms and agreements can be implemented at the city level – and how well cities can improve their environmental planning and management for sustainable development.
In respect to global good governance norms, city-level action is generally taking place in response to perceived local needs, and although there is often some degree of external framework or guidance, there do not yet exist globally accepted norms on which to rely. However, these experiences of local action are tending to derive from accepted ideas of ‘good practice’, and this could well become the foundation for more fully developed and widely accepted global norms. Clearly, there is a strong consistency between the approach being developed through the Good Urban Governance Campaign (GUGC) and the ‘bottom-up’ strengthening of EPM capacities which is going on at the city level.
8 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
In respect to international environmental agreements, on the other hand, well-defined standards exist, based on formal agreements and conventions; these can, potentially, provide a clear framework for action at all levels. But in practice, there is quite weak linkage down to the city-level, which is where implementation must ultimately take place. In general, cities found it more difficult to connect to these agreements and conventions, which both politically and technically seem to be very much at the national-level.
Keeping in mind these differences in perspective, a number of cross-cutting issues can be extracted from the work of the six Groups with a reference to specific city or programme experience or to specific Working Group discussions. They are
1. Operational relevance of global agreements, conventions and norms. How well do they ‘fit’ operational priorities, needs, and capabilities at the local level? • In some cases the international conventions were not easily adaptable for local implementation, and the local actions were initiated from a different angle and reflected different operational priorities. [Dakar]
2. Relation to other development objectives and priorities (such as poverty alleviation, equity, efficiency). • It was emphasized that individual agreements or norms cannot sensibly (or successfully) be applied in isolation but must be adapted to and co-ordinated with other development priorities and objectives. [Nigeria, Malawi, Transparency International]
3. Participation of all relevant stakeholders. The need for partnerships and alliances, an effective and meaningful process of participation, legitimacy of participant stakeholders, openness and trust, etc. • Effective participation was repeatedly cited as a key to success – and its absence was equally cited as a barrier to success. A participatory approach was frequently a strength in locally originating actions in relation to governance norms, whereas the lack of involvement of the full range of stakeholders was several times mentioned as a problem in the application of international environmental agreements. [Kenya, South Africa, Transparency International]
4. The “balance” of standardization and local differentiation. How are local variations (cultural, economic, geographical) reflected in the norms and agreements?; How are the particular views of city-level implementation reconciled with national or international standards? • Although international agreements and global norms tend by their nature to be standardized, this often causes problems in local implementation, especially when the standards do not adequately reflect significant differences in culture, history, geography, etc. Thus, ‘adaptation’ of agreements and norms is an essential element of successful implementation at the local level. [Nigeria, European Union]
5. Economic consequences of implementation. Who gains and who loses as a result of implementing global norms/agreements (the distribution of costs and benefits)? • Very often, the economic consequences of implementing norms and agreements is not well understood; for instance, sometimes the short-run costs are exaggerated and the long- term benefits underestimated. Also, the distribution of gains and losses will powerfully affect the social and political acceptability of the norms and agreements. [China, South Africa]
6. Mixture of tools and mechanisms. The use of a range of complementary and mutually- supporting techniques of implementation; the combination of formal and informal methods;
9 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
the coherence and consistency of techniques used. • Many cases were cited to show that a mixture of implementation approaches is desirable; in particular, reliance upon regulation alone is usually ineffective and a mixture of “hard” and “soft” tools is best. It is also important to ensure that implementation actions are consistent one with another. [Sri Lanka, Lusaka, China]
7. Financial and economic incentives. The importance of implementation approaches which utilize self-interest and build on market forces • Quite a few cases showed the usefulness of economic incentives and of approaching implementation in a way, which constructively utilizes “self-interest” and harnesses economic and financial forces. [Philippines, Cameroon, Mediterranean Action Plan (MAP)]
8. Defining “balanced” roles for different levels of government – authority and responsibility among and between levels of government • City-level implementation was hampered in several cases by the lack of proper distribution of authority and responsibility, most commonly in relation to central governments failing to allow local governments the powers needed. In some cases, different levels of government took different and even conflicting approaches, causing obvious problems. [Philippines, European Union]
9. Awareness and understanding. Especially understanding the significance of the issues, and the full implications of implementing – and of not implementing - the norms/agreements; awareness of short-term and longer-term implications and consequences, for different stakeholders. • Almost every city experience indicated general lack of awareness as a serious constraint – and emphasized the urgent need to build a much greater basis of understanding and knowledge. This was usually focused on general, rather than technical, knowledge and awareness. Equally, it was seen that increasing awareness and understanding of the issues was important for reducing resistance and achieving consensus on action. [all Working Groups]
10. Building political and social commitment. The need for commitment throughout civil society; developing and maintaining a consensus in support of implementation. • Several cases indicated the danger of a ‘technocratic’ approach which does not build foundations of support in society at large; some also emphasized the need for creating a broad base of support, with a ‘constituency’ encompassing not just political but also social, economic and other sectors. [Midrand]
11. Institutionalization. Formalization of consultation processes, development of institutional structures and/or processes to support local implementation. • Institutionalization figured in many of the experiences. Some noted the importance of developing formal (organizational and procedural) structures to support the implementation process, and others emphasized the need for a proper local framework of regulations and legislation. Most also emphasized the need for the implementation activity to be adequately ‘anchored’ in the local government system. [Lusaka, Transparency International]
12. Sovereignty. The issue of ceding sovereign powers; issue of national sovereignty versus city- level cross-boundary agreement and action on implementation. • In relation to international environmental agreements, the issue of national sovereignty sometimes arose, with concerns being expressed in relation to the ability to co-ordinate city-level cross-boundary action. [Mediterranean Action Plan (MAP)]
10 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
3. ISSUES ARISING FROM WORKING GROUP SESSION TWO: The second session comprised five Working Groups which focused on building capacities at city level for their continuous and active participation in developing, adapting and implementing global norms and international agreements. Each Working Groups concentrated on capacity-building in relation to one of the five key aspects of the urban Environmental Planning and Management (EPM) Process: • EPM demonstrations • Networking • Specialized Expertise • Research and Policies • Strategic Financing.
The primary information in this session came from the experiences of international programmes, which support cities in relation to EPM and/or global norms and agreements, several of which were presented in each Working Group. In addition, the Working Groups focused their discussions of EPM activities and capacity-building experiences to the twelve key issues, which had been identified during the first Working Group session.
A first general result of the second Working Group session was that all of the Groups responded positively to the list of 12 general issues or challenges that had come out of the previous day’s work. The Groups varied in the degree to which particular items on the list were relevant for their specific EPM topic. For instance, Working Group 1 identified 8 of the 12 general issues as important for capacity building through demonstration projects, whereas Working Group 5 focused on a more limited number, for discussion in relation to their topic of strategic financing. Despite this variation, however, all five Working Groups emphasised that the issues were important, relevant and useful.
Because each of the Working Groups in the second session focused on a different operational aspect of urban environmental planning and management, there were fewer common issues and observations across them. Nonetheless, it is possible to identify some of the points, which arose in the discussions of several Groups. As can be seen, many of these overlap to some degree with the 12 topics identified after the first Working Group session, but this was considered to have confirmed the relevance of the two lists, as each reflected discussions organised from a different perspective. (Only those points, which are significantly different from the earlier list of twelve, are illustrated here):
(a) Information Issues. It was generally felt that there was lack of information about international conventions and norms, which seems not to be properly disseminated to cities, especially smaller cities. The difficulty of utilising information from diverse sources was also noted, as was the problem of information overload in some particular aspects (usually technical). The lack of accessible documentation of real-world experiences was also noted on several occasions (an observation which emphasises the importance of the UEF).
(b) National versus Local Priorities. In most of the EPM operational activities, there were problems in respect to linking local priorities to national and, especially, global priorities. It was clear that for effective local action, the norms and agreements have to be expressed in terms of local priorities and needs, or else it will be impossible to mobilise support and implement plans. More work needs to go into the task of linking priorities at different levels – and it should not simply be assumed that global priorities could be imposed upon local actors.
(c) Long-Term Approach. It was widely agreed that a long-term approach is needed, incrementally building on experience but guided by an over-all holistic framework. To strengthen EPM capacities at local level is necessarily a long-term task, and only by strengthening these capacities can local implementation of global norms and conventions be successful.
11 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
(d) Monitoring and Benchmarking. The importance of monitoring was emphasized in several different Working Groups, as a vital element of many different aspects of the EPM process. To effectively link local action to global norms and conventions, meaningful local bench-marks and monitoring indicators will have to be developed in a form, which is relevant and useable at city level. The difficulty of finding suitable qualitative indicators and criteria was emphasized, along with warnings about being too dependent upon quantitative indicators which may not correspond with the real quality-of-life issues which motivate local stakeholders.
(e) Need to be Pro-active. While various constraints and difficulties were identified, there was also a clear feeling that both cities and the organizations responsible for global norms and agreements need to be more active. Cities, for example, should take the initiative to push ahead with adapting global norms and agreements for their local situations, implementing them in accordance with local priorities, and feeding their results and viewpoints into the national and international levels. Similarly, Secretariats and groups responsible for norms and agreements should take up the task of ‘localizing’ their global concepts and assist as well with the necessary information dissemination and capacity-building.
(f) Diversity in Local Response. Cities have different situations and resources and so each will develop its own best approach to local environmental planning and management, within the overall EPM framework. Equally, when it comes to local implementation of global norms and conventions, there will be diversity and variety of approach. This should be encouraged so that different solutions may be tried out. Thus, global norms and conventions should to be expressed in ways reconcile global targets and standards with the needs and priorities of a multitude of local actors.
(g) Focus and Selectivity. Experience in relation to different aspects of the EPM process confirmed the importance of developing and maintaining a clear focus for work – a clearly understood focus of activity which is both consistent with local priorities and is relatively narrow and self- contained. This suggests that implementation of global norms and conventions – which are often seen as quite broad - is improved if the local action can be organized with respect to more specific targets and guidelines, and if action can be selectively aimed at only a few of these.
4. FINAL CONCLUSIONS From the discussions of both Working Group sessions, there were some general conclusions, which arose:
(1) In general, international environmental agreements and conventions are starting at the top (national and international levels) and have so far made only limited progress in reaching the city level; global governance norms, in contrast, are being developed based on city level experience and are in the process of working their way upwards, through the Good Urban Governance Campaign, to reach national and international agreement.
(2) From the evidence of this Meeting, cities have only in a very few cases had a role in helping to develop either international environmental agreements or global governance norms, although in the latter case there is a good foundation on which this ‘bottom-up’ process could be built.
(3) There is a strong feeling, on the part of cities (and international programmes which support their EPM work) that the cities have a major, but so far unrealised, role to play in
12 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
implementing both global agreements and norms and in helping to develop and refine and extend them.
(4) The environmental planning and management (EPM) process, which has progressively been developed into an operational framework through previous activities of the Urban Environment Forum, has shown itself to be relevant and robust, providing an effective and realistic framework within which to examine the relationships of local action to global and international norms and agreements.
(5) Global norms on Good Urban Governance were seen as particularly important to the strengthening of capacities at local level for both more effective EPM and for better implementation of international environmental conventions and agreements. This was seen as confirmation of one of the Meeting’s key themes: “Sustainable Development Through Improved Urban Governance”.
13 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
MEETING RESULTS BY SESSION
Opening of the Meeting, Introduction and Experiences from South Africa
The meeting was opened by Cape Metropolitan Council Executive Committee Chairman, Councillor Kent Morkel, who extended his welcome to all participants. He delivered a keynote address, which emphasized on “constituting global norms, agreements and conventions for improved urban governance”. He stressed that good governance should “move away from the traditional top- down service supply orientation, towards increasing accessibility, accountability and transparency through ensuring majority participation at the local level.”
Mr. Jochen Eigen delivered a message on behalf of UNCHS (Habitat) and UNEP. He remarked that the UEF can help promote and continue to demonstrate a modern bottom-up, stakeholder driven approach, where global norms derive from local experience, and represent collective know-how; as opposed to a more traditional top-down, supply driven approach; where norms derive from global agendas and represent conditionalities.”
The Premier of Western Cape, Gerald Morkel reiterated the role of local authorities in bringing about proactive change rather than reactive change. He underscored the Istanbul Declaration on the role of local authorities.
Speaking on ‘International Agreements for Better Urban Environment’, Mr. Hassane Bendahmane captured key environmental conventions and agreements which need to be complied with, in a bid to secure livelihood for city residents. He called upon city authorities who are the most appropriate channels in playing the bridging role in ensuring city dwellers comply with such agreements.
In his presentation, Mr. Paul Taylor spoke on Global Norms for Good Governance. He noted that “good urban governance is characterized by sustainability, subsidiarity, equity, efficiency, transparency and accountability, civic engagement and citizenship, and security” which are interdependent and mutually reinforcing. He emphasized that cities cannot operate in isolation and cannot be passive to change as well. Hence thinking globally and acting locally is indispensable.
In his resounding presentation on “Cities, the Environment, and the International Conventions, Agreements and Norms”, Mr. Charles Katiza emphasized on the need to decentralize planning and management to facilitate the participation of local authorities. He stressed that decentralization must link financing to service provision. Local community should be informed of resources and needs to ensure their decisions are sensible. A system accountability relying on transparent information delivery should be put in place while governments should build partnerships at all levels and capacity- building considered as vital for development.
The introduction was followed by experiences on the relationship between local governance and sustainable cities, presented by researchers and practitioners from Cape Town, Durban, Johannesburg and Midrand in South Africa.
The full text of each speech and presentation is given in the Annex.
14 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Experiences from Cities, Experiences from International Support Programmes and Intergovernmental Institutions
As a global mechanism through which cities in the world and international support programmes would continue to exchange experiences, learn from, and share with one another, in addressing urban environment issues, having an agenda item on the above was but apparent.
With the special theme of UEF 2000: ‘Local capacities for Global Norms, Agenda and Conventions,’ specific city experiences and international support programmes and international instruments were selected to showcase the relevance of the theme. These experiences show on-the-ground activities of cities, their efforts and progress in transforming cities into a more equitable, sustainable as well as the extent to which they have implemented international conventions agreements and norms.
The session was chaired by Hon. Patricia Nawa, Mayor of Lusaka Zambia. Experiences were recorded from different cities and on different thematic areas. From Manila, Philippines, experiences were shown on air pollution in their urban environmental planning and management process; from Dakar, Senegal, international agreements related to land-based impact on ecosystems and the marine environment was revealed. From Cape Town, South Africa the experience focused on the concentration of biodiversity while decentralization of authority and its lesions were shared from Dar-es-salaam, Tanzania. From Recife, Brazil, the experience on the security of individuals with regards to their living environment. The details of these experiences are subsequently recorded in this report.
With regards to experiences from international support programmes and international institutions, the meeting recorded support cities have been receiving in their efforts to support international agreements on different environmental issues. Experiences were shown by UNEP on the protection of the ozone layer, fresh water resources and biodiversity; by the Regional Activity Centre (PAP/RAC) of the Mediterranean Action Plan (MAP) on land-based impact on ecosystems and the marine environment. Transparency International presented experiences that dealt with transparency and accountability in decision-making as well as stakeholder participation at city level. The International Council for Local Environmental Initiatives (ICLEI) show-cased on Local Agenda 21 Model Community Programmes which emphasize on the decentralization of authority and the resources at the city level. The United Nations Environment and Development (UNED) Forum shared experiences on the activities they are supporting by providing gender responsive to tools for applying international conventions. The details of these experiences are captured subsequently on this report.
Working Group Session 1 - City and programme experiences in participating actively in the development and implementation of global norms, international environmental conventions and agreements
The Working Group Session 1 focused on examining and analyzing these experiences with the view of having real field information, which assisted group members to identify the needs and gaps of cities and programmes in their efforts to implement these norms and agreements. Experiences were recorded on air pollution, land-based impact on ecosystems, biodiversity, decentralization, transparency and security and from different cities.
15 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Working Group 1, WG Session 1 – Air Pollution
The Working Group deliberated on how cities and programmes contribute to international agreements on air pollution, in the context of the urban environmental planning and management process. The Group based their discussions on two conventions of which excerpts are presented here below.
The Climate Change Convention The United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Convention is the centrepiece of global efforts to combat global warming. Adopted in 1992 at the Rio Earth Summit, its ultimate objective is the “stabilisation of greenhouse gas concentrations in the atmosphere at a level that would prevent dangerous anthropogenic (man-made) interference with the climate system. Such a level should be achieved within a time-frame sufficient to allow ecosystems to adapt naturally to climate change, to ensure that food production is not threatened and to enable economic development to proceed in a sustainable manner.”
The Vienna Convention for the protection of the ozone layer The Ozone Layer is found in the stratosphere between 10 - 50 km above the ground. Ozone molecules have three atoms of oxygen instead of the normal two. The Ozone Layer protects us from the harmful effects of certain wavelengths of ultra-violet (UV) light from the sun, specifically UV-B. Any significant decrease in ozone in the stratosphere would result in an increase of UV-B radiation reaching the earth’s surface.
1. SPECIFIC EXPERIENCES 1.1 Cities with experiences in implementing international agreements, conventions and norms. In the area of climate change, several cities have been making efforts to reduce release of greenhouse gases. According to the Working Group these cities are: Shenyang, China; Cities in Zimbabwe and Tanzania supported by Cleaner Production Programme (CPP) Regional Offices; Turino and other cities in Italy; Tagbilaran City; Limbe, Cameroon; Metro Manila, Philippines; Midrand, South Africa; Cairo, Egypt.
The Working Group also found out that cities in Zimbabwe, Tanzania had undertaken initiatives to ensure Ozone Depleting Substances (ODS) Phase Out. While Metro manila has made efforts for Metal bromide reduction and to reduce use of CFCs in refrigeration companies for 12 industries (tobacco, refrigeration, foam).
1.2. Support Programmes The following support programmes are currently being implemented: UNCHS – SCP or Local EPM in Philippines; Cleaner Production Programme of UNIDO and UNEP; ICLEI- Italy, Philippines; Metropolitan Environmental Improvement Programme (MEIP), Food and Trees for Africa, South Africa; and National Association for Clean Air.
1.3 Significant Experiences From the ongoing support programmes and activities, significant experiences have been recorded. For example Shenyang, Zimbabwe, Metro Manila have adopted Cleaner Production (CP). In the improvement of fuel quality or shift to cleaner fuel – Shenyang for example, cleaner coal, Green Fleets in Italy and unleaded gasoline (Philippines, Cairo, Cameroon, Shenyang, most European countries).
Eco-efficiency has been documented in Italy, Tagbilaran while housing design recorded in Tanzania, Zimbabwe. Technological improvements have been observed in Shenyang central district heating, while use steam with less smoke ovens from power plants for
16 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
district heating has been a major experience in Limbe. In Tagbilaran, there has been great shift from mercury lights to sodium lights; while the creation of a Cleaner Production Revolving Fund has been done in Shenyang. The use of renewable energy with about 10,000 photovoltaic roofs project is currently being undertaken in Italy. Reduction of vehicular emissions has been documented in Shenyang, Tagbilaran, Metro Manila through their anti smoke belching activities. Bike and pedestrian lanes have been created in Italy, Marikina City, Denmark, Shenyang, Afribike (Midrand) while Park and Ride, in Johannesburg. Vehicle Pooling has been successful in Midrand, while vehicle reduction schemes in Metro Manila. In the area of Greening, the Working Group identified Tagbilaran, South Africa to have greening policies and activities, which could be replicated in the Southern African Region, in Nigeria, Limbe, Metro Manila, and Shenyang. Ongoing voluntary activities by private sector are being carried out in Metro Manila, Tanzania, Zimbabwe, while the same is being done on Food and Trees in South Africa. The Group also observed that environmental disaster help to raise public awareness. This was the case with the volcanic eruption in Limbe, black smoke in Cairo, Nigerian fuel line fires and gas flares.
2. CONTRIBUTION OF THE DEVELOPMENT OF INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS The Working Group also noted the fact that the local government of Turin as well as that of Midrand were part of national delegation for UNFCC (Climate Change).
3. GENERAL CONCLUSIONS 3.1. Main constraints: The Group noted the following constraints as affecting the implementation of ongoing international norms and agreements: Political bureaucracy, limited local resources to apply national decisions, poor local -national communication (South Africa); local Authorities and other sectors unaware of international agreements and national commitment to conventions especially Localizing Agenda 21; industry ignorant about agreements; local Governments and private sector somehow aware but do not know how to address conventions and get involved in national delegations; lack of co- ordination between local and national governments (Ibadan); lack of co-ordination between support programmes; local authorities are not well informed do not take initiatives; information exist but is not accessible to public (South Africa); delays in national level decision-making, budgeting and implementation (South Africa), e.g. problem with grants: counterpart funding.
3.2 Responses to these problems To respond to the above constraints, the Group recommended the following: devolution and deregulation to the local level (Philippines), done through legislation, however this can result in overly relaxed legislation at the local levels (South Africa); Philippines balance by ensuring application of national legislation at the local level; Checks and balances; public involvement, necessary support at the local level for implementation; means to generate resources for implementation; UN delegations require representation from different sectors; national delegations must follow through; UN must follow through e.g. review composition of delegations; organization of local authorities – establishment of CCP, request to national government to include Cities for Climate Protection (CCP) representative in national delegation (Italy) because they were showing initiative and action; cities adopt resolution with clear process (inventory, emission reduction goal, local action plan, implementing, monitoring); local Government Associations, UN Organizations sign Memorandum of Agreements (MoA) on co-operation (Philippines); Clean and Green Award (Philippines, Cameroon), also recognition and shame; monthly monitoring on city implementation of their commitments (Egypt); Local Agenda 21
17 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Campaign (councillors, local authorities, ministry of energy), information campaign lead to legislation (Denmark); Awareness campaigns, media pressure; introduce topic into formal education system; Environmental Management System (EMS) Certification for local governments and ISO 14001 for industries (Cape Town), however, require resources; environmental management, accounting and auditing systems (Zimbabwe); and build on CP programmes for EMS certifications and ISO.
Working Group 2, WG Session 1 – Land-based Impact on Eco-systems
How cities and international programmes contribute to international agreements related to land-based impact on eco-systems and the marine environment in the context of the urban environmental planning and management process
For nearly three decades the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) has fostered regional co- operation on behalf of the marine and coastal environment. It has accomplished this by stimulating the creation of ‘Action Plans’– prescriptions for sound environmental management – for each region. These include a series of regional Conventions – unique legal instruments designed to protect shared environmental interests.
But perhaps UNEP’s most long-lasting accomplishments in the Regional Seas is the creation of regional mechanisms for co-operation between governments and commitment to shared goals.
There are now more than 140 coastal States and Territories participating in 12 active regional programmes, with two more in development. There are also three partner programmes (Arctic, OSPAR for the North- East Atlantic and HELCOM for the Baltic).
Although all these regional programmes reflect a similar approach, each has been tailored by its own governments and institutions to suit their particular environmental challenges.
Today the 14 Regional Seas programmes remain the central UNEP initiative providing the legal, administrative, substantive and financial framework for the implementation of Agenda 21, and its chapter 17 on oceans in particular.
On 1 January 2000, there were 17 regional programmes, 14 of which were initiated by UNEP. Of these, 12 have formally adopted their own regional Action Plans. In order of adoption, the Action Plans are:
• Mediterranean Action Plan adopted in 1975 • Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Action Plan adopted in 1976, revised in 1982 • Kuwait Action Plan Action Plan adopted in 1978 • West and Central African Action Plan adopted in 1981 • Caribbean Action Plan adopted in 1981 • East Asian Seas Action Plan adopted in 1981 • South-East Pacific Action Plan adopted in 1981 • South Pacific Action Plan adopted in 1982 • Eastern Africa Action Plan adopted in 1985 • Black Sea Action Plan (interim) adopted in 1993, Strategic Action Plan adopted in 1993 • North-West Pacific Action Plan adopted in 1994 • South Asian Seas Action Plan adopted in 1995 • Upper South-West Atlantic Action Plan in preparation since 1980 • North-East Pacific Action Plan in preparation since 1997
18 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Working Group 3, WG Session 1 – Biodiversity
The Working Group held discussions on how cities and international programmes contribute to international agreements on biodiversity in the context of the urban environmental planning and management process. The Convention on Biodiversity formed the basis of their discussions. Key elements of the Convention are presented here below.
The Convention on Bio-diversity The Convention on Biological Diversity’s objectives are “the conservation of biological diversity, the sustainable use of its components and the fair and equitable sharing of the benefits arising out of the utilisation of genetic resources.” The Convention is thus the first global, comprehensive agreement to address all aspects of biological diversity: genetic resources, species, and ecosystems. It recognises - for the first time - that the conservation of biological diversity is “a common concern of humankind” and an integral part of the development process. To achieve its objectives, the Convention - in accordance with the spirit of the Rio Declaration on Environment and Development - promotes a renewed partnership among countries. Its provisions on scientific and technical cooperation access to genetic resources and the transfer of environmentally sound technologies form the foundations of this partnership.
1. IMPLEMENTATION OF INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENT ON BIO-DIVERSITY 1.1 Cities The following cities were identified by the Working Group to have implemented the international agreement on biodiversity. They are Cape Town, South Africa; Nakuru, Nairobi, Kenya and Hanam, South Korea.
1.2. Support Programmes: The Forest Department of FAO is supporting biodiversity projects and activities while the SCP is supporting Hanam Eco-City programme.
1.3. Significant experiences The following experiences were recorded by the Group: Cape Flats Flora Project (Cape Town); Nairobi Planning Liaison and Committee, comprising various departments and stakeholders, to address environmental issue – legal body (Nairobi); informal settlement development strategy – through informal settlement co-ordination committee (Nairobi); Local Agenda 21 Programme– conservation of Nakuru Lake and Park (Kenya); Biodiversity Action Plan in Hanam City and Local Agenda 21; conservation of Green Space (or Habitat); river and stream restoration projects; urban Ecology Park creation projects.
2. CONTRIBUTION TO THE DEVELOPMENT OF INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS Despite the wealth of successful experiences at the city level of implementing conventions of bio-diversity, the following concerns were noted: ‘Local’ needs and priorities were lost at the global level conventions; NGOs – attending UN conferences allowing raise local concerns but no formal mechanisms to participate in decision-making; There are no links where local governments can reflect their views in the national policy formulation which will be discussed at global level; though they are part of the national delegations, voices of local authority have not been taken into account.
3. GENERAL CONCLUSIONS: 3.1 Achievements The Working Group observed a strike balance between conservation and development. It also found out that there was an active contribution by NGOs to this effect. For instance the Botanical Society of South Africa, based in Cape Town was a case in point. Partnership
19 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
between local authorities and NGOs was imminent. Civil Society empowerment against political interference was considered as being successful in Nairobi, Kenya. It has helped to address not only the followers but initiatives beyond leading to environment impact assessment for new projects and to a win-win situation of development and environment – business began investing in sustainability in long term; acquisition of land by local authority (strategic investment); and the creation of Green Belts and buffer zones as a solution to manage urban development.
3.2 Constraints Constrains to biodiversity conservation and the implementation of biodiversity conventions were identified to be lack of awareness amongst people – (they do not see direct benefit); political interference; Illegal change of land use; Land invasion – squatter settlement encroachments; managing competing interest to access natural resources (i.e. water use – maintain water level.); lack of accurate information on present state of affairs; lack of institutional framework for management of bio-diversity; lack of transparency in management (i.e. the park management); lack of awareness at the local level on international agreements signed at the national level (national governments sign them without due consultation and implication upon cities; Lack of access to information on urban biodiversity at the local level despite its availability at the national level; lack of access to specialized expertise and appropriate technologies; unclear definition of the Bio-diversity Convention; lack of methodology and approach to implement biodiversity at the local level; inefficient utilization of expert groups; lack of legal instruments.
3.3 Responses to these constrains As a result of these constrains, development Guidelines, legal measures were formulated; integrating biodiversity concerns into the planning exercise was done and mobilization of communities to stand against short-sighted decisions by politicians was encouraged.
3.4 Lessons learnt It was learnt that NGOs and private sector involvement is important and should not be neglected; directly benefits should be felt by communities at large, especially the urban poor through awareness raising and income generation activities and equitable access to resources. Pooling resources by bringing various actors together was crucial; population density and forest degradation do not correlate and despite the importance of legal instruments, using other instruments such as economic incentives and strategic investments and awareness campaigns are keys to success.
3.5 Recommendations The following recommendations were made: ensuring information flow between national and local level governments; linking bio-diversity activities with poverty alleviation as urban poor are directly affected and affect the bio-diversity issues; encourage shifting business investments towards sustainability; indicator system to be developed; develop guidelines on community-based bio-diversity conversation and sustainable use; launch international demonstration projects at the local level for bio-diversity conversation and sustainability use. Pro-active community mobilization should be encouraged; access to national expertise at local level; action at local level should be encouraged as more efficient than national level; challenge traditional engineering solutions. The importance of mobilization of political will should be emphasized; a better definition of bio-diversity, especially in its relation to the development and poverty alleviation should be provided. Needs of capacity building at local government institutional levels for international agreements should be implemented at local level. Local Agenda 21 and NGOs should
20 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
put pressures on national government negotiating international agreement to ensure that their concerns and priority and experiences are taken into account.
Working Group 4, WG Session 1 – Decentralisation
Decentralization has been perceived as an important condition for effective urban governance and one that encompasses political, fiscal, adminstrative and structural dimensions. It has also been perceived as a crucial element of governance which reinforces participation, transparency and accountability. Its instrumentality in improving efficiency and service delivery has been underscored.
City and programme experiences shared during the Working Group discussion revealed a number of complementary mechanisms and interventions towards decentralization, including the following:
• Establishment of institutional structure at different levels (city, district and zonal) which allows residents to directly participate in prioritizing issues and in accessing development funds (Lusaka);
• Devolving responsibilities and functions to local authorities accompanied by internal revenue allotment and sharing of revenues between central and local governments based upon population size and other socio economic parameters (Philippines);
• Integrating participatory Environmental Planning and Management (EPM) approaches into local authorities within a national policy and institutional framework and using EPM tools as vehicle for capacity building (Dar es Salaam, Philippines);
• Further devolving of decision making power to lower adminstrative units through community development initiatives and development processes that empower residents to prioritize issues and access resources (Dar es Salaam, Lusaka);
• Using issues of common concern as a framework for participatory processes that strengthen stakeholders involvement in decision making (SCP);
• Capacity building targeted to different levels (technical, political) and linked to local development planning functions and outputs and to performance evaluation tools (Ghana);
• Enshrining decentralization including equitable resource sharing in the constitution (South Africa);
• Assigning technical staff from central to local government level (Ghana).
During the discussion more information has been extracted from cities and programmes who shared their experience. The following conclusions were drawn from the discussion which highlighted a number of recurring key issues:
Devolution of responsibilities without fiscal autonomy or access to resources will not promote real decentralization. Reliance on grants and transfers from central governments rather than predetermined sources of finance will make local development plans and expenditures highly unpredictable and susceptible to various national political and economic conditions which are outside the control of local governments. Unless synchronized with legislative and institutional alignments to ensure consistency and coordination between different levels of government and sectors, decentralization could result in overlapping and fragmentation which could particularly affect cross-cutting areas like the environment. In this context redefining the role of central
21 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
governments in relation to local governments, with emphasis on creating enabling policy framework, strengthening macro economic framework and playing a role in transboundary environmental issues would be necessary.
Effective decentralization requires political will, trust between central and local governments, local ownership, capacity and resources. Capacity building to facilitate effective decentralization therefore should go hand in hand with political education of citizens and should be demand driven, whereby, it generates the interest, motivation and pressure to push forward. In situations where participatory processes are not firmly connected to decision making government apparatus, it could result in ‘parallelism’ and pasedo participation and decentralization.
The shift towards decentralization should be accompanied by progressive management modalities and tools which are oriented towards partnership and social consensus building, both through formal structures and informal mechanisms.
Finally the group also looked at the possible linkages between decentralization and international conventions, agreements and norms. The linkages have been considered from two angles; decentralization would enhance the role of cities in contributing both to the negotiation and design of conventions and norms and in adapting and implementing them. In the case of environmental conventions and norms, transfer of responsibilities and power to local governments to devise and apply policy instruments, including tax and subsidy, will also allow cities and local authorities to innovatively adapt international conventions and norms, and national standards to their local situations and ensure compliance. Decentralization combined with capacities to devise and apply implementation instruments would therefore allow local authorities to have more space and voice in international negotiations and implementations.
Working Group 5, WG Session 1 – Transparency
The Working Group dealt with broader issues of good governance during the plenary session. The focus was on organizational integrity, whilst noting the issues presented during the plenary session such as the problem not only in government, also in private sector and in civil society. Therefore a broad ranging societal strategy is needed.
The working group benefited from the presentations of Transparency International, Nigeria, Sri Lanka, Malawi and the regional perspective from United Nations Centre for Human Settlements (Habitat). It is part of the responsibility for the local authority to ensure that adequate measures towards integrity in governance exist also with its partners in private sector and in organs of civil society.
The Group noted that transparency should not be treated in isolation but should to be seen as part of the entire package of values such as integrity, accountability, justice and equity at the local government level. The Group further identified external factors influencing transparency which the key among them is the issue of corruption in the South versus the North. While, for instance, the Transparency International (TI) Corruption Perception Index measures the extent to which politicians and civil servants receive bribes, there is also the issue of bribe payers, which is measured through another index.
Transparency generally refers to allowing others to see what you are doing and being able to explain and discuss the reasons/grounds for decisions and actions. The mere announcement of actions and reasons are not enough. Willingness to engage or to be engaged with, also important. For instance, it is not enough to state that a certain contract has been awarded. Adequate reasons need to be
22 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
provided. Also willingness towards public scrutiny or debate with stakeholders should be exercised.
Two important dimensions of an integrity strategy are to address both behaviour of individuals or groups (staff, councillors etc.) and of structures (formal structures and informal structures/systems such as the culture in an authority or department). This provides us with some indication that even at this level no quick-fix solution will do the trick. Rather a more comprehensive strategy working on immediate, short, medium and long term goals is required.
An important first step is to commit the local authority towards a carefully planned and executed integrity strategy. No cheap electioneering or public relations exercise on integrity will work. So the call is once again: Stand up to be counted in a commitment towards a concrete project in line with an integrity strategy.
Structure and format for a managed integrity strategy could look as follows: (Along generic principles and processes of management)
• INPUT: This is where stocktaking/establishment/evaluation of formal structural elements take place. These include elements such as: laws, bye-laws, policies, procedures, rules, regulations, codes of conducts, codes of ethics. New/smart structural elements need to be developed. Transparency International has a particular innovative tool called an integrity pact in the area of procurement.
• Examples of steps that can be taken in this direction include the following: Anti-Corruption Act, budget expenditure control processes, raising incomes of public workers, code of conduct review, open tendering system, weekly mayor’s meeting with citizens, community development councils, city watch committees, info centres, hotlines, newsletters, ombudsman, public accounts’ committees and other watchdog institutions.
• Day to Day Management: This is the area where the formal structural elements have to be made alive or kept alive in all areas of the organizational life and management. Please note that each person in the organization has an area of responsibility to manage. E.g. a driver has to carefully manage the vehicle and the people or goods transported. So management is not only the responsibility of ‘management’ or ‘managers’.
A whole range of issues needs attention here. To be highlighted are the issues of capacity building to manage different areas of responsibility and ethical awareness training and education related to the ethical issues involved in the respective areas of responsibility. A variety of management tools and products are available to be of assistance. Care should be taken that the tools and products serve your needs and goals. Critical look at such tools and products needs to be taken.
• OUTPUT: The real results of an integrity strategy need to be monitored and evaluated on a regular basis. Tools for such performance management are available such as Social and Ethical Accounting, Auditing and Reporting.
The generic processes of evaluation, revision etc. should form part of what is hoped to become a ‘spiral of growth’ in this area of management as well.
Capacity-building measures to build an integrity system include the following: Training for Councillors and employees on rules and regulations (formal structural) and other information; Management and leadership training including ethical training. This is a slow process but it can be accelerated by ‘leading by example’ (role models) which is very important for ‘fast tracking’.
23 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Characteristics of an integrity strategy typically include structural and behavioural issues, ad hoc and comprehensiveness; Proactive and reactive; hard/disciplinary/compliance (‘catch and fry them’) and soft (often more complex) aspects.
Political, societal and social will are well recognized elements, which should not only be recommended for politicians. It should be extended to everyone who needs to manage an area of responsibility. Persons in high positions of leadership need special attention be it in government, private sector and in civil society organizations. This needs to be coupled with the societal will towards integrity in society and social institutions.
Contextualisation: The role of cultural values and ethics is extremely important. The drive towards ‘global norms’ and policies and procedures need to be contextualised in the sense that it should ‘speak to the context’ and the context needs to speak to that as well. The Nigerian story on gifts to the chief when approaching needs to be seen as an example not only on corruption, but also how corruption corrupts. The present day context within which this traditional gesture of hospitality and respect is qualitatively different from the traditional cultural context, reducing something good to a potential / perceived act of corruption (bribery and extortion).
The working group advocates for a clarion call in the form of a ‘Campaign for Cities/localities against corruption (- or - for integrity)’. Such a campaign should be based on exchange of experiences between cities on how to develop appropriate integrity strategies with relevant related tools.
Working Group 6, WG Session 1 – Security
The Working Group debated on how cities and international programmes contribute to security of individuals and their living environment in the context of the urban environmental planning and management process.
Every individual has the inalienable right to life, liberty and the security of person. Insecurity has a disproportionate impact in further marginalising poor communities. Cities must strive to avoid human conflicts and natural disasters by involving all stakeholders in crime and conflict prevention and disaster preparedness. Security also implies freedom from persecution, forced evictions and provides for security of tenure. Cities should also work with social mediation and conflict reduction agencies and encourage the cooperation between enforcement agencies and other social service providers (health, education and housing).
The Working Group focused on city experiences relevant to the theme of security. They include Dar Es Salaam, Tanzania (Safer Cities Programme); Paraguay (National Emergency Committee); Cape Town, South Africa (Disaster Management); and Various cities, South Africa (decentralisation of police).
Of the cities present, none reported any involvement in the development of international norms or guidelines on security-related issues. The participants knew no formal mechanisms for local participation. The Working Group recommended that any efforts to develop global norms in relation to security should have much closer involvement of cities, which are ready and able to make positive contributions.
Among the other general conclusions reached by the Working Group, the following were particularly noted:
Local participation is indeed the key factor in successful security interventions; but this must be effective participation – not just ‘window-dressing’ consultations; also, the initiative needs to be local in origin, not externally imposed.
24 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Programmes and interventions concerning security need much more careful sensitivity to the special needs of women, in all aspects (concept and approach, design, operation, etc). A major constraint is that both police and disaster-response activities have been overwhelmingly male in staffing and leadership, making it difficult to get appropriate women’s viewpoint or participation.
Security in relation to criminality and violence requires a combination of short-term and long-term responses. The long-term should be concerned with reducing causes, not just responding to immediate problems (for example, training and job-promotion, provision of local social activities, family protection). However, short-term measures are essential as well, specifically because long-term measures take a long time to have an effect.
Urban Development Planning, especially at the level of urban design and layout, are very critical factors for both safety (personal security) and for disaster-response. Unfortunately, the considerations of security very seldom seem to be taken into account with urban design and layout, even though much attention has been given to these issues in the planning and design of professions in recent years.
Awareness Creation is an essential element of any programme for disaster response as well as for security/ safety.
In many countries of Africa, there are particular problems associated with the transition from authoritarian to more democratic and participatory governments. For instance the difficulties of shifting the role of police from supporting government to serving the citizens and ensuring security.
There is need in most countries for legislative authorisation for local participation, to ensure that there is a sound basis for local involvement in security issues.
Local authorities need to see their role as one of facilitation, not top-down implementation; any effective programme for disaster-response or security/safety must be based on the actions and participation of the population at large and of local community organisations and citizen groups.
Security issues are by their nature cross-sectoral, involving many different organisations and groups and professions; this makes for difficulties if security actions are too firmly in the hands of single “sectoral” organisations.
Working Group Session 2 - Building capacities and mechanisms to develop and implement global norms, international environmental conventions and agreements
The working groups focused on building capacities and mechanisms to develop and implement global norms, international environmental conventions and agreements. The Groups examined environmental planning and management demonstrations, networking, specialised expertise, research and policies as well as financial mechanism, which assist cities in building their capacities in these areas.
Working Group 1, WG Session 2 – EPM Demonstration
The Working Group based their discussions on using environmental planning and management demonstrations to build capacities in developing and responding to global norms, international conventions and agreements.
25 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
The fundamental challenge facing cities today is to plan better and manage more effectively the process of urban development, in order to avoid or alleviate environmental problems while still realising the positive potentials of city growth and change. Many international support programmes aim directly at helping cities to improve their EPM capabilities. Typically, this is done by working with local partners to develop specific EPM ‘demonstrations’, addressing specific issues but carefully focused on the general EPM process, then provide on-the-job-training to local practitioners, and valuable guidelines and frameworks which can be applied to other issues in the same city, or to other cities in the country with a diminishing need to external support.
Operational experiences have been shared by GTZ (Botswana), TUGI/UNDP (Kathmandu), ILO/Assist (Dar es Salaam, Lusaka) and Local Agenda 21 (Nakuru, Vinha city, Essaouira), MDP (cities Eastern and Southern Africa Countries).
The Group recorded two observations: (i) Programmes support cities on applying norms by using different entry points and addressing local priority issues and concerns; and (ii) that demonstration projects are instrumental to introduce, apply and replicate innovative concepts, approaches and tools.
Experiences and Achievements The Working Group noted the following experiences and achievements: Demonstrations have been carried out through multi-pronged interventions, including institutional building and training (ILO, GTZ, KMC, TUGI, LA21); identified innovative tools/range of instruments (report card-TUGI, urban pact- LA21, participation assessment-MDP, community contracting-ILO); complementarity of programmes at different levels and scope (ILO/SCP); and research leading to demo activities, which can be, replicated (MDP).
Constraints and responses Four fundamental constrains were identified by the Group of which responses were provided accordingly. (1) On the problem of High turnover of political leaders/professionals, the Working Group recommended that a strong strategy framework should be formulated and that initiatives should built on broad-based consensus. (2) Concerning capacity-gap: the dilemma of strengthening local capacity and using external technical support, the Working Group responded that there should be optimum balance between local and external support. (3) Responding to the problem of mainstreaming demonstrations and the issue of replication, it was suggested that replication strategy should be built into demonstration projects. (4) Regarding the issue of lack of knowledge about locally appropriate solution, the Working Group was of the opinion that demonstration provides solutions in local context.
Lessons learned and way forward The Group felt that long-term approach, incrementally building on experiences, within a holistic vision. They were also of the idea that benchmarks and monitoring performance in applying norms should be put in place. Moreover, norms should be translated into operational packages (well tested concepts: for example, Reuse, Reduce and Recycle). Political and social will and support at national and local level should be encouraged while capital, local knowledge and private investments should be supported. Finally, the Working Group suggested that lessons learnt should be operationalized.
Working Group 2, WG Session 2 – Networking
The Working Group based their discussions on the theme: using networking and sharing experiences to build capacities in developing and responding to global norms, international conventions and agreements
26 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Cities all over the world are facing a similar range of environmental problems, and are developing a variety of approaches for dealing with them. Taken altogether, the experiences built up in this way constitute a rapidly expanding and potentially very powerful stock of knowledge. Many international programmes have therefore developed activities to assist cities in pooling and sharing this knowledge, especially through networks which provide a systematic framework for direct exchange of information, ideas and experience. Networks can be expanded to encompass hundreds or even thousands of participant cities, providing an effective means for mutual learning by disseminating on a wide scale the ‘lessons’ learned in demonstration projects and other activities.
1. WHY IMPORTANT The Working Group agreed that networking is very important for both implementation and development activties.
2. DIFFICULTIES AND CONSTRAINTS Among the difficulties and constraints encountered by networks, the Group noted that networks have been too personalized so much so that it has become only one-way active. Institutional jealousy has become the order of the day; networking activities are being hindered by language barrier as well as information overloads. It has become difficult to ensure the sustainability of networking, which also due to lack of long term funding needs.
3. LESSONS, WHAT COULD BE BETTER The Working Group highlighted the fact that a better-institutionalized set up with focused themes and topics would enhance better networking. The Group also observed that successful networking has been focused only on key issues like environment hence concrete objectives are needed to accomplish the goal of networking.
4. RECOMMENDATIONS The Working Group recommended that networking should converge to enhance mutual promotion and to be more focused and selective in their activities. In addition, networking should embrace advocacy activities like governance and others that will propagate the understanding and application of international norms and agreements.
Working Group 3, WG Session 2 – Specialised Expertise
The Working Group based their discussions on the theme: using specialised EPM expertise and information to build capacities in developing and responding to global norms, international conventions and agreements.
Many aspects of the EPM process involve utilisation of specialised technologies or information. Often, however, this expertise or information is not readily accessible to the cities, either from their own resources or from the resources of their country or region. An important role is played, therefore, by international programmes, which mobilise the necessary specialised expertise, working with cities to develop its applications in their particular circumstances while at the same time enhancing and developing local capacities.
1. PROGRAMME AND CITIES The following programmes are currently being implemented in different cities. UNEP-IETC MAESTRO is providing information on Environmentally-Sound Technology (EST) to cities in the form of CD-ROM, diskettes and hard copies, it supports good urban governance by promoting the adoption and use of decision support tools for EPM in cities (Wuhan, Shenyang, Katowice) and it is promoting the
27 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
adoption and use of Environmentally-Sound Technology (EST) for waste management in cities (Nairobi, Djibouti). GRID-Arendal deals with Cities Environment Reports on the Internet (CEROI) (Cape Town, Durban, Johannesburg, and Pretoria). Carl Duisberg Gesellsdraft (CDG) – Foundation for International Training and Development funded by German Government. Private-Public Partnership for Environmental services and energy (Peru). Environment protection and resource management and cost minimization. String Transportation System (STS) in Russia is promoting energy efficient transport system.
2. SPECIALISED EXPERTISE has contributed to the development and implementation of international agreements and norms by providing information to cities and responding to emergencies and requests by cities (Djibouti, Metro Manila).
3. GENERAL CONCLUSIONS AND ACHIEVEMENTS The Group noted that Specialised Expertise succeeded to make information available into user-friendly tools for decision-makers in Cape Town, Durban, Johannesburg, and Pretoria. In addition, cities have been able to use information provided to become active in environment assessment.
4. PROBLEMS/CONSTRAINTS It was observed that updating information from various sources is difficult; appropriate qualitative indicators are difficult to be identified and assembled; information on international norms is not properly disseminated to cities, especially smaller cities; vertical communication (national – cities) and lateral communication (amongst cities and UN agencies); and city managers are not equipped to adopt/ to implement the norms and agreements.
5. LESSONS LEARNT Several lessons were learnt in the process of use specialized expertise. The Working Group recorded the following: informal networking amongst cities, through reports and workshops within the country is important in learning about various programmes; cities have to be pro-active and to take initiatives to provide information to national policies; competitive environment amongst cities would foster initiatives and outreach from international programmes; cities request for assistance from international organizations, whereby the country may be pressured to sign the international convention for example, Basel Convention on Hazardous Waste; without information that triggers initiatives from cities, the energy from cities for taking initiatives may not find directions.
6. RECOMMENDATIONS The Group recommended that cities should become proactive in assessing information on technology; they should encourage decentralized structure in (i.e. identifying institutions in the region, which would become IETC ‘regional hubs’ to disseminate information further in the region. Furthermore, cities should include local authority representatives as national delegation to the UN and other conventions to ensure skills and technical are appropriately transferred. The United Nations agencies should advocate strongly that the reports/norms be implemented through follow-up actions, while the roles national association of cities in campaigning and implementing global norms or agreement with the provision of capacity building components should be strengthened. A national co-ordination framework for implementation should be set up, and feedback and voices from NGOs and CBOs should be reflected at the national policy. It was suggested that agencies should publicize the state of compliance, while mechanisms of sustainability in implementing international norms and agreements should be set up. Convention Secretariats should include capacity building components as part of their technical assistance.
28 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Working Group 4, WG Session 2 – Research and Policies
The Working Group focused on the theme: using policies, local guidelines and applied research to build capacities in developing and responding to global norms, international conventions and agreements.
For some aspects of EPM there is still not enough known about the technical and operational processes or about the physical conditions themselves. Cities are in great need of reliable understanding on which to base policies and actions, yet many lack the methodologies and capacities for generating operationally relevant answers. A fourth important modality of activity for international programmes, therefore, is support-applied research and development, which is directly relevant to the needs of urban environmental planning management. By sharing this expertise on a wider scale, international programmes can support applied research, which could not be afforded by individual cities. International programmes can also help cities with the design, organisation and funding of EPM- relevant research programmes based on partnerships between global and local efforts – thereby helping to develop local capacities.
On the basis of the above views, experiences were received from the United Nations University; United Nations Centre for Human Settlements; United Nations Environment Programme; Food and Agricultural Organization; University College of Lands and Architectural Studies (Tanzania); Regional Government of Leningrad (Russia); Department of Housing, Pretoria (South Africa); Institute of Urbanism (St. Petersburg, Russia); Institute for Housing and Urban Development Studies (Ghana); Wits University (South Africa); University of Kuleuven (Belgium); Cities of Mbabane, Gabarone, Cape Town, Ibadan, Recife, Johannesburg, Port Elizabeth; and National representatives from Zambia and Nigeria.
What was done by Research and Policies to build Local Capacities? Policies, local guidelines and applied research were used to support the implementation of project activities as well as for the training of personnel. They were also used to carry out research on monitoring and evaluation. They facilitated the development of city level strategies, demonstrations. Development and implementation of tools (training and education, legislation, and economic/ institutional framework). These help in compiling documentation on implemented activities.
What was achieved? Awareness was created among stakeholders on the strengths and weaknesses of research and policies; on the priorities to be considered, the different individuals, issues, expectations and roles. Change in the way of thinking, values, behaviours, and attitudes were observed. A better understanding of what is happening at the local level was noted. A clear follow-up in capacity building after training was designed.
What were the difficulties? The difficulties encountered were based on the following issues: that of understanding the functioning, perspectives and mechanisms of different stakeholders (more than just education); lack of and misunderstanding of roles and responsibilities of different stakeholders; lifestyle changes and systemic changes not clearly understood; inter agency/ministry/department coordination of cross-cutting issues; involvement of ‘real’ decision-makers (professionals and politicians/managers); linking local and global priorities (funding, monitoring/evaluation); awareness building for everybody, at all levels, and greater inclusiveness; preconceptions of donors and funding agencies mismatch with local priorities and circumstances.
Recommendations for Strengthening Local Capacities The following recommendations were made by the Working Group: the documentation of ‘real’ experiences; external capacity-building activities to be anchored with local initiatives and institutions;
29 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
training and research institutions to be fully involved in localizing activities related to Local Agenda 21. Coordinating differing agendas of international/local organizations. There should be intercity collaboration for strengthening capacity. Cities should not rely just on the United Nations.
The Group also felt that focus should be placed on quality of life and lifestyles that are sustainable, those that articulate and rationalize needs, wishes, and wants and expectations. Research should be undertaken on governance based on ‘globally relevant democracy’ versus more traditional and culturally relevant governance. In addition, efforts should be built on the utilization of international resources through exposure and networks of cities. Efforts should be made to ensure flexible access and packaging of information, its dissemination and coordination (including adequate financing).
Local action should be linked to their global implications and impacts, while conflict management, consensus building and mediation skills should be improved. Research tools that are compatible with community cultures and structures should be developed while local autonomy should be ensured by strengthening decentralization and local capacities.
Working Group 5, WG Session 2 – Strategic Financing
The Working Group deliberated on the theme: using financing mechanisms to build capacities in developing and responding to global norms, international conventions and agreements.
One type of international support programmes specialises in funding for strategic capital improvement projects. It is increasingly understood that external financial support can only be a drop in the bucket compared with the enormous urban investment requirements. Strategic use of external financial support has therefore become an important consideration. Experience has shown that strategic investment is especially effective and likely to succeed if undertaken as part of a coherent and overarching strategy that (a) spans development sectors, levels of government, geographic space, and time horizons; (b) is implemented through a variety of mutually supportive instruments; and (c) is agreed among all those whose cooperation is required. External investment support programmes are shifting their attention increasingly from central government institutions to local authorities and even NGOs. Given the special nature of this form of external support, complementary support in legislation, institutional development, and local capacity building usually makes its most important contribution in areas such as public revenue, fiscal management, and private sector involvement.
Programme experiences and examples were presented in the areas of strategic financing support to cities in local level operations with international conventions and norms. For instance GEF presented on the support it is giving to local actors specifically in the implementation of international environmental conventions through operational activities and the removal of barriers. Cities Alliance, a mechanism to use the United Nations policy and capacity-building work presented on the strategic focusing on World Bank lending operations while UNDP deliberated on mechanisms for the strategic use of limited resources to build critically relevant local capacities.
Results of discussion: a) Relation between local and national actors: The issue of defining roles vis-a-vis implementation of norms and agreements, local differentiation was raised. Positive examples from Local Government Associations, (IULA/AULA) was noted specifically in their initiatives of setting up capacity development funds; providing linking mechanisms; cities to gain recognition; proper links of the respective stakeholders.
30 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
It was also revealed that a number of global programs provide direct access to local actors with minimal central endorsement through operational programmes. This is the case with the GEF enabling activities and short-term responses; and Cities Alliance with Small- start- up activities to access larger loan operations.
Cities and Programmes also highlighted the fact that resources are available but concepts are short of supply, in which case presentation of concepts are therefore vital for accessing strategic funding from UNDP. In addition strong community groups were identified to work well with small grants and can access these directly without going through central governments (UNDP, GEF). b) Public awareness and access to information: A number of programmes offer or support public awareness and information activities. The GEF offers or supports training of journalists and other opinion leaders while UNDP provides information materials presented in local languages and local context in order to encourage demand-driven projects. c) Co-ordination of local, national and international partners in strategic financing The Group agreed on the fact that, to ensure proper coordination of local, national and international partners in strategic financing, there should be a provision of information and role as system wide co-ordinator for UN organizations. Coordination of funding and implementation activities should be done by UNDP while Resident Co-ordinators should represent the United Nations system in a country. Capacity-building exercise for preparing and packaging project proposals for presentation to potential donors should be provided (Philippines) while the relationship between local and national governments and the co-ordination of their approach to the United Nations System should be facilitated. d) Role of inter-city exchange The Group highlighted the role played by intercity through good practices. The good practice of the GEF was cited, while the SCP was commended for its synthesis into tools and UEF support was sought for, in both geographical and by topical.
Closing Session
Summary of the Closing Session: The closing session of UEF 2000 was chaired by Councillor Brian Watkys, chairperson of the Cape Metropolitan Council (CMC) Planning, Environment and Housing Committee.
The meeting report, which contained a consolidated report of the results from the first and second Working Group Sessions, was tabled at the plenary, which was subsequently adopted. Mr. Jochen Eigen presented the Progress Report on the UEF and future perspectives. A discussion on the closing statement was held by city and programme representatives, which was later adopted at the Grand closing.
The Grand closing featured a closing address on behalf of UNEP and UNCHS (Habitat) made by Mr. Ahmed Djoghlaf, Executive Co-ordinator of the Global Environment Facility (UNEP/GEF). In his address, Mr Djoghlaf cited Article 108 of the South African Constitution as well as its Integrated Metropolitan Environmental Policy and forward-looking vision for 2020 which depict the country’s fervent commitment to environmental issues. He tagged the outcome of the UEF 2000 as the ‘Cape Town Spirit’ and ‘The Cape Town Approach’. The entire address is contained in the annex.
31 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
On his part, Mr. Glen Adams, Minister of Environment, Western Cape Provincial Government called for action to be taken in view of improving “the living standards of those in need, improve the ecosystem to help bring a more prosperous future”, and to manage urban, rural and cities and nature reserves in an integrated manner. The complete address is contained in the annex. The meeting was closed by a presentation of gifts by Hon. Aati Adriance, mayor of cape Metropolitan Council.
The Urban Environmental Bazaar
The Urban Environmental Bazaar, which was held during the lunch breaks, attracted more than 30 international support programmes to exhibit and present their support modalities to cities. The Bazaar offered a good opportunity for cities and programme representatives to exchange specific information regarding the urban environment and to create new partnerships. A major attraction was the demonstration of a model of the Russian STRING Project.
32 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
ANNEXES
33 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
UEF Meeting Overview
Day One Day Two Day Three
Grand Opening Ceremony: City level working group Programme level working • Welcome by the Cape discussions: Working groups will group discussions: Working Metropolitan Council analyze local capacities for groups will reflect on the support for local capacities • Opening Address on adapting and implementing global norms and conventions provided by international behalf of the United to respond to priority issues, support programmes and Nations Centre for Human using the five EPM elements. resource institutions in order to Settlements Each group discussion will be contribute to global norms • Opening Address by the led by a number of discussants and conventions Each group South African Government presenting specific topics. discussion will be led by a number of discussants Introduction to UEF 2000 presenting specific topics. • International Agreements and Conventions • Global Norms for Good Urban Governance • Cities, the environment, & international conventions, agreements & norms
City experiences from South Africa (plenary): Selected cities will demonstrate how EPM has helped adopting norms, agreements and conventions which build towards an equitable society, during a time of fundamental political changes.
Urban Environment Bazaar*
City and programme Field Visit: The Cape South African city experiences experiences (plenary): City Metropolitan Council (CMC) Presentation of working group practitioners and programme leads three field visits to conclusions to the plenary and representatives will introduce showcase Cape Town’s drafting of the Closing the meeting’s theme in achievements in tackling urban Statement. plenary, presenting practical governance issues. Progress report on the UEF and EPM experiences in the light future perspectives of global norms, agreements Adoption of the Closing and norms. The presenters Statement and Grand Closing: will lead the working groups • Report of the Meeting by for the following two days. the UEF Secretariat • Closing address by UNCHS (Habitat) · • Closing address by the South African Government, Western Cape Province
34 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
UEF Meeting Agenda
26 September 2000 – Morning Day One - Opening Session (plenary)
9:00 Grand Opening Ceremony : Councillor Kent Morkel, Chairperson of the Cape Metropolitan Council Executive Committee, Cape Town, South Africa
Welcome and Opening Address by the South African Hosts and the United Nations
• Welcome by the Cape Metropolitan Council Cllr. Patrick Hill, Deputy Metropolitan Mayor, Cape Town, South Africa • Opening Address on behalf of the United Nations Centre for Human Settlements Mr. Jochen Eigen, Ag. Chief, Urban Secretariat, United Nations Centre for Human Settlements (Habitat) • Opening address from the South African Government Mr. Gerald Morkel, Premier of the Western Cape, South Africa
9:30 Introduction to UEF 2000 Chairperson: Councillor Brian Watkyns, Chairperson of the CMC Planning, Environment and Housing Committee, Cape Metropolitan Council, Cape Town, South Africa • International environmental agreements and conventions for better urban environmental planning and management Mr. Hassane Bendahmane, Chief, Joint UNEP-Habitat Unit, Division of Policy Development and Law, United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) • Global Norms for Good Urban Governance Mr. Paul Taylor, Ag. Chief, Urban Development Branch, United Nations Centre for Human Settlements (Habitat) • Cities, the environment, and international conventions, agreements norms Mr. Charles Katiza, Secretary General, African Union of Local Authorities (AULA) • Structure of the Meeting Mr. Doug McCallum, Facilitator, Urban Environment Forum
10.30 Coffee/Tea break
11.00 Experiences from South Africa Chairperson: Councillor Theresa Mthemba, Mayor of Durban, South Central Local Council • Will transformed Local Governance in South Africa help us achieve environmentally sustainable cities? Associate Professor Vanessa Watson, University of Cape Town • Durban Metropolitan Environmental Policy Ms. Marlene Laros, Common Ground Consultancy • Johannesburg Associate Professor Sue Parnell, University of Cape Town • Midrand EcoCity Project Ms. Anne Sugrue, Director, EcoCity Trust, Midrand 12.00 Urban Environment Bazaar and Lunch
35 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
26 September 2000 - afternoon Day One - Experiences from Cities and International Support Programmes
14:00 Experiences from cities Chairperson: Hon. Patricia N. Nawa, Mayor of Lusaka, Zambia • Experience of Manila, Philippines with international agreements on air pollution in their actual urban environmental planning and management process Ms. Bebet Gozun, Metropolitan Environmental Improvement Programme (MEIP) • Experience of Dakar, Senegal, with international agreements related to land-based impact on eco-systems and the marine environment in their urban environmental planning and management process Ms. Ndeye Fatou Diop Gueye, IAGU, Dakar, Senegal • Experience of Cape Town, South Africa, with international agreements on bio-diversity in their urban environmental planning and management process Mr. Peter Tomalin, Cape Metropolitan Council (CMC), Cape Town, South Africa • Experience of Dar es Salaam, Tanzania, with decentralisation of authority and resources in their urban environmental planning and management process Mr. Claudio Bitegeko, Ministry of Regional Administration and Local Government, Tanzania • Experience of Recife, Brazil, with security of individuals and their living environment in their urban environmental planning and management process Ms. Silvia Arrais, Recife, Brazil
Questions and points of clarification on city presentations
15:45 Coffee break
16:15 Experiences from international support programmes and intergovernmental institutions • Division of Policy Development and Law, United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP): Supporting cities to apply international agreements on the protection of the ozone layer, freshwater resources and bio-diversity at the city level: Mr. Hassane Bendahmane • Regional Activity Centre PAP/RAC (Split, Croatia), Mediterranean Action Plan, United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP): Supporting cities to apply international agreements related to land-based impact on eco-systems and the marine environment at the city level: Mr. Ivica Trumbic • Integrity in Urban Governance, Transparency International: Supporting cities to improve transparency and accountability in decision-making and stakeholder participation at the city level: Mr. Stiaan van der Merwe • Local Agenda 21 Model Communities Programme, International Council for Local Environmental Initiatives (ICLEI): Supporting cities in decentralisation of authority and resources at the city level: Mr. Shem Chaibva • United Nations Environment and Development (UNED) Forum: Supporting cities in providing gender responsive tools for applying international conventions: Ms. Minu Hemmati
Questions and points of clarification on the presentations
36 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
17:45 Announcements, working group briefings and forming drafting group Mr. Doug McCallum, Facilitator, Urban Environment Forum
18:15 End of the session
27 September 2000 - morning Day Two - Working Group Session One
9:00 Working Group sessions on city and programme experiences in participating actively in the development and implementation of global norms, international environmental conventions and agreements
Working Group One – Air Pollution: How cities and international programmes contribute to international agreements on air pollution, in the context of the urban environmental planning and management process
Lead Discussant: Ms. Bebet Gozun, Metropolitan Environmental Improvement Programme (MEIP)
Discussants: Shenyang (China) Cleaner Production Programme Tanzania and Zimbabwe Limbe (Cameroon) Cities for Climate Protection Campaign (CCP Italy) Climate Action Network – Philippines
Working Group Two – Land-based impact on Eco-systems: How cities and international programmes contribute to international agreements related to land-based impact on eco-systems and the marine environment in the context of the urban environmental planning and management process
Lead Discussant: Mr Ivica Trumbic, Regional Activity Centre PAP/RAC (Split, Croatia), Mediterranean Action Plan, United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP)
Discussants: Dakar (Senegal) Ismailia (Egypt) European Union Water Framework
Working Group Three – Biodiversity: How cities and international programmes contribute to international agreements on bio- diversity in the context of the urban environmental planning and management process
Lead Discussant: Mr. Carne Blandy, Cape Metropolitan Council, Cape Town (South Africa)
Discussants: Hanam (Korea) Nairobi (Kenya) Forest Resource Division (FAO) Nakuru (Kenya)
37 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Working Group Four - Decentralisation: How cities and international programmes contribute to decentralisation of authority and resources in the context of the urban environmental planning and management process
Lead Discussant: Ms. Batilda Burian, Urban Authorities Support Unit (UASU), Tanzania
Discussants: Lusaka (Zambia) Institute for Local Government Studies (IHS - Ghana) Sustainable Cities Programme (UNCHS/UNEP) Department of Environment and Natural Resources (DENR, Philippines)
Working Group Five - Transparency: How cities and international programmes contribute to transparency in decision-making and stakeholder participation in the context of the urban environmental planning and management process
Lead Discussant: Mr. Stiaan van der Merwe, Integrity in Urban Governance, Transparency International (South Africa)
Discussants: Ibadan (Nigeria) Moscow (Russia) Colombo (Sri Lanka) Regional Perspective – ROAAS, UNCHS (Habitat) Lilongwe (Malawi)
Working Group Six – Security: How cities and international programmes contribute to security of individuals and their living environment in the context of the urban environmental planning and management process
Lead Discussant: Ms. Anna Mtani, Safer Cities Programme, Dar es Salaam, Tanzania
Discussants: Johannesburg (South Africa) Asuncion (Paraguay) Local Authorities Confronting Disasters and Emergencies (LACDE)
11:30 Synthesis of the working group results (lead discussants and rapporteurs)
12:00 Urban Environment Bazaar
27 September 2000 - afternoon Day Two - Field Visit
15:00 Field Visit The Cape Metropolitan Council (CMC) led three field visits to showcase Cape Town’s achievements in tackling urban governance issues and applying, at the local level, norms, global conventions and international agreements related to the urban environment
38 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
28 September 2000 - morning Day Three - Working Group Session Two
9:00 Working Group Sessions on building capacities and mechanisms to develop and implement global norms, international environmental conventions and agreements
Working Group One – EPM Demonstrations: Using environmental planning and management demonstrations to build capacities in developing and responding to global norms, international environmental conventions and agreements
Lead Discussant: Ms. Lajali Bajracharya, The Urban Governance Initiative, United Nations Development Programme (UNDP)
Discussants: GTZ Botswana Localising Agenda 21 – UNCHS ASIST (ILO) Zanzibar (Tanzania)
Working Group Two- Networking: Using networking and sharing experiences to build capacities in developing and responding to global norms, international environmental conventions and agreements
Lead Discussant: Dr. Ousseynou Eddje Diop, Managing the Environment Locally in Sub- Saharan Africa (MELISSA) – World Bank
Discussants: ICLEI – Regional Office for Africa Urban Management Programme (UMP) – UNDP/UNCHS/World Bank CITYNET The Global Campaign for Good Urban Governance (UNCHS)
Working Group Three – Specialised Expertise: Using specialised EPM expertise and information to build capacities in developing and responding to global norms, international environmental conventions and agreements
Lead Discussant: Ms. Lilia Casanova, International Environmental Technology Centre (IETC) – UNEP
Discussants: GRID/Arendal (UNEP) Moscow (Russia) Training for Sustainable Infrastructure Development in Conurbations (CDG)
Working Group Four – Research and Policies: Using policies, local guidelines and applied research to build capacities in developing and responding to global norms, international environmental conventions and agreements
Lead Discussant: Dr. Hari Srinivas, Environment and Sustainable Development, United Nations University
Discussants: University College for Lands and Architectural Studies (UCLAS) – Tanzania URBANISTIK Institute – Russia Division of Policy Development and Law, UNEP
39 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Working Group Five – Strategic Financing: Using financing mechanisms to build capacities in developing and responding to global norms, international environmental conventions and agreements
Lead Discussant: Mr. Ahmed Djoghlaf, UNEP - Global Environment Facility (UNEP/GEF)
Discussants: City Alliance - World Bank, UNCHS Department of Environment and Natural Resources (DENR) (Philippines) UNDP – Sri Lanka
11:30 Synthesis of individual working group results (lead discussants and rapporteurs)
12:00 Urban Environment Bazaar
28 September 2000 - afternoon Day Three - Closing Session of UEF 2000 (plenary)
13:45 Chair: Councillor Brian Watkyns, Chairperson of the CMC Planning, Environment and Housing Committee, Cape Metropolitan Council, Cape Town, South Africa
South African city experience from Soweto
14:15 Report of the meeting • Consolidated report of the results from the first Working Group Session • Individual Reports of the results from the second Working Group Session
15:15 Discussion of the Closing Statement by city and programme representatives
16:00 Progress report on the UEF and future perspectives Mr. Jochen Eigen, Ag. Chief, Urban Secretariat, UNCHS (Habitat)
16:30 Coffee break
17:00 Grand Closing • Adoption of the Closing Statement (chair) • Closing address on behalf of the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) Mr. Ahmed Djoghlaf, Executive Co-ordinator, UNEP - Global Environment Facility (UNEP/GEF) • Closing addresses by the South African Government Mr Glen Adams, Minister of Environment, Western Cape Provincial Government • Presentation of gifts by Cape Metropolitan Council Hon. Aati Adrianse, Mayor of Cape Metropolitan Council
18:00 End of the meeting
40 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
KEYNOTE PRESENTATIONS
Cocktail, Opening and Introduction
ADDRESS BY COUNCILLOR ATTIE ADRIAANSE AT A WELCOMING COCKTAIL FUNCTION FOR THE URBAN ENVIRONMENT FORUM 2000 CONFERENCE AT THE LORD CHARLES HOTEL, SOMERSET WEST AT 18:00 ON MONDAY 25 SEPTEMBER 2000
Dr. David Kithakaye, Ole Lyse, Deputy mayor Gavin Paulse, special guests, the media, ladies and gentlemen.
Good evening.
Many of the people here this evening have come from the very successful SCP Meeting held in Cape Town over the past few days.
To all who have travelled to the ‘‘Fairest Cape in all the World’ to be here tonight - a huge welcome to the proceedings of the Urban Environment Forum 2000 Conference.
During a quiet moment recently, I was thinking about some of the difficult questions that lie ahead for local governments in establishing fully participatory mechanisms in a developing urban environment.
One of the challenges of living in a rapidly changing world is planning for the future. I don’t think any of us are particularly good at trying to realistically foresee what the future holds for our respective countries and our peoples.
There are too many unknowns in charting the way forward.
But one thing I do know is that - in a global context - the kind of world we will share tomorrow lies in the hands of many of the men and women attending this conference.
As the representative of the Cape Metropolitan Council, I am very happy to say that here - in South Africa - environmental management policy-making has been seen to be of such importance for it to be built into our constitution.
The Cape Metropolitan Council, as responsible local government, has taken this task to heart, as have so many of those other public sector and private sector stakeholders in this country who share our concern for the metropolitan environment we are going to pass on to our children.
Over the last two years in fact, The Cape Metropolitan Council has invested a considerable sum in fostering both public and private sector debate and interest in the matter.
An important part of this has been the staging of a significant festival of the environment and the co- ordination of meaningful public workshops on the draft Integrated Metropolitan Environmental Policy.
This will guarantee the involvement of our citizens in the long term protection and management of
41 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
the abundant, diverse natural, cultural and built environment elements it would be so easy to take for granted in this region.
Now you have travelled here to follow perhaps similar avenues of thought and discussion and to debate ideas that, once through the consultative process, might be formulated as policies that must be entirely relevant to the needs and aspirations of the next generation of this world’s citizens.
This is quite a responsibility.
Of course, you’ll not be the only ones trying to bring about realistic, workable changes in urban environment management.
But it’s so easy for developing and growing societies to lose the political and social will to do the right thing.
That’s where I believe this forum of like-minded people such as we have here - the urban environment visionaries and those intimately involved in furthering the sustainable process - is so important.
It’s our own strategic responsibility to be able to interact at this level and in effect, provide a strong international dynamic that works to establish global norms and environmental agreements and conventions for a better world.
This is the principle of shared responsibility through shared experience.
And from tomorrow, you will embark on another part of that course.
I wish you fruitful discussions, robust debate and good fellowship at this important global forum.
And while you are here, I hope you take the time to enjoy the scenery, cuisine, wines, people and places of cultural and historic interest that make the Cape Metropolitan Area such a special place.
Thank you.
42 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
ADDRESS BY MR PETER TOMALIN, EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR: PLANNING, ENVIRONMENT AND HOUSING AT A WELCOMING COCKTAIL FUNCTION FOR THE URBAN ENVIRONMENT FORUM 2000 CONFERENCE AT THE LORD CHARLES HOTEL, SOMERSET WEST at 18:00 ON MONDAY 25 SEPTEMBER 2000
Mr. Jochen Eigen, Honorable Mayor Jose Torralba, Councillor Adriaanse, Alderman Gisela Jespersen, special guests, the media, ladies and gentlemen.
Good evening.
It is indeed a pleasure that so many eminent people representing international, national, and local interests have come from so many countries around the world to attend this important conference.
On behalf of the Cape Metropolitan Council, I’d like to extend a hearty welcome to you all. The Cape is known for its hospitality and I hope that you will take full advantage of this while you are here.
As Executive Director for the CMC’s Planning, Environment and Housing Directorate, I am only too aware of the pressing need to move forward in the process of finding workable solutions to meet this planet’s pressing sustainable urban development needs
Thanks to the involvement, vision, drive and direction of our partners, the United nations Environment Programme (UNEP) and the United Nations Centre for Human Settlements (Habitat) and their many global stakeholders and partners, so much of lasting value has been and is being achieved.
And this conference is a milestone in that venture.
We have a short welcoming programme this evening, so let us proceed.
Firstly, I’d like to call on the Cape Metropolitan Council’s Councillor Attie Adriaanse, to formally welcome you and open proceedings.
Councillor Adriaanse…
Thank you Councillor Adriaanse.
Next on the agenda, I would like to ask the Chairperson of the Urban Planning Committee of the Helderberg Municipality, Alderman Gisela Jespersen, to say a few words.
Alderman Jespersen…
Thank you Alderman Gisela Jespersen.
Of course, it’s entirely relevant that we should also share a different perspective on the proceedings. It therefore gives me great pleasure to invite Mr. Jochen Eigen, Ag. Chief, Urban Secretariat, UNCHS (Habitat) to deliver a short address.
Mr. Eigen…
43 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Thank you Mr. Eigen.
Last, but certainly not least, I would like to ask the Honorable Mayor of the City of Tagbilaran, Mayor Jose Torralba, to deliver an address on behalf of the Cities Project.
Mayor Torralba…
Thank you Mayor Torralba.
I think that from the tenor of this evening’s short presentations, we can see that the next three days are likely to be most fruitful.
I invite you to enjoy the special atmosphere of this occasion to renew old contacts, friendships and acquaintances and perhaps make new ones with your colleagues from around the world.
May the discussions and debates that stem from the many workshops during this conference provide us all with an essential base to ensure sustainable urban development practices are established globally.
Thank you.
44 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
ADDRESS BY COUNCILLOR KENT MORKEL CAPE METROPOLITAN COUNCIL EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE CHAIRMAN AT THE OPENING OF THE UEF CONFERENCE AT THE LORD CHARLES HOTEL, SOMERSET WEST AT 09:00 ON TUESDAY 26 SEPTEMBER 2000
Honourable Mayor Torralba, David Kithakye, Ole Lyse, Minister Lechesa Tsenoli, Premier Gerald Morkel, special guests, the media, ladies and gentlemen.
Good morning.
It’s indeed wonderful to welcome so many eminent people from around the world here today.
You will see from your agenda that much of the first session - until we break at midday for lunch and an opportunity to visit the Urban Environment Bazaar - revolves around establishing the fundamental and principle issues involved in constituting global norms, agreements and conventions for improved urban governance.
Based on recent international experience, I think we will all agree that the core issues for good urban governance have moved beyond simple improvement in land delivery mechanisms, the shoring up of financial systems, pure environmental stabilization and the reduction of poverty.
The focus may well prove to be a move away from the traditional top-down service supply orientation, and rather towards increasing accessibility, accountability and transparency through ensuring majority participation at a local level.
This will undoubtedly include the formulation of workable statutes that take best advantage of local capacities and conditions for sound resource management in our various urban environments.
As Chairman of the Cape Metropolitan Council’s Executive Committee, I find that one of the toughest tasks is the strategic manoeuvring of all those disparate elements that ensure we not only take care of the continuing, bigger socio-economic picture, but also that all the smaller ‘nuts and bolts’ elements are in place within time and budget constraints to make local government work well for our people.
I have this picture that local government is the institution and process ideally suited to putting all the pieces in the urban development scenario together, but as well as the creation of the legislative and management glue that will hold that jigsaw picture together.
To make this work in particularly the urban development environment, we in the Western Cape have learned from international experience the value of deliberately creating synergies with a wide range of outside partners in the academic, business - both formal and informal - commercial, parastatal and community sectors.
In this way, we discharge our responsibility to bring to the table all those interested people who see and are part of the bigger picture and all its smaller elements. This also provides a metropolitan-wide platform for these important stakeholders to champion their specific issues, interests and vision for our metropolitan area of the future.
But ultimately, the accountability for making the process work rests with us as the elected local authority.
45 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
As we go through a logical and well-ordered period of political change, we are setting in place the institutional structures and mechanisms to carry out what has to be done to create the right, sustainable urban environment that will best suit our development needs in years to come.
During the time you’re with us here, you will be seeing and hearing a little of how far we in South Africa and particularly the Western Cape have progressed in this ideal.
I believe that the demonstration models we have in place and funded by our international partners have proved to be eminently successful.
But, to paraphrase one well-known quotation,’You ain’t seen nothing yet…’
I know that a great deal of good will come from this conference and that the results of the wide- ranging presentations and debate will, over time, have a marked effect on sustainable urban development on this planet.
Thank you.
46 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
ADDRESS BY GERALD MORKEL, WESTERN CAPE PREMIER AT THE OPENING OF THE UEF CONFERENCE AT THE LORD CHARLES HOTEL, SOMERSET WEST AT 09:00 ON TUESDAY 26 SEPTEMBER 2000
(Dignitaries), special guests, the media, ladies and gentlemen.
Good morning.
I recently overheard someone pass a comment that the only two certainties we have in this life are DEATH and TAXES.
This is of course to some extent, true.
But thinking about this, I would add another.
That is the word ‘CHANGE’.
Certainly, in this fast moving increasingly technology-driven world of ours, constant change has become the order of the day.
It’s one of the reasons that such an important international conference of this nature is being staged at this time, to consider, examine and discuss within the global context, so many issues relating to our changing environments.
One of the enormous challenges of this second millennium will be our collective ability to sustain all the rewards of modern development.
This can only be through improved governance.
Which can never be static. -Which must always change to meet the needs and demands of tomorrow.
Change, and all the bruises and trophies that come with it, has been core to the South African experience for the last decade.
In fact, I would think that this country has gone through a more intense period of fundamental change - and indeed, we are still in the midst of this - than at any time in the last 400 years of our short history.
This has been our own Berlin Wall, our own reawakening.
It was the philosopher Auguste Rombanoff, I think who said,
“The art of surviving change lies not in learning to adapt to the unexpected, but rather in developing the skill to weave the colourful threads of change into the tapestry of life, yourself”
To me this translates into the basic premise that it is far better to bring about change than have to endure what has been brought about for you.
47 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
In other words, that proactive change is perhaps better than reactive change.
This then appears to be one of the fundamental issues for this conference, - bringing about realistic developmental changes in the urban environment, but sustainable through visionary and proactive city and regional governance and management.
The South African Government has for many years been made painfully aware of the need for the emancipation and stabilization of human settlements and widespread urban renewal across our land.
During this conference, you will see to what extent we have proceeded down this difficult path and especially here, in the Western Cape, now enjoying the fruits of the fastest growing economy in this sub- continent.
I’m very glad to say that if this process of sustained renewal is going to work in sub-Saharan Africa, then the Western Cape experience will probably set the pace.
And the torch will largely be carried - and properly so - at local government level.
Within South Africa, we have a population of around 45 million people with many ethnic, cultural, demographic and psychographic differences, and here - in the greater context - lies some of the pressures and problems facing the design and potential legislation and implementation of our future progressive development management strategies.
In typical South African - and indeed African - fashion, these points of difference also bring in certain ideological nuances and various emerging political realities.
These will ultimately greatly influence the outcome of any development strategy.
Let’s have a look at a few of the actualities that make-up the socio-economic profile of this country
• the housing backlog is estimated to be in the region of 2,8 million homes, with an annual expected add-on to this list in relation to a population growth of 1.6 %.
• Our established cities and towns support some 1.3 million informal shack dwelling settlements ‘housing’ today an estimated 5 million people country wide.
• Fully 60 % of the population lives in defined urban areas. The balance, - a generally older age group - exist in rural subsistence farming or organized agricultural communities.
• Some 56% of our people of all races are under the age of 21 years.
• Unemployment at national level currently stands at 23 % of the potential labour force. In the Western Cape it is 14 %.
• Literacy levels have rapidly improved in recent years but access to education remains a serious hurdle to some 200 000 under 18 year olds in the Western Cape alone. This is despite the fact that the literacy rate is about 20 % higher here than the country’s average.
This is further compounded by the fact that, although we have an economy reflecting an annual growth rate in the Gross Domestic Product (GDP) in excess of 1.3 %, job creation - especially for school -leavers - remains a most pressing problem. At the end of this year alone, some 28 000 school leavers in the Western Cape will have little chance of securing short-term gainful employment.
48 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Recent surveys reveal that this country may have in excess of three million ‘illegal’ immigrants who have migrated here from neighbouring states and central and eastern Africa, in search of work. This predominantly male segment is seriously weakening the national economy and undermining the fabric of our socio-economic structure.
Sadly, while this country remains rich and moves towards first world status, we will always be a magnet for this form of human tide south. The Western Cape is severely taxed by the influx. Every year some thirty thousand people from other provinces and from Africa itself, settle here seeking employment and housing. This is a major burden on our health and education services not to mention all the other socio-economic implications.
And at the end of the day of course, it is humanity and it’s needs that we’re dealing with and the necessity of driving the corrective reform process forward.
In so doing, Africa outside our borders can then perhaps take the first brave steps towards better sustained development practice, and decrease its reliance on the strength and goodwill of this sub- continent.
South Africa has a number of programmes in place to substantially improve the picture reflected in the figures I quoted a few minutes ago. In the Western Cape we have launched an Africa outreach programme involving the sharing of our expertise in various fields such as administrative management, agriculture, infrastructure establishment and we now have a co-operation agreement with Tunis.
There may however be some question as to whether we yet have the collective political will at national level to make it all happen at the speed necessary to bring about the legislated statutory urban development impetus we need.
That is why the process may well be led by local government and especially here in the Western Cape, where we have a history of establishing the right synergistic partnerships to make things happen.
This includes collaboration with elements of the formal national government sector, with academic and training institutions, non-governmental and community based organizations, international support entities and the private sector - and especially the powerful multi-national organized business community.
I have absolutely no doubt that this important international conference will help our local and provincial government urban development people through the learning curve and help us focus on issues and solutions to better create and manage our own progressive and sustainable urban environment.
Your conference theme then of ‘Sustainable Development through improved Urban Governance’ is therefore entirely appropriate.
And I would like to take this opportunity to underscore the Istanbul Declaration, which is I believe, a statement of fundamental importance:
“Recognizing local authorities as our closest partners, and as essential, in the implementation of the Habitat Agenda, we must, within the legal framework of each country, promote decentralization through democratic local authorities and work to strengthen their financial and institutional capacities in accordance with the conditions of countries, while ensuring their transparency, accountability and responsiveness to the needs of people, which are key requirements for Governments at all levels.”
49 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
In this context, I have no doubt that South Africa will continue to play an increasingly important leadership role on this vast continent.
The United Nations Urban Environment Programme and the United Nations Centre for Human Settlements are to be congratulated on staging this global meeting of the Urban Environment Forum.
It will no doubt prove to be a giant step forward towards improving the self-determination of peoples and bettering the global human condition.
I wish you all well with your discussions and sharing of ideas and look forward to the positive influence your deliberations would have on our South African, African, and indeed sustained global socio- economic development in the years ahead.
Thank you.
50 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
OPENING ADDRESS ON BEHALF OF UNCHS (HABITAT) AND UNEP J. EIGEN UNCHS (HABITAT)
Ladies and Gentlemen: It is my great pleasure to welcome you on behalf of UNCHS and UNEP.
Since its modest beginnings in 1994 and formal launch in 1996, the UEF has gained broad recognition with its constituency: • With cities and their international support programmes – as exemplified by the attendance at the seven international meetings since 94 (including Cape Town) • With the UN secretariat structure – where the UEF is considered a model for promoting coherence of effort in international co-operation; and • With the UN intergovernmental processes – where the UEF is acknowledged as spearheading a new United Nations development co-operation paradigm.
In the latest joint progress report to their respective governing bodies, top management of both UNEP and Habitat agree in their high expectations from the UEF and their positive assessment of progress to-date: • “An important achievement towards global partnership in urban environmental management, the UEF … will play a facilitating and catalytic role in mobilising an ever wider range of actors and participants, helping to focus our collective energy and know-how towards concrete improvement in the living environment – and sustainability – of human settlements everywhere”; and • “The catalytic potential … to bring together programmes of international organisations and cities in implementing the urban environment agenda has proven to be a major breakthrough, more effectively integrating and co-ordinating the activities of the UN system with those of local communities and local authorities …” and somewhat self-complementary. • “Through this joint work, UNCHS and UNEP have positioned themselves prominently at the forefront of a new UN development co-operation paradigm, that emphasises the advancement of collective know-how rather than the provision of ready solutions. It is in such efforts that the UN excels, and where UNCHS and UNEP have a unique comparative advantage in linking local operational experience with global normative work.”
Linking local operational experience with global normative work is, of course, the specific challenge of UEF 2000 – in fact this year we are taken this challenge to the extreme: We are not just talking about global guidelines, norms, and tools as we have done for the last six years, we are talking about linking local operations with such formal global inter-governmental agreements as the following: • the Montreal protocol on greenhouse gases • the Global Climate Convention • Conventions on desertification and land-based impacts on the marine environment; and • Bio-diversity convention To mention but a few global agreements that relate directly to local urban environmental management practice With this theme, UEF 2000 couldn’t have a better host city. Capetown, as we will hear this afternoon, has a remarkable, if not unique experience with managing bio-diversity within its metropolitan area. And this involves… • Not just adaptation and implementation of global and national guidelines, • but also contributions to the formulation of such guidelines based on the lessons of its own
51 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
operational experience, lessons that derive from the real issues that Capetown has confronted and solutions that it has found in its daily practice.
This dual relationship between global norms and local management practice will also be addressed in the reports we will hear from other cities and on other thematic issues. It will be very interesting to see who will have more to contribute and who will have more to gain from the discussions of the next three days: • the facilitators and administrators of global norms and agreements - often frustrated with the lack of local implementation (which sometime do not go beyond establishing national legislation); • the local urban development practitioners – often frustrated with global norms and agreements that are not responsive to local opportunities and constraints; or • the technical and funding partners in international support programmes – keen to support cities in their dual challenge of contributing to the formulation of global norms on the one hand and of adapting and implementing these norms on the other — i.e. programmes that are ready to help “build local capacities for global norms, agreements, and conventions”
However, no matter where you stand, the task is not an easy one – in fact it presents considerable conceptual challenges. These include the need to … • consider not only global interests, but also local priorities; • not only global scientific facts, but also local opportunities and constraints.
In a way this is a typical challenge for which the UEF is tailor-made. Let us remember the discussions of UEF’97 in Shanghai regarding a common approach to measuring progress in urban environmental management. We then identified the need for layers of common indicators and principles for adaptation to local priorities, constraints and opportunities.
The UEF 2000, addressing the links between global norms and local action is timely for a number of good reasons. Let me mention three:
1. UNEP and Habitat, the two UN agencies responsible for environment and urban development respectively, have from the beginning of this month, for the first time in many years, fully fledged Executive Directors of their own – a reminder (for those of us who almost forgot) of their complementary but separate identities. This is a time when the theme of UEF 2000 is a powerful demonstration of the important synergies and complementarities between the mandates and respective strengths of the two Nairobi-based organizations: • UNEP with its scientific environmental management expertise and its unique authority for negotiating global conventions; • Habitat with its operational urban development experience and its widely recognized know- how for linking local implementation with global norms;
2. The United Nations is generally moving towards a more normative approach to development co-operation, becoming more advocating, taking a position on such issues as poverty reduction and gender equality. Habitat’s new global campaigns for good urban governance and secure tenure are examples for this new emphasis. In this context the UEF can help promote and continue to demonstrate … • A modern bottom-up, stakeholder driven approach, where global norms derive from local experience, and represent collective know-how; as opposed to … • A more traditional top-down, supply driven approach, where norms derive from global agendas and represent conditionalities.
3. The governments of the world are preparing for Istanbul+5, next year, and Rio+10, the year after. Istanbul’s Habitat Agenda and Rio’s Agenda 21 are, of course, the most important
52 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
global agreements in our field. The +5 - task is to review progress in implementing the agendas, confirming or adjusting priorities for action, and setting up mechanisms for ensuring collective efficiency in implementing the up-dated agreements. The agreements are inter-governmental, the preparatory activities are primarily an intergovernmental process, local progress reporting is primarily at national government affair - however, all evidence points to the critical importance of cities and their local activities for achieving the targets of the global agreements. • The UEF can contribute by bringing local, city level perspectives to the preparatory processes (and this, after all was exactly the purpose, when during the preparatory process for Istanbul the UEF was initiated in 1994 with the financial support from the UK and the Netherlands) • Given the fact that we are rather late in the preparatory process, however, the contribution of this UEF is more likely to the conceptual debate on how best to promote collective efficiency in implementing the global urban and environmental agendas, once they are brought up-to-date in 2001 and 2002 respectively.
How we will achieve this, and what type of outputs we will produce in the next few days, that I will leave to our friends from the SCP to explain – who this year again have taken on the task of mobilizing and co-ordinating the many diverse partner contributions required for this Forum.
What remains for me, as the representative of Habitat and UNEP in this opening session, is to express our hope, indeed our expectation – that the discussions of the next days will be successful and productive, and will quickly bring the benefits of better environmental planning and management – real and visible improvement of living conditions – to urban populations all over the world, especially the urban poor.
53 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS FOR A BETTER URBAN ENVIRONMENT HASSANE BENDAHMANE, CHIEF, JOINT UNEP/HABITAT UNIT, DIVISION OF POLICY DEVELOPMENT AND LAW, UNITED NATIONS ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMME (UNEP)
Distinguished hosts, distinguished guests, friends and colleagues,
Urbanization already includes more than half of the world population; 160,000 persons make a city their new home everyday. About 90% of these new city dwellers are in developing countries. Most of them run away from a degraded rural environment rather than rushing for a secure future. They usually come to the city slums where there is poor sanitation infrastructure, scarce water, inadequate roads and lighting. They want to improve the quality of their life, even at the risk of being on the other side of the law, if there is no job for them to secure a decent living. Cities are expected to secure livelihood for their residents but they are also expected to comply with national as well as international regulations and agreements.
Pressure from various stakeholders has led to the negotiation of several international environmental agreements. Some of us think these agreements are too little too late but it still depends on how fast and how seriously we implement the clauses of these agreements. The responsibility of implementation of those agreements rests with several levels of stakeholders.
City authorities need to know what these environmental conventions are all about. Why most countries of the world felt there was a need for such agreements? Why individual countries realized they could not address those issues alone? Even the wealthiest and most powerful came to the conclusion that several environmental problems have no frontiers; no matter how hard they may try alone, no matter how successful they may be in closing their borders, the environmental degradation by neighbouring countries is very likely to affect them.
The success or failure of any international agreement should be measured by the extent of compliance to the clauses of such agreements. If the agreement is not adhered to and complied with its value is very limited. Compliance has often been mentioned as the weakest link in the environmental convention development continuum. This weak link may be explained by an institutional gap, which is required to translate the internationally binding principles to the locally operational mechanisms. The city authorities are the most appropriate mechanisms to play such a bridging role. It is indeed within the city perimeters that most environmental problems occur. It is also within the city perimeters that monitoring mechanisms and solutions are most likely to be located. Most importantly, it is within the city perimeters that policies are developed and that compliance mechanisms can be strengthened.
The time is now to initiate a serious dialogue, leading to a strong partnership between the relevant environmental convention secretariats and the city authorities. Guidelines could be developed for city authorities as to how to monitor and facilitate compliance with conventions. Feedback mechanisms regarding concrete difficulties or opportunities of compliance could be developed for city authorities to adopt the required adaptation or adjustment measures. City authorities can assist in convention implementation at several levels. I would like to mention a few examples:
Public awareness campaigns: The city can organize information days like the ozone day (which is celebrated on 16 September of each year) to raise awareness of the general public on the relevance of particular conventions. At the individual level, each one of us is a user of municipal services: water, electricity, waste collection, sewerage systems, public transport, etc… The city authorities
54 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
can play a major role in planning and managing how the various stakeholders can use these services. Of course planning and management should not be limited to showing a tangible success during the election period alone. Administrative as well as political mechanisms must be developed to acknowledge and reward long term, sustainable projects as well.
Education: The city authorities can initiate education and training programmes to facilitate implementation at the technical level. For example, a programme to train technicians who fill refrigeration and cooling equipment with CFC’s could be very beneficial; it is estimated that 80% of CFC’s released in the atmosphere by developing countries (which represents a small percentage of the total CFC emitted globally) originate from leakage and poor fittings of CFC using equipment. Training technicians could reduce the 80% wastage quite significantly.
Education should target the users as well as the officials responsible for providing municipal services. Legislation: Convention clauses usually find their way into national legislation. To make this more effective it should be translated into city ordinances and circulars. That is where the city can play an effective role in implementing and in insuring compliance.
Economic instruments: Monitoring compliance with international agreements can benefit the city in several respects. It can generate employment for those responsible to monitor, measure and verify; it can also generate income for the city budget through the collection of fines for non- compliance. These fines can be spent back into the city for corrective action, for subsidizing positive practices and for employment generation.
Several convention secretariats have financial resources to help countries comply with their requirements. The secretariats could select a few cities that are able and willing to cooperate in this mutually beneficial endeavor, on a pilot phase basis. Depending on the lessons learned from the pilot cases the successful initiatives could be replicated at wider scale. In the case of the conventions on climate change and on biodiversity the Global Environmental Facility (GEF) is the financial mechanism adopted at the Rio Summit. The Ozone Convention has its own Multilateral Fund, which provides assistance for compliance. International waters for cities that share the same watercourse with cities from other countries can also look for assistance from the GEF.
Five or six so-called greenhouse gases cause climate change. Most of these gases come from the industrial, domestic and transport activities within the city perimeters. They all contribute to what is recognized by the highest level of international scientists (IPCC), to disturbances in the climatic patterns. This eminent group of scientists predicted a sea level rise by 30 to 50 cm by the year 2050. Some of you may have seen on TV a couple of weeks ago a huge lake in the Antarctic, which is due to the melting of the ice cap. That was the first time a lake was seen at that latitude. We may of course ignore the problem and claim that my city is not as polluting as the one next to me, or that if other cities cleaned up their act then I would not have to do it.
But this logic has been used for far too long and has reached its limits. We are engaging the destiny of life on this planet into an irreversible process.
It is already too late in some instances. Some of you come from cities where people are instructed to stay indoors for entire days because the air is too toxic. Some of you here come from cities where tap water is not safe to drink and where those with no other option but to drink it, pay for that dearly through medical bills, hospitalization and time away from work. Some of you live in cities where the sewerage system runs openly on the street side, breeding diseases and driving away businesses and tourists.
And yet the climate change convention is not meant to kill industries. Even what is considered by some as the harsh Kyoto Protocol can be adhered to without reducing a single production unit. On
55 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
the contrary, 20% of the energy used can be saved merely through a more efficient use of energy. This would reduce the unit cost of production and make business more competitive by reducing the electricity bill. It is a clear case of a win-win situation. Other mechanisms are suggested in the climate change convention, which are cost effective in the long term. After all, those who drafted the convention are high level representatives of their countries. Their main concern was to secure the most adequate conditions for a good quality of life to their people and for future generations.
In conclusion: The city authorities can play a major role in 1) educating the general public about the merits of environmental conventions. 2) They could adopt legislative texts to enforce them. 3) They could also collect revenue by collecting fees for non-compliance. They can pump back those revenues into making their city more beautiful and generate employment as an additional bonus for the constituency and further political popularity. They can also institute an incentive scheme to encourage environmentally friendly practices.4) Finally, the city authorities could look into the suitable institutional arrangements aimed at ensuring compliance with convention clauses. An institutional framework could be developed to make dialogue between cities and conventions a reality and the framework for a continuous exchange of views, concerns and opportunities. There are indeed great opportunities for establishing such a dialogue mechanism, both for the city authorities and for the convention secretariats.
Thank you.
56 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
GLOBAL NORMS FOR GOOD URBAN GOVERNANCE PAUL TAYLOR, AG. CHIEF, URBAN DEVELOPMENT BRANCH, UNITED NATIONS CENTRE FOR HUMAN SETTLEMENTS (HABITAT)
Towards Norms of Good Urban Governance From the outset, the campaign must aim to develop universal norms that can be operationalised. These should be based on lessons of experience and reflect regional conditions. Their implementation must be grounded in the reality of urban planning and management.
For this reason, the campaign proposes that sustainability; subsidiarity, equity, efficiency, transparency and accountability, civic engagement and citizenship, and security characterize good urban governance, and that these norms are interdependent and mutually reinforcing. These proposed norms are introduced below and include a range of illustrative operational principles for their implementation1 (See Table 1 for a structured presentation of the norms, objectives and means):
Sustainability in all dimensions of urban development Cities must balance the social, economic and environmental needs of present and future generations.2 This should include a clear commitment to urban poverty reduction. Leaders of all sections of urban society must have a long-term, strategic vision of sustainable human development and the ability to reconcile divergent interests for the common good.
Practical means of realizing this norm include, inter alia, • Undertaking consultations with stakeholders within communities to agree on a broad-based, mission-statement and long-term strategic vision for the city, using tools such as city development strategies; • Engaging in consultative processes such as environmental planning and management (EPM) or Local Agenda 21s, that are geared to reach agreement on acceptable levels of resource use, applying the precautionary principle in situations where human activity may adversely affect the well-being of present and/or future generations; • Ensuring financial viability by promoting economic activity through the participation of all citizens in the economic life of the city;
Subsidiarity of authority and resources the lowest appropriate level Responsibility for service provision should be allocated on the basis of the principle of subsidiarity, that is, at the lowest appropriate level consistent with efficient and cost-effective delivery of services. This will maximize the potential for inclusion of the citizenry in the process of urban governance. Decentralization and local democracy should improve the responsiveness of policies and initiatives to the priorities and needs of citizens. Cities should be empowered with sufficient resources and autonomy to meet their responsibilities.
Practical means of realizing this norm include, inter alia, • Providing clear frameworks for assigning and delegating responsibilities and commensurate resources from the national to the city level and/or from the city level to the neighbourhood level; • Creating transparent and predictable intergovernmental fiscal transfers and central government support for the development of administrative, technical and managerial capacities at the city level;
1 Conference Room Paper 6: Good Urban Governance: A Normative Framework, 26 February 2000. See the Global Campaign for Good Urban Governance Website http://www.unchs.org/govern/ 2 See the 27 principles elaborated in the Rio Declaration on Environment and Development, 1992.
57 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
• Protecting financially weaker local authorities through systems of vertical and horizontal financial equalization agreed to in full consultation with local authorities and all stakeholders;
Equity of access to decision-making processes and the basic necessities of urban life The sharing of power leads to equity in the access to and use of resources. Women and men must be equally represented, their needs and priorities equally addressed, in all urban decision-making and resource allocation processes. Inclusive cities provide everyone with equal access to basic appropriate standards of nutrition, education, employment and livelihood, health care, shelter, safe drinking water, sanitation and other basic services.
Practical means of realizing this norm include, inter alia, • Ensuring that women and men have equal access to decision-making processes, resources and basic services and that this access is measured through gender desegregated data; • Establishing equitable principles for prioritizing infrastructure development and pricing urban services;
Efficiency in the delivery of public services and in promoting local economic development Cities must be financially sound and cost-effective in their management of revenue sources and expenditures, the administration and delivery of services, and in the enablement, based on comparative advantage, of government, the private sector and communities to contribute formally or informally to the urban economy. A key element in achieving efficiency is to recognize and enable the specific contribution of women to the urban economy.
Practical means of realizing this norm include, inter alia, • Delivery and regulation of public services through partnerships with the private and civil society sectors; • Improving the effectiveness and efficiency of local revenue collection; • Removing unnecessary barriers to secure tenure and to the supply of finance; • Developing and implementing fair and predictable legal and regulatory frameworks that encourage commerce and investment, minimize transaction costs, and legitimize the informal sector; • Adopting clear objectives and targets for the provision of public services, which maximize the contributions all sectors of society, can make to urban economic development; encourage volunteerism.
Transparency and Accountability of decision-makers and all stakeholders The accountability of local authorities to their citizens must be a paramount concern: there is no place for corruption in cities. Transparency and accountability are essential in allowing stakeholders to have insight into local government operations and to assess which sectors of society are benefiting from decisions and actions. Universal access to, and the free flow of, information are fundamental to transparent and accountable governance. Laws and public policies should be applied in a transparent and predictable manner. Public officials should adhere to high standards of professional and personal integrity.
Practical means of realizing this norm include, inter alia, • Free and open consultations of citizens on city budgets; transparent tendering and procurement procedure; publishing annual independent audit reports • Regular, independently executed programmes to test public officials integrity response; • Removing administrative and procedural incentives for corruption; • Promoting an ethic of service to the public among officials; • Creating local integrity networks and establishing codes of conduct for public officials; • Creating public feedback mechanisms such as an ombudsman, “citizen report cards” and
58 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
procedures for public petitioning and/or public interest litigation; • Ensuring open, timely and free debate about urban issues in the media.
Civic Engagement and Citizenship People are the principal wealth of cities; they are both the object and the means of sustainable human development. Civic engagement implies that living together is not a passive exercise: in cities, people must actively contribute to the common good. Citizens, especially women, must be empowered to participate effectively in decision-making processes. The civic capital of the poor must be recognized and supported.
Practical means of realizing this norm include, inter alia, • Developing a culture of civic solidarity wherein all residents and stakeholders treat each other on the basis of respect and acceptance of diversity of opinions; • Establishing the legal authority for civil society to participate effectively; • Promoting an ethic of civic responsibility among citizens; • Enabling the equal contribution of men and women and the full participation of citizenry in civic life; • Making use of mechanisms such as public hearings and surveys, town hall meetings, citizen’s forums, city consultations and participatory strategy development, including issue-specific working groups; • Undertaking city referenda concerning important urban development options.
Security of individuals and their living environment Every individual has the inalienable right to life, liberty and the security of person. Insecurity has a disproportionate impact in further marginalising poor communities. Cities must strive to avoid human conflicts and natural disasters by involving all stakeholders in crime and conflict prevention and disaster preparedness. Security also implies freedom from persecution, forced evictions and provides for security of tenure. Cities should also work with social mediation and conflict reduction agencies and encourage the cooperation between enforcement agencies and other social service providers (health, education and housing).
Practical means of realizing this norm include, inter alia, • Creating a culture of peace and encouraging tolerance of diversity; • Creating safety and security through consultative processes based on rule of law, solidarity and prevention; • Developing metropolitan-wide systems of policing as a means of realizing more inclusive cities; • Raising awareness about the risks of disasters and formulating vulnerability reduction and preparedness plans for natural and human-made disasters; • Resisting all forms of abuse against the person, especially abuse against women, children and the family.
59 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
CITIES, THE ENVIRONMENT, AND INTERNATIONAL CONVENTIONS, AGREEMENTS AND NORMS CHARLES KATIZA, SECRETARY GENERAL, AFRICAN UNION OF LOCAL AUTHORITIES
1. BACKGROUND It is with great pleasure that I participate in this important conference and more so that issues affecting the generality of our people are being discussed. The theme of this conference “Local Capacities for Global Norms and International Environmental Agreements and Conventions” and the many topics deriving from the theme, refer and acknowledge important issues relevant to the work of Local Governments.
In Africa the 1990s witnessed a major resurgence and interest in decentralization as a key element of public sector policy reform and management. A majority of African states have adopted decentralization policies including local government. They have initiated devolution processes in their national and sub-national development planning and programming. This resurgence is or has been linked to a variety of political, economic and social factors at the national and global levels.
African countries have increasingly recognized the limitations of centralized planning and management, which hitherto stifled local participation thereby resulting in very significant inefficiencies and bottlenecks in service delivery. We have also witnessed (as acknowledged by Manor 1997) the adoption of democratic multiparty systems of governance, which has stimulated the opening up of political space, and so created a desire for political inclusiveness in the development process.
At the global level, a new consensus that focused on the reduction of the central role of states in development arguing for more market oriented and decentralized development has also emerged. The new consensus has emphasized good governance and calling for greater transparency, accountability, integrity and representation in the functioning of government. This can/may be interpreted as a preference for democratic and participatory decentralization. This same phenomenon of “localization” reflects the growing desire of people for a greater say in their development and as further highlighted in the World Development Report (1999/2000).
However, decentralization is not necessarily a new phenomenon to government and public sector management in the case of Africa. It can be argued that most pre-colonial societies functioned in a relatively decentralized manner and that centralization only came with the establishment of the modern state, and the process of colonialism itself. The colonial era created the modern states of Africa and established political and economic management systems throughout the continent.
When local authorities were established, they were given very limited powers whilst emphasis was put on building state infrastructure to control native populations through the traditional leadership whose power and influence were the first to be eroded. Thus decentralization of the colonial state was characterized by deconcentration of power through district or prefectural structures tightly controlled by the centre.
This deconcentration of the state apparatus, through the different forms of local structures, facilitated the consolidation of the state at local levels. This colonial legacy has been inherited by the postcolonial governments, which until recently have also emphasized deconcentration rather than devolution of power to local level institutions.
This background helps us to understand the history of the short-changing of local governments by
60 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
central governments, not only in Africa but also across the globe. Hence the efforts of local governments, national and international associations to urge national governments and international public organizations to appreciate that local governments have a role in development provided that the operational environment is conducive and the playing field is level.
Decentralization scholars and practitioners alike agree on at least five imperatives or important conditions for successful decentralization. These are - a) That decentralization framework must link local financing and fiscal authority to service provision responsibilities and functions of local government so that local politicians are responsible for their actions or decisions and so deliver on their promises; b) That the local community must be informed about the costs of services and service delivery options involved and the resource envelope and its sources so that the decisions they make are sensible and meaningful; c) That there must be a mechanism by which the community can express its preferences in a way that is binding to politicians to ensure credible incentive for people to participate; d) That there must be a system of accountability that relies on public and transparent information which enables the community to effectively monitor the performance of the local governments and react appropriately to the performance so that politicians and local officials have an incentive for responsiveness; e) That the instruments of decentralization i.e. the legal and institutional framework, the structure of service delivery responsibilities and intergovernmental fiscal system are designed to support the political objectives.
2. NATIONAL ASSOCIATIONS OF LOCAL GOVERNMENTS
We are experiencing a global trend towards urbanization and decentralization. Recent UN World Conferences and other international meetings have recognized that central governments can no longer act alone, but need to develop partnerships at all levels in order to achieve common objectives.
This has led to the according of a higher profile for the role and expertise of local governments on the national and international scene. Local Government Associations [LGAs] have increasingly become recognized as key actors in facilitating the development of the necessary partnerships between the different spheres of government and non-governmental actors
As is clearly documented in the Local Government Associations Monograph (IULA, 1999): Working in an International and Regional Context; National associations of local government have an important role at regional and international levels, though this role has not been quite understood in the past. However, regional and international inter-governmental spheres are increasingly becoming aware of this valuable resource. On the other hand, local government associations themselves are becoming more experienced in dealing with other sectors internationally. This augurs well for the development of complementary initiatives and fruitful partnerships in this millennium. In the international context, local government associations do: a) Formally represent Local Government within the intergovernmental institutions, and lobby for its recognition as a partner and sphere of government;
61 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
b) Facilitate the effective participation of local governments and their LGAs in the work of relevant UN Conferences and Commissions and their follow-up; c) Facilitate the international implementation of Best Practices by cities and local governments - and by donors and development agencies; d) Promote gender equity and leadership of women in Local Government worldwide; e) Promote Municipal International Cooperation including North/South, South/South and East/ West partnerships, and those strengthening other LGAs around the world; f) Work closely with donor and investment organizations to plan and implement Local Government capacity-building programmes, and to promote sustainable development; g) Assist cities and local authorities to maximize the benefits of participation in the international arena.
3. ROLE OF LOCAL GOVERNMENT IN ENHANCING THE IMPLEMENTATION OF INTERNATIONAL CONVENTIONS AND AGREEMENT NORMS
Local Governments through their national, regional and international associations have played a part in supporting international effort towards the creation of a conducive environment for sustainable development.
In 1985, IULA put in place a Worldwide Declaration of Local Self-Government on the basis of the UN Convention of Human Rights [1948] which has remained its principle reference document and on the basis of which, local governments developed a Draft Worldwide Charter for Local Self- Government. It is our hope that once this crucial document has been adopted by Governments through the UN System; the Charter would be a principal reference material for governments as they develop their decentralization and local development policies.
We are grateful to the UNCHS for its cooperation in accepting to be part to the process. The European Charter for Local Self-Government is yet another local government initiative which, to date has been ratified by no less than twelve member states of European Community.
Considering the importance of inter-governmental partnerships at national, regional and international levels, local governments throughout the world converged at the Human Settlements and Sustainable Development Conference [Habitat II] held in Istanbul in June 1996. At this Conference, the first UN Conference to include local Governments, local governments made commitments to support the Conference product, namely the Habitat Agenda. This they are fulfilling, especially in countries where governments are willing to work with local authorities.
It is a bit saddening that in some cases, the partnership envisaged by Istanbul, is given lip service, by governments and the UN Agencies themselves. But, it is clear that local governments have proved that given conducive operational environment, they can deliver the goods for the betterment of humanity.
This is amply demonstrated by the sterling work done by the International Council for Local Environmental Initiatives [ICLEI] and the likes of IULA since the Earth Summit in 1992. Those who have had the opportunity to follow developments would agree that the Local Agenda 21 and related Conventions or Principles would not have succeeded without the active support of local governments. Hundreds of projects and programmes are being implemented throughout the world with active involvement of local authorities and their national associations guided by regional and international
62 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
associations. What they lack in this regard are resources, not ideas.
The IULA, Towns & Development and ICLEI Local Agenda 21 Charters which I believe Mr. Chaibva will explain in greater detail is yet another example of the readiness of local government institutions to implement development initiatives in furtherance of international agreements and conventions in support of governments’ development strategies.
In Africa, it is encouraging that the efforts made by AULA since 1989 to get local government mainstreamed in the national and regional structures is taking shape. We are proud to note that, following the challenge by the AULA’s 6th Regional Conference in Mafeking in 1997, there are clear indications that the Southern African Development Community will sooner rather than later include local government as a sector in its framework.
I am further pleased to note that the Economic Community of West African States and the East African Corporation are seriously considering this option. The Victoria Falls Conference Declaration (September 1999) by Ministers of Local Government in Africa as read with the Africities II, Windhoek Declaration (May 2000), are a clear demonstration that African Governments have realized that in order to go to Heaven a human being has to die first.
It means therefore, that to do good business with local governments, even though we are their creatures, they must recognize and appreciate us. The same applies to the international agencies. Local governments must also accept that they cannot be the law unto themselves, they have to respect the law and policies of the day. It is for this reason that AULA has such amicable relations with governments it works with on the continent.
Following the Beijing Conference a few years ago, local governments took the issue of gender so seriously that by November 1998, IULA had come up with the famous Harare Declaration on Women in Local Government which is currently being adopted and signed by local government authorities and their associations as well as central governments. Various associations have set up or are setting up gender desks in their structures to promote this Declaration and make it work. To that end, I urge this august conference to support this and other related initiatives. Please note that IULA has won an AWARD of Best Practice in this respect.
It is with regret that over the past two years there has been a campaign by the industrialized nations to push the United General Assembly to ratify the Multilateral Agreement on Investment (MAI). Anyone who has read the proposal would agree with me that the proposal is a recipe for the permanent demise of local governments, the sovereignty and legitimacy of governments in the developing countries. Ratification of that document would mean obliterating from the political landscape, the whole question of devolution of authority and responsibilities to local government. With all due respect, local governments would not be expected to support such policies.
Last but not least, local governments throughout the world and in particular those in the developing world are doing everything possible to put in place appropriate strategies for the alleviation of poverty. This calls for well thought out mechanisms to support cities and district councils to reduce the incidence of disease, create employment opportunities, and provide infrastructure necessary for the supply of goods and services to their communities in a sustainable manner. By the same token, we urge developed nations to cancel debts owed by developing countries in order to release more resources for local development.
According to the United Nations, 13 children die every minute as a result of the debt crisis. If {according to the Lord Mayor of London), “developing nations were relieved of foreign debt payments, 3 billion pounds per year in additional resources would be available to local government in these countries.
63 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
This would be used to provide vital services such as infrastructure, health care and clean water. We note that the total debt for the developing countries has reached 1.7 trillion pounds and for every 1 pound given in aid by the west, 13 pounds is paid back by developing countries as debt service.”
I am pleased to inform this gathering that, AULA and IULA, supported by sister associations such as the Federation of Canadian Municipalities and the UK Local Government Association, and by the Capacity and Institution Building Platform of IULA, have introduced a very successful Capacity Building Programme for national associations of local government, which will in part facilitate the ability of local governments world-wide to adapt and implement global norms, international agreements and conventions. Strong, well-resourced associations can play a pivotal role in this process.
Institution and capacity building initiatives are often given a low profile in development projects thereby stifling potential development of the respective institutions. We hope that following this conference, UNCHS and its sister organizations will work more closely with national associations in this area. Of course one major weakness with some agencies is the tendency to prescribe the agenda rather than work within the framework of the issues already identified by local governments themselves.
We would like to call upon the various international, regional and national donors as well as development and investment organizations to take a new look at their programmes that impinge on local government to deliberately provide support for capacity and institution building among other support elements. This call is extended to business sector as well.
I thank you and may God bless you all.
64 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Experiences from South Africa
JOHANNESBURG – TOWARDS A SUSTAINABLE CITY LAWRENCE BOYA, STRATEGIC EXECUTIVE URBAN DEVELOPMENT, JOHANNESBURG SOUTHERN METROPOLITAN LOCAL COUNCIL
1. FUNDAMENTAL PREREQUISITES: Democracy and popular participation Long-term vision of a better life for all Fiscal adequacy and independence Sustained economic growth and social development Strong environmental policies, legislation and regulatory environment Strong state institutions and strong civil society Respect of the rule of law
2. DO THESE FUNDAMENTALS EXIST IN JOHANNESBURG? Yes – some require strengthening and reinforcement by putting in place the following imperatives: Financial viability and credibility Restructuring of service delivery Implementing a social programme Establishing new political and administrative systems Developing policy on sustainable development
3. PROGRESS SO FAR
3.1 Financial viability and credibility Johannesburg is on the road to financial recovery
3.2 Improvements in service delivery Several projects are being implemented Creation of new administrative and service delivery units
3.3 Development Tenure and up-grading of informal settlements Extension and up-grading of social services Support for NGOs and CBOs Skills development and economic empowerment Subsidizing services to the poor Strategy for HIV/AIDS
3.4 Environmental planning Ongoing SoE development Formulating contract management instruments that will regulate activities of the utilities Support for projects such as Midrand EcoCity Project and environmental capacity-building programme for local authority officials
3.5 Political cohesion and stability New council to be elected end November 2000
65 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
4. CHALLENGES THAT LIE AHEAD Fiscal inadequacies and independence Fiscal transfers from central government on the decline Growing social deficit Weak local environmental enforcement instruments Fragmented and weak community structures Challenge of HIV/AIDS Tension between limited resources and growing expectations
66 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
LOCAL GOVERNMENT AND SUSTAINABLE URBAN DEVELOPMENT: WHAT WILL OUR REFORMS ACHIEVE? PROFESSOR VANESSA WATSON, SCHOOL OF ARCHITECTURE AND PLANNING, UNIVERSITY OF CAPE TOWN
There can be few other countries in the world, which have undergone local government reorganisation of the scale and intensity experienced in South Africa in the last six years. In fact it has been claimed that South Africa is probably the only country, in recent times, to have attempted local political transition in parallel with a process of national political transition. There is no doubt that this was necessary – the apartheid system of local government was racially-based, it was fragmented, and it was oriented towards control rather than development.
The decision to completely reorganise local government in South Africa offered us a major opportunity. We had the luxury of being able to consider what the best form of local government might be, given the particular inherited distortions of our urban areas, and given espoused government policy of equity and sustainability. We also had the luxury of learning from other parts of the world, where reform has become a relatively common phenomenon.
My comments here this morning are essentially about what we are doing with that opportunity, and whether or not we now stand a good chance of moving forward.
The magnitude of the issues facing South African cities is tremendous. There are growing levels of poverty, unemployment, homelessness, disease and social breakdown (and growing xenophobia). Valuable environmental resources are being degraded, and the management of air quality and river catchments is, at best, partial. The spatial footprints of our cities were particularly distorted by the efforts of racial segregation and the physical marginalisation of the poor. In fact a World Bank Mission to South Africa in 1992 claimed that no-where else in the world had they seen such inefficiently structured cities. The sprawling and fragmented nature of our cities is unusually severe:
This pattern in turn has exacerbated both social and environmental problems. For example, in Cape Town, the average length of the journey to work by lower income groups is 16km - more than wealthy, car-dependent cities such as Los Angeles. These lengthy trips in turn erode income and increase poverty, and the resultant volumes of traffic add greatly to deteriorating air quality. Another example is that several South African cities are surrounded by good quality agricultural land, which has been gradually built over by sprawling development. Between 1988 and 1993, 2.4 hectares of high quality agricultural land around Cape Town were lost to urban development every day. This process removes job opportunities and, in some areas, has increased food prices.
We have not, since 1994, found the means to address these problems, and our recent insertion into the global economy potentially makes this more difficult. The effects of globalisation on city development have been well-documented. Mobile capital investments result in fierce inter-urban competition to capture foreign investment, and this swings the attention of local government away from welfare and environmental concerns. Offering locational carrots to foreign investors becomes a prime concern. And in those cities, which are home to global capital, there are documented impacts in the form of increasing income disparities, spatial polarisation and fragmentation, and social exclusion. It is no accident that the two cities, which are today the poles of global capital (London and New York) also, have income disparities larger than almost any other city.
In South Africa, as elsewhere, foreign investment may stimulate economic growth, but at the same time there is the danger that it will reinforce the patterns of disparity, polarisation and exclusion already engraved on our cities by decades of apartheid planning.
67 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Thus the task of local government, and particularly local government in the larger cities, becomes far more complicated and demanding than it was in the past. To address these problems we need (certainly) political will and sound policies. An equally important precondition, I would add, is appropriately structured and focused local government. The right kind of governance systems has to be in place.
What this means, above all else, is co-ordinated purpose and action on the part of the various line- function departments that make up government, along with co-ordinated purpose and action between levels of government, and with the various organisations of civil society.
The kinds of issues which city governments have to tackle today, are too complex and “cross-disciplinary” to be dealt with in the old ways, through long established functional divisions and administrative structures. Thus we now have to think of the natural environment within urban areas as an integral part of the built environment. We cannot think about poverty without considering both its impacts on the natural environment, and the potential which nature offers (through urban agriculture, for example) to address problems of poverty. We cannot think about economic growth either, without considering how environment makes a place special, and hence attractive to investors, and how spatial planning and design are integral to both of these issues. Sectoral aspects of cities have to be thought about in relation to each other and in relation to space (or location), if negative patterns of the past are to be overcome and if the negative impacts of the globalisation are to be held in check.
Writers on local government now refer to the need for permeable boundaries within and between organs of governance, and for the blending of resources and skills, depending on the job at hand. The British have a good term for it now - they call it “joined up” government. They, like other countries, have come to realise the importance of this obvious, but very thorny, problem.
Local government transition in South Africa has taken some important steps. Democratic local government has been achieved, boundaries have been rationalised, and the creation of strong metropolitan governments (Unicities) provides a major precondition for overcoming fragmented urban management. We also have the new requirement of Integrated Development Planning in government, which is a step towards co-ordinating budgets, even if it does not yet co-ordinate thinking and implementation.
But in other aspects of the reform, there are horses pulling in different directions. There has been widespread acceptance here of the management system termed “New Public Management” – a system, which was, introduced in the USA and the UK almost 20 years ago, and which has since been heavily criticized. It essentially attempts to make local government function more like a business, through the hiving off of service functions into “utility companies” or outsourcing, and through management by performance indicators. Not all aspects of New Public Management are negative, but its structural effects tend to reinforce hierarchical and functionally specialized administration. Once functions are isolated into independent utilities, the possibilities of co-ordination are greatly reduced. Its critics thus argue that it reinforces line-function mentality and encourages an intra-organizational perspective.
The kinds of urban and environmental problems, which we are facing here, demand a different style of government. It is a style which is area and project/problem based, rather than line-function-based (or utility company-based), with shifting teams of professionals assembled for the problem at hand. Networks are the more appropriate governing structure, rather than markets or bureaucracies, and these networks need to operate across the divide between levels of government and civil society. The concern of managers is with problem-solving, rather than achieving performance targets, and the ethos is one of mutual adjustment rather than competition.
Effective local government is an absolute precondition for the kinds of urban and environmental problems we face - we get it wrong at our peril.
68 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
DURBAN METROPOLITAN ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY – TOWARDS IMPLEMENTATION MS. MARLENE LAROS, COMMON GROUND CONSULTANCY
Outline of presentation • Introduction • DMEPI process and outcomes • An integrated institutional response • Implementation - the way forward
Introduction • 1994 LA21 DMC corporate initiative • Durban Metropolitan Environmental Policy Initiative starts in 1997 • Phase One of DMEPI completed Jan 99 • Development during Local Government White Paper process and drafting of Municipal Structures Act
Objectives of DMEPI Develop through a collaborative process with stakeholders: • Metropolitan Environmental Policy • Institutional and Procedural Framework for implementation • Implementation guidelines
The Process
Public Visioning
Policy Alternatives
Institutional and Consultation with Stakeholders Draft 1 of Procedural Policy Frame Brainstorm Work
Review Panel Officials’ Workshop Public workshop Draft of Institutional and Draft 2 of Procedural Policy Frame Framework Work
Process Agreement
Founding meeting of Review Panel
69 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
STAGE 3
Draft 1 of Institutional Draft 2 of Policy and Procedural Framework
To Stakeholders
Review Panel
Final Policy Draft 2 of Institutional and Procedural Framework
Local councils and DMC
Review Panel
Final Draft of Institutional and Procedural Framework
Local councils and DMC
Guidline Development
70 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Essential ingredients DMC corporate support Funding - DBSA and DMC Background research into: Trends in Metro Environmental Management Related DMC initiatives Legal, Institutional and Procedural Review Integrated approach to metropolitan environmental management Intensive process of involvement of civil society and DMC councillors and officials Capacity building programme
Environmental Management Policy The policy proposals are presented in six overarching themes as follows: Theme A : Environmental Management System Theme B : Development and Planning Theme C: Human Health and Safety Theme D: Pollution and Waste Management Theme E : Environmental Resource Management Theme F: Education, Training and Awareness
Institutional and Procedural Objectives • Instituting an environmental management system (EMS) for the DMA • Enhancing metropolitan environmental policy, monitoring and co-ordination capacity • Developing the environmental management capacity of service units and departments • Establishing an effective system of metropolitan governance to ensure integrated environmental management • Developing an effective system of inter-departmental and inter-organizational co-ordination and co-operation • Establishing mechanisms to ensure effective environmental education, training and awareness • Streamlining and strengthening the environmental components of the development approval process • Clarifying roles in respect of environmentally related functions • Strengthening environmental enforcement capacity • Establishing mechanisms to ensure good co-ordination between national and provincial government departments, other relevant agencies and local government in the DMA
Essential Ingredients: INSTITUTIONAL AND PROCEDURAL OBJECTIVES
Initial State of Environment Report Intergrated Development Environmental Informs Developement Plans Management Policy Planning -Vision, Principles, Process Objectives Plan for Implementation of EMS Review Operationalising policy Informs of Policy Objectives Through: Implementation and EMS Structures & Procedures of EMS By means of: Priority Programmes Ongoing and plans Improvement Determined of Policy andEMS through comparing current practice with Public State of policy objectives Environment Reporting Implementation and monitoring of plans & programmes Key performance Annual Audit through structures and procedures indicators for Internal and using indicators Development Plans External to inform monitoring
71 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
DMC * Exco MLCs Exco
Relevant Relevant Standing Standing Committees Committees
MEAF Relevant Service Unit
LEAFs or other Environmental structures e.g. Management sub-committees Department Other of developement Service Fora Units
Service Units and Departments Responsible for Environmental Management Environmental e.g. Health Co-ordinating Structure (new or existing forum)
Formal reporting lines Liaison and support * Local political structures to change with Uni
Priorities for implementation Ensuring a voice in process of restructuring Ensure capacity in: • Communication training and awareness • Policy co-ordination and implementation • Development assessment and information management • Build on successes and consensus of DMEPI Build implementation programme around: • institutional development (EMS and its drivers) • education and capacity building • information management, and • integrative pilot projects (poverty alleviation and service delivery, and environmental health)
72 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
RACE, INEQUALITY AND URBANISATION IN THE JOHANNESBURG REGION, 1946-1996 OWEN CRANKSHAW AND SUSAN PARNELL3
1. INTRODUCTION While Johannesburg is an obvious example of a large city in a poor country that is riddled by social and economic inequality, there is a certain irony in its portrayal as a world city. After all, only five years ago was Johannesburg the hub of a pariah nation that was the object of one of the most successful international sanctions campaigns4 . Notwithstanding the impact of the boycott against apartheid, Johannesburg has long served as the major urban centre of southern Africa. It is an unusually cosmopolitan city, with extensive demographic, political and economic connections with Africa, Asia, Europe and North America that date back to colonial times5 . Increasingly strong links are now also being forged with Australia through immigration and sport.
As an urban giant located in a middle income country amidst desperately poor nations like Mozambique, Lesotho and Swaziland, Johannesburg’s regional sphere of influence is unchallenged. In the South African context the dominance of the greater Johannesburg region is unquestioned, in part because of the proximity of Pretoria and Johannesburg and their increasing functional unity along the Midrand corridor. The coastal centres of Cape Town and Durban, although they are increasingly large and important cities with independent identities, cannot really compete with the agglomeration of political and economic power of Gauteng6 . ‘Johannesburg’ is therefore set to remain the heart of both South and Southern Africa7 .
Understandably, a number of authors have made the case for Johannesburg to be seen as a regional, if not a world, city8 . The claim is not without foundation. Even by global standards the numbers of international flights from Johannesburg airport are significant. The Johannesburg Stock Exchange is the 12th most powerful in the world, reflecting the place of South Africa at the leading edge of emerging nations9 . Other indicators of global connectivity abound, from telephone links to internet usage (South Africa ranks 20th in connections)10 , the production of thousands meters of new A- grade office space each year (adding to the 5.9 million existing high quality space)11 , the concentration of office head quarters12 , the growing percentage of the working population who were born outside of the country13 ... and so the list of the many ways in which Johannesburg’s profile conforms to that of the mythical ‘world city’ status’ is mounted14 .
Our concern in this article is not to follow the train of analysis that lists the indicators of Johannesburg’s world city status, or that which seeks to debate the opportunities or the constrains of globalisation for southern Africa’s primary city. Instead, we have chosen to reflect on the world city literature to extract analytical tools for reinterpreting urban change in Johannesburg in the post-World War Two periods. Our specific attention falls on the utility of linking global economic and demographic shifts
3 Respectively from the Departments of Sociology and Environmental Sciences, University of Cape Town, Private Bag X, Rondebosch, 7700, South Africa. [email protected] and [email protected] 4 c.f. Gelb, S. 1991: South Africa’s Economic Crisis, David Philip, Cape Town. 5 Parnell and Pirie, Johannesburg, in A. Lemon (ed.) Homes Apart, Paul Chapman, London, 129-145. 6 Gauteng is the name of the 97 % urban Province that encompasses Johannesburg, Pretoria, the East and West Rand and The Vaal Triangle (see Fig. 1). 7 Rogerson, C. 1995: South Africa’s economic heartland: crisis, decline or economic restructuring? Africa Insight, 25, 241-247. 8 Friedman, J. 1995: The world city hypothesis, in P. Knox, and P. Taylor (eds.) World Cities in a World System, Cambridge, 317-33 1; Simon, D. 1995: World city hypothesis: reflections from the periphery, in P. Knox, and P. Taylor (eds.) World Cities in a World System, Cambridge, 132-155. 9 Beavon, K. 1997: Johannesburg, in C. Rakodi (ed.) The Urban Challenge in Africa, United Nations Press, 150-191. 10 National Geographic, June 1999 (Culture Pullout Chart). 11 Beavon, K. 1997: Johannesburg, in C. Rakodi (ed.) The Urban Challenge in Africa, United Nations Press, 150-191. 12 Rogerson, C. 1984: The spatial concentration of corporate control in South Africa, South African Geographical Journal, 66, 97- 1 00. 13 Morris, A. 1999: Bleakness and Light, Wits Press; South African Migration Project: Migration Policy Series, Idasa, Cape Town. 14 c.f. Knox , P. 1995: World cities and the organisation of global space, in R. Johnson, P. Taylor, and m. Watts (eds.) Geographies of Global Change, Blackwell, 231-247.
73 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
to the changing patterns of employment inequality within the city. This article is thus a study of the changing relationships between patterns of urbanisation, racial inequality and the structure of the labour market in the Johannesburg region15 .
2. INEQUALITY AND URBANISATION IN THE JOHANNESBURG REGION Since Johannesburg was first settled in the late 19th Century, it has been an immigrant city. Migration from places as diverse as Greece, Britain, Germany, Zambia, Angola, India and Malaysia meant that it was also a racially mixed city. As a quasi-colonial city, it was structured in ways that reinforced racial inequality. However, this pattern of racial inequality has changed dramatically over the last half century. Whereas racial inequality was once the touchstone of social inequality in South Africa, inter-racial inequality is increasingly being overshadowed by intra-racial inequality. The most recent analysis of national trends in household income show that, although inter-racial inequality has decreased over the past two decades or so, this trend has not been accompanied by any decrease in inequality among the population as a whole16 . Instead, figures for 1975 and 1991 show that household income inequality remained very high and unchanged, hovering at a Gini coefficient of 0.6817 .
How can these apparently contradictory trends be reconciled? Whiteford and McGrath argue that the erosion of inter-racial inequality has not been accompanied by the general decline of inequality because intra-racial household income inequality has grown. In other words, although there has been a general redistribution of income from whites, on the one hand, to Africans, coloureds and Indians, on the other, this has not affected the general pattern of household income inequality because most of the increased incomes which accrued to the black population has gone to the richest black households. Their evidence from the Population Censuses shows that between 1975 and 1991 the richest 20% of black households became richer in absolute terms. By contrast, the poorest 80% of black households became poorer. This shift in the racial distribution of household income has increased intra-racial inequality to the extent that the Gini coefficient for African households was as high as 0.62 in 1991, almost as high as the Gini coefficient for all households18 . This means that intra-racial household income inequality contributed as much as 75% to overall inequality, with interracial inequality contributing only 25%19 . Rising income inequality was not restricted to black households. Although the incomes of the richest 20% of white households remained unchanged, the incomes of the poorest 40% of white households fell in absolute terms20 .
These findings upset the conventional interpretations of South African society which have tended to emphasise the extent and character of inter-racial inequality rather than intra-racial inequality21 . The reasons why South African scholarship has tended to emphasise inter-racial inequality is obvious: since the earliest colonial times, the South African state has pursued racially discriminatory policies. In more recent decades, the apartheid State was responsible for racially discriminatory policies and laws, which regulated the urbanisation, education, employment, residence and political rights of black South Africans. Scholars who opposed the racist policies of the apartheid Government were therefore keen to identify the relationship between racially discriminatory state policy, on the one hand, and racial inequality, on the other. Although this approach to urban studies correctly identified the extent and character of inter-racial inequality and its relationship to Government policy, it has
15 Our definition of the Johannesburg region includes ... footnote to follow specifying magisterial boundaries used in the calculation of tables. Unless specified, the data cited is derived from our calculations of information drawn from the census publications of the South African Central Statistical Services, Pretoria. 16 Whiteford, A. and McGrath, M., Distribution of Income in South Africa (Human Sciences Research Council, Pretoria, 1994). 17 South Africa has one of the highest Gini coefficients in the world, comparable with that of Brazil. Whiteford, A., Posel, D. and Kelatwang, T., A Profile of Poverty, Inequality and Human Development in South Africa (Human Sciences Research Council, Pretoria, 1995), p.21. 18 Whiteford, A. and McGrath, M., p.51. 19 Whiteford, A. and McGrath, M., p.57. 20 Whiteford, A. and McGrath, M., pp. 42-45. 21 c.f. Lemon, A. (ed.) 199 1: Homes Apart: South Africa’s Segregated Cities, Paul Chapman.
74 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
generally failed to identify, let alone explain, the rise in intra-racial inequality over the past few decades22 .
There is another reason why we can no longer rely on racially discriminatory Government policies to explain inequality in South Africa. This is because the new democratically elected South African Government has abolished all racially discriminatory legislation, including job reservation. Of course, the historical effects of racial discrimination during the apartheid period will continue to cause inter- racial inequality for many years to come. Nonetheless, the evidence suggests that there are other causes of inequality which are at work in South Africa and that these causes are not as a result of by intra-racial divisions. Moreover, these intra-racial dynamics of inequality are increasingly the main cause of inequality within South African society generally, and urban society more directly. Whereas the most startling feature of the South African city was once its division along racial lines, new and less obvious cleavages are now more significant, especially within the African urban population. In this paper we seek to examine, using ideas developed to explain inequality in other world city contexts, certain social dynamics which may be contributing towards rising inequality amongst the African population23 .
In our search for fresh ideas about the relationship between urbanisation and racial inequality, we were impressed by the international literature on social polarisation, the underclass and the emergence of global cities24 . Although these authors may disagree on the character of the changes and their implications for racial and ethnic inequality, their arguments share the following conceptual structure: racial and ethnic inequality is explained, at least in part, in terms of the changing relationship between the urban demand for different kinds of labour, on the one hand, and the level of skill that is offered by newcomers to the city, on the other. For example, the most common argument is that newcomers, be they urbanising rural migrants or foreign immigrants, are poorly-educated and therefore eligible for relatively unskilled manual jobs. However, during the second half of this century there have been important changes in the demand for such unskilled manual work in the cities which has changed patterns of urban inequality.
Up until the 1960s, newcomers to the city could be assured of unskilled employment in the unionised manufacturing sector. This form of employment offered relatively high and stable wages as well as the opportunity for upward mobility. Since then however, many cities in the advanced capitalist countries have seen the decline of the manufacturing sector and the rise of the service sector. Unlike the manufacturing economy of old, the new service economy lacks jobs in the middle income range. Instead, it features a polarised job market, requiring high levels of skill at the professional end and low skills at the other, with little opportunity for upward occupational mobility. Furthermore, the proportion of low-skilled jobs in the new service economy is relatively low. This economic restructuring has meant that unskilled newcomers to the city are less likely to secure employment. And even if they do find employment, it is more likely to be in dead-end and low-paying service sector jobs. In the United States, this argument has been used to explain, at least in part, the poor performance of racial and ethnic minorities in the urban labour market25 . With this general hypothesis in mind, we now turn to the analysis of population and employment trends in the Johannesburg region.
22 For a historical discussion of this issue see Parnell, S. and Mabin A. 1995: Rethinking Urban South Africa, Journal of Southern African Studies, 21, 39-61. 23 This analysis of the inequality from the perspective of the relationship between the changing labour force and urban population growth builds on earlier work on Johannesburg that sought to contextualise the growth in urban poverty (Beall, J. Crankshaw, 0. and Parnell, S.1999: Poverty, Partnerships and Governance, University of Birmingham.) 24 Fainstein, S., Gordon, 1. and Harloe, M. (eds.), Divided Cities: New York and London in the contemporary world (Blackwell, Oxford, 1992); Mollenkopf, J. and Castells, M. (eds.), Dual City.. Restructuring New York (Russell Sage Foundation, New York, 1991); O’Loughlin, J. and Friedrichs, J., (eds.), Social Polarization in Post-Industrial Metropolises (Walter de Gruyter, New York, 1996); Sassen, S., Cities in the World Economy (Pine Forge Press, Thousand Oaks, 1994); Waldinger, R. and Bozorgmehr, M. (eds.), Ethnic Los Angeles (Russell Sage Foundation, New York, 1996); Wilson, W., The Truly Disadvantaged: The inner city, the underclass and public policy (University of Chicago Press, Chicago, 1987) 25 Ortiz, V., ‘The Mexican-Origin Population: Permanent working class or emerging middle class?’, R. Waldinger and M. Bozorgmehr (eds.), Ethnic Los Angeles (Russell Sage Foundation, New York, 1996), pp. 274-275; Wilson, W., The Truly Disadvantaged.. The inner city, the underclass and public policy (University of Chicago Press, Chicago, 1987), pp. 39-46.
75 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
3. POPULATION TRENDS The city of Johannesburg lies at the heart of a sprawling metropolis. This metropolis, which we shall call the Johannesburg region, makes up most of the Gauteng Province26 . It stretches from the country’s capital of Pretoria in the north to Vereeniging in the south and from Randfontein in the west to Springs in the east27 . The urban population of this metropolis is about 7.3 million, which makes up almost one-third of the national urban population of 21.8 million.
The annual growth rate of the population of greater Johannesburg (now known as the Greater Johannesburg Metropolitan Council) has declined over the decades from 3.2% between 1946 and 1951 to only 0.7% between 1991 and 1996. By comparison, the population of the Johannesburg region as a whole has shown a higher and more enduring rate of growth. The annual population growth rate of the Johannesburg region increased between 1946 and 1970. It grew from 4.0% between 1946 and 1951 to 6.0% between 1960 and 1970. Thereafter, the population growth rate declined, falling to a rate of 2.8% per annum between 1991 and 1996. The main reason for these divergent trends is that the boundaries of greater Johannesburg are hemmed in by other urban settlements except in the southwest. Consequently, whereas Johannesburg has almost reached the geographical limits of its expansion, the surrounding regions of the East and West Rand, Pretoria and the Vaal Triangle have continued to expand outwards.
The racial composition of the Johannesburg region has undergone a radical transformation over the past four decades. When the National Party ushered in the apartheid period in 1948, about 40% of the residents of the Johannesburg region were white and most of the remainder were African. Coloureds and Indians together made up less than 4% of the population. Since then, in spite of Government policies to achieve quite the opposite, the size of the African population has grown steadily in both relative and absolute terms. By 1996 the proportion of white residents had dropped to almost one-fifth of the population. Correspondingly, the African population grew steadily so that by 1996, African residents made up 71% of the population. The population of coloureds and Indians increased, but still remained relatively insignificant in 1996, contributing only 4% and 2%, respectively, to the total population of the Johannesburg region. So, the primate metropolis of South Africa has undergone a demographic transition that has preceded and mirrored the transition to majority rule.
The population data represented above exaggerate the rate of increase of the African population since 1991. This is because the official Population Censuses for 1980 and 1991 excluded the informal urban areas of Mabopane, Ga-Rankuwa and Winterveld, which lie to the northwest of Pretoria. These areas fell within the boundaries of the Bophuthatswana ‘homeland’ and, in keeping with the policy that granted this territory ‘independence’ from South Africa, the apartheid government excluded these areas from its Population Censuses for those years. However, since the townships of Mabopane and Ga-Rankuwa were officially established in the early 1970s, their population grew steadily as a result of both forced relocation from Pretoria and from displaced urbanisation within the Bophuthatswana homeland28 . This early urban growth was therefore not reflected in the Population Censuses of 1980 and 1991 but has been recorded in the 1996 Census29 . The inclusion of the Mabopane, Ga-Rankuwa figures in the latest census more accurately reflects the de facto integration of these populations as long range commuters in the Johannesburg regional economy30 .
26 A note on terminology. This metropolis used to be called the ‘PWV’, an acronym for the ‘Pretoria-Witwatersrand-Vereeniging Complex’. The functional importance of this region has since been given the status of a province and is now known as ‘Gauteng’ (the place of gold). However, the names ‘PWV’ and ‘Gauteng’ are not known in international circles, so we have chosen, for the purposes of this article, to name this metropolitan area the ‘Johannesburg region’. 27 Beavon, K., ‘Johannesburg’, C. Rakodi (ed.), The Urban Challenge in Africa (United Nations Press, 1997), p.155. 28 Hattingh, P. and Horn, A., ‘Pretoria’, A. Lemon (ed.), Homes Apart (Paul Chapman, 199 1), pp. 146-161. 29 Smith, D., ‘Urbanization and Social Change Under Apartheid: Some recent developments’, D. Smith (ed.), Living Under Apartheid.. Aspects of urbanization and social change in South Africa (George Allen & Unwin, London, 1982), pp. 38-44. 30 Pirie, G. 1992: Travelling under apartheid, in D. Smith (ed.) The Apartheid City and Beyond.. Urbanisation and Social Change in South Africa, Routledge, 172-181.
76 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
The shifting racial composition of the Johannesburg population has changed the character of the city in many positive ways. Music, fashion, and humour have flourished, the streets are alive with the sounds, smells and sights of people who operate in public rather than private space. Desegregation has also brought a generally more tolerant political culture in the city. But Africanisation ushered in a number of less positive shifts in the economic potential of the city. First there was the decline in the proportion of trained skilled workers: because of apartheid policies Africans’ formal education was inferior to that of other race groups, Africans were moreover denied ready access to professional and even artisan training31 .
Second, with Africanisation, the language profile of the city not only became more complex, but African scholars were forced to learn Afrikaans. Thus English, the language of commerce, became at best the third language of the cities’ African population. Third, the expansion of the African population of Johannesburg was associated with the general erosion of infrastructure standards in the city. There are two aspects to the gradual decline in quality of the urban residential infrastructure. One part of the problem was the lower standards set for black residential areas under apartheid, which meant there was no electricity and there was poor sanitation. Poor infrastructure was not conducive to the reproductive demands of white-collar labour. The other aspect of the erosion of the infrastructure base on which workers depended was that, after 1968, there was no expansion in the housing stock for African people, thus fuelling a major crisis in overcrowding and the quality of life.
A further feature of the data presented that points to the progressive Africanisation of Johannesburg is the rapid decline in the white population from 1991. While it is difficult to know whether or not this is the beginning of a trend, there are a number of possible explanations for the almost 10% decline in the white population of Johannesburg since 1991. It is well known that there has been mass emigration of whites since the 1994 democratic elections. Whites are also reputed to have moved to other less African cities like Cape Town over the past decade. It is also possible that the response to the 1996 census among the white population was less positive than in previous years, resulting in an undercount of this constituency. All of these are factors, which have played a role. Given whites traditional niche in the skilled sectors of the economy it would seem that at least some opportunities for African advancement may have occurred through out migration from Johannesburg, a situation akin to that described by Cross and Waldinger for New York and London32 . What is unambiguous from the overview of the census figures presented is that the major expansion in the population of Johannesburg has been within the African population, and it is the internal dynamics of this group rather than decentralization that is our primary focus. As the Africanisation of the city is occurring in the context of dramatic economic change, it is to the shifting employment base of the Johannesburg region that our attention now shifts.
4. TRENDS IN EMPLOYMENT BY ECONOMIC SECTOR Although the community, social and personal services sector has remained the single largest employer for most of the apartheid period, there have been substantial employment shifts in other sectors. During the early apartheid period, the mining sector was the single largest employer of labour. However, as the gold ore in the Witwatersrand mines was steadily worked out, mining employment moved out of the Johannesburg region to the new gold fields which were being opened up in the Orange Free State. The sudden increase in mining employment between 1970 and 1980 was due to the development of new mines on the West Rand. The manufacturing sector, which started out as a service industry to the gold mines, grew steadily so that by the 1960s it had become the largest sector after the community, social and personal services sector. Manufacturing employment grew
31 Nasson, B. and Samuels, J. 1990: Education: From Poverty to Liberty, David Phillip; Unterhalter, E. and Wolpe, H, Botha, T., Badat, S., Dlamini, T. and Khotseng, B (eds.) . 1991: Apartheid Education and Popular Struggles in South Africa, Ravan, Johannesburg. 32 Cross, M. and Waldinger, R. 1992: Minorities and the ethnic division of labour, in S. Fainstein, 1. Gordon and M. Harloe (eds.) Divided Cities: New York and London in the Contemporary World, Blackwell, 151-174.
77 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
steeply during the boom years of the 1960s and early 1970s. However, with the onset of a long-term phase of lower output growth, manufacturing employment went into sharp decline thereafter. Although employment in the smaller industrial sectors of (i) construction, (ii) electricity gas and water and (iii) transport and communication grew at a much slower rate during the 1960s and 1970s, it did not follow the decline of manufacturing employment after 1970. Instead, employment in these sectors, apart from a temporary drop in employment in the construction sector, continued to grow, albeit at a relatively slow rate.
In contrast to employment trends in the manufacturing and mining sectors, employment in the tertiary sector continued to grow between 1980 and 1991. Only after 1991 were there a sharp downward employment trend in the community, personal and social services sector and the commercial sector. However, the financial sector continued to grow, employment increasing even more rapidly between 1991 and 1996.
These sectoral employment trends for the Johannesburg region therefore suggest that the urban labour market has undergone a major structural shift. The only common feature of the early and late apartheid periods was the consistently high level of employment in the community, social and personal services sector. In all other respects, there have been dramatic changes in the sectoral composition of employment. The early apartheid period was characterised by relatively high levels of demand for unskilled and semi-skilled labour in the mining and manufacturing sectors. The late apartheid period, by contrast, was characterised by the increased demand for skilled white-collar and professional employment in the commercial and financial sectors. Specifically, in 1970, manufacturing employment accounted for 25% of all employment, whereas the commercial and financial sectors accounted for only 13% and 5% of all employment. By 1996, employment levels in the manufacturing, commercial and finance sectors had almost converged. Whereas the percentage of the workforce employed in the manufacturing sector had dropped to only 14% , the percentages for the commercial and financial sectors had increased to 15% and 13%, respectively, of all employment.
Our argument, is that this structural shift in the demand for employment has been an important cause of rising inequality among the urban African population. Essentially, we argue that the urban labour market of the pre- and early apartheid period needed a relatively high proportion of unskilled manual labour. This period therefore offered employment opportunities for poorly educated rural migrants, many of who used this opportunity to urbanise permanently. However, the late apartheid period saw the decline in the demand for unskilled labour and even semi-skilled manual work and the relative rise in demand for white-collar employment. This meant that during the 1980s and 1990s, educated Africans who had urbanised during the early apartheid period were relatively well placed to secure employment in these more skilled jobs. By contrast, poorly educated rural migrants, who were qualified for only unskilled work were much more likely to face unemployment. In other words, much greater levels of social polarisation are evident in the later period. This argument is elaborated in the following sections.
Urban Labour Market Characteristics of the Early Apartheid Period, 1948-1965: Throughout its history, the gold mining industry on the Witwatersrand has relied primarily upon the cheap labour of rural migrants. The relatively small number of skilled jobs were occupied by whites who, through their trade unions and with government support, jealously guarded their wages and jobs against undercutting by unskilled African labour. Employment opportunities for African workers were therefore numerous, but were restricted to unskilled and semi-skilled manual jobs. Consequently, Africans who worked in the mining industry were poorly educated rural migrants who had few other opportunities for urban employment. The manufacturing industry was not much different. White workers, usually from urban backgrounds and with higher levels of education, were in a better position than Africans to secure the top end of semi-skilled factory jobs. White workers who excluded Africans
78 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
from apprenticeships and employment in the skilled trades also dominated the skilled trades. When the jobs of white workers were threatened by undercutting from cheaper African labour, they were usually successful in lobbying the government to reserve certain occupations for white employment only. So, in a similar fashion to the mining industry, African employment in the manufacturing sector was restricted to unskilled and lower paid levels of semi-skilled work which was attractive to poorly educated rural migrants.
We know very little about the urbanisation careers of these African workers subsequent to their arrival in Johannesburg. However, we do know that the African population of Johannesburg grew steadily as a result of the demand for their labour in the factories and mines. By the 1940s, this led to a housing crisis and squatter movements sprang up all over the Witwatersrand33 . The response of the government was to provide low-cost public housing for Africans on an unprecedented scale during the 1950s and early 1960s. Although the provision of this housing went hand in hand with forced removals, tight controls over the urbanisation of Africans and the racial segregation of Johannesburg’s residential areas, it nonetheless granted permanent urban status to a large number of African families. In the subsequent decades of the 1960s and 1970s, Government policies and laws continued to draw a deep division between Africans with urban rights and those without them34 . Africans who were not born within the urban boundaries of Johannesburg region could not qualify for permanent urban residence. These rural-born migrants who were employed in the Johannesburg region were granted only temporary urban rights and were forced to live in hostels while their families continued to live at their rural home. By contrast, Africans with urban rights were free to live and work in the Johannesburg region, although only in prescribed areas and jobs. The overall impact of these policies was to reinforce and perpetuate the division between urbanised and migrant Africans.
Urban Labour Market Characteristics of the Late Apartheid Period, 1966-199435 During the 1960s and 1970s, the Johannesburg region experienced sustained and rapid growth in employment. This led to a chronic shortage of white labour, first in the skilled manual trades and then later in white-collar occupations. Employers responded to this shortage by calling for the fragmentation of the skilled trades and for the employment of African labour in these fragmented semi-skilled tasks, which was the preserve of skilled white artisans. This entailed confronting white trade unions and lobbying the Government to reform both its employment and educational policy towards urban Africans. During the late 1960s and early 1970s, a set of compromises between business, white unions and the Government were struck. The essence of these agreements, across a variety of sectors, was that Africans could be advanced into semi-skilled, supervisory and white-collar jobs on the condition that it did not adversely affect the employment conditions of white workers. This period of accelerated growth in output therefore saw the expansion of semi-skilled machine operative employment, which entailed precisely those jobs which had been opened up for African employment. However, not all Africans benefited equally from this growth in semi-skilled employment. Since employers were increasing obliged to train African workers for these more skilled jobs, they began to switch from a low-wage, low-skill employment strategy to a high-wage, high-skill strategy. By increasing wages, employers aimed to both attract and retain better-educated labour. Since migrant workers were both less educated and had a higher turnover, employers began to prefer urbanised African workers36 . So, whereas up until the 1950s, manufacturers usually preferred to employ migrant workers because they were cheaper, by the end of the 1960s, these same employers were turning to urbanised African workers instead37 .
33 Bonner, P. ‘The Politics of Black Squatter Movements on the Rand, 1944-1952’, Radical History Review 46/47, 1990, pp. 889-916. 34 Hindson, D., Pass Controls and the Urban African Proletariat (Ravan Press, Johannesburg, 1987). 35 This section draws upon Crankshaw, 0., Race, Class and the Changing Division of Labour Under Apartheid (Routledge, London, 1997). 36 Crankshaw, Race, Class and the Changing Division of Labour Under Apartheid, pp. I 10- 1 12. 37 Posel, D., The Making of Apartheid, 1948-1961.. Conflict and compromise (Clarendon Press, Oxford, 199 1), p. 169.
79 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Somewhat later, shortages of white labour began to manifest themselves in the tertiary sector. These sectors were poorly unionised and white workers showed little inclination to resist the employment of Africans in routine clerical and sales work. Under pressure from business, state educational policy was reformed to increase the supply of educated African labour in urban areas. Consequently, businesses began to employ Africans in white collar and semi-professional occupations from the late 1960s. The beneficiaries of these reforms were mostly urban Africans who were educated in the new urban high schools, which were built from the early 1970s.
However, if opportunities for upward occupational mobility were improving for educated Africans, the reverse was true for those whose education had equipped them for unskilled manual work. The growing preference of employers for more capital intensive methods of production and the employment of semi-skilled African machine operatives resulted in the steady decline in the demand for unskilled manual labour. The falling demand for unskilled workers coincided with growing unemployment levels. The relatively low rate of employment growth from the mid-1970s did not keep up with the population growth rate and the discrepancy in these growth rates has been the major cause of rising unemployment in South Africa since the end of the 1960s38 .
So, the late apartheid period was characterised by the occupational differentiation of the urban African population. On the one hand, reforms to apartheid policy opened up more skilled and professional work for educated and urbanised Africans in the secondary and tertiary sectors. On the other hand, employment opportunities for unskilled African workers, who were usually rural migrants, declined.
There is some evidence to support the argument of increasing differentiation within the urban population of Johannesburg. Our analysis of a household survey of Soweto, the largest African township in the Johannesburg region, shows that there is a distinct difference in the employment status of residents who were either born in the region or who urbanised before1980, on the one hand, and those who urbanised after 1980. Whereas the former have an unemployment rate of about 25%, the latter have an unemployment rate of 30% (Table 1).
Born in the Born outside the Johannesburg Region Johannesburg Region Born before Born in 1960 Arrived before Arrived in 1980 1960 or later 1980 or later Employed 60% 59% 64% 56% full-time Employed 5% 6% 4% 9% part-time Self-employed 6% 9% 9% 5% Unemployed 25% 25% 22% 30% Total 100% 100% 100% 100%
Table 1: Percentage distribution of employment status of Sowetans by year of birth or arrival in the Johannesburg region39
38 Bell, T. and Padayachee, V., ‘Unemployment in South Africa: Trends, causes and cures’, Development Southern Africa 1(3&4), 1984, pp. 426- 438. 39 The results presented in this table are based on a household survey of the African townships of Greater Soweto which was conducted during February 1997. Altogether, 2,947 interviews were conducted, using a stratified cluster sample. The respondent in each household was a senior adult, usually a major breadwinner. The questionnaire and sample was designed by Owen Crankshaw in consultation with other members of the Soweto in Transition Committee, Sociology Department, University of the Witwatersrand. The logistical aspects of the fieldwork were managed by Progressus cc. and the quality of the interviews and the sample was monitored in the field by Owen Crankshaw. The authors are grateful to the members of the Soweto in Transition Committee (Sociology Department, University of the Witwatersrand) for their permission to use the results of the Soweto Household Survey. We also acknowledge the financial contributions made to the Soweto Household Survey by the Johannesburg Metropolitan Council, the Anglo American Chairman’s Fund and the Human Sciences Research Council.
80 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Similarly, there is some evidence to show that Sowetan adults who were born in the Johannesburg region or who urbanised there before 1980 were more likely to establish themselves in clerical and sales jobs or semi-professional, professional and managerial careers than their fellow residents who urbanised from 1980 onwards. The percentage of respondents employed in these white-collar occupations that were either born in the Johannesburg region or arrived there before 1980 was over twice as much as those who urbanised from 1980 onwards (Table 2).
Born in the Born outside the Johannesburg Region Johannesburg Region Born before Born in 1960 Arrived before Arrived in 1980 1960 or later 1980 or later Unskilled Manual Worker 30% 14% 36% 25% Semi-Skilled Manual Worker 30% 42% 30% 39% Clerical or Sales Worker 17% 25% 14% 13% Routine Security Worker 2% 2% 4% 11% Professional, semi- professionals & Managers 16% 11% 12% 5% Never Employed 4% 5% 3% 5% Other 1% 2% 1% 2% Total 100% 100% 100% 100%
Table 2: Percentage distribution of the occupations of employed Sowetans by year of birth or arrival in the Johannesburg region
On the face of it, these results do not support our hypothesis as strongly as we expected. One reason for this may be that Soweto is a typical of African townships in the Johannesburg region. It is generally understood to have a population that is relatively better off than most other townships, including the formal townships of the East Rand40 . If survey results of Alexandra (a traditionally poorer township to the north of Johannesburg), Orange farm (a new informal settlement) or Winterveld (a sprawling homeland settlement near Pretoria) were considered, the differences in unemployment rates between urbanities and recent migrants are likely to be greater. Unfortunately, there are no appropriate survey data for these areas.
The argument that social polarisation of cities is occurring due to economic change associated with the shift from manufacturing employment to employment in the tertiary sector hinges upon the argument that income and skill distributions are more polarised in the service sector than in the manufacturing sector41 . The employment data provided by the South African Population Censuses provide the following breakdown of the service sector. The first category is what is often classified as ‘commerce’. This sector includes (i) all wholesale and retail trade, (ii) the repair of motor vehicles, motor cycles and personal and household goods and (iii) the hotel and restaurant trade42 . The second category is ‘Community, Social and Personal Services’. The most important areas of employment within this category are (i) government administration, (ii) the defence force, (iii) public
40 Seekings, J., ‘Why was Soweto Different? Urban development, township politics, and the political economy of Soweto, 1978-1984’, Unpublished Paper. 41 Sasson, S., Cities in a World Economy (Pine Forge, 1994) 42 Standard Industrial Classification of all Economic Activities (5"’ Ed.), Report 09-90-02 (Central Statistical Service, Pretoria, 1993)
81 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
and private educational services, (iv) public and private health services and (v) personal services (particularly domestic service). The third category is ‘Financial Intermediation, Insurance, Real Estate and Business Services’.
Occupational profiles prepared from the 1996 Population Census suggest that these service sectors are associated with greater skill polarisation. Table 3 shows that the tertiary sectors employ somewhat higher proportions of managers, professionals, technicians/semi-professionals, clerks and sales workers than the manufacturing and mining sectors. Similarly, the tertiary sectors employ a relatively higher proportion of ‘elementary’ or unskilled workers than the manufacturing and mining sectors. Specifically, the managerial, professional, technical, clerical and sales occupations account for 20% of all employment in the commerce sector, 42% in the finance sector and 30% in the community, social and personal service sector. These percentages are substantially higher than the 10% and 18% for the mining and manufacturing sectors, respectively (Table 3). The same can be said for the category of elementary’ or unskilled occupations. Unskilled employment accounts for 44% of jobs in the community, social and personal service sector and 16% of jobs in the commerce sector. This is somewhat higher than the 13% and 12% for the mining and manufacturing sectors, respectively. The only tertiary sector, which does not follow the pattern, is finance, which has a very low percentage (6%) of unskilled employment (Table 3).
Mining & Manufacturing Commerce Financial, Community, quarrying (Wholesale & insurance, social & retail trade) real estate & services business personal services Legislators, senior officials & managers 2% 6% 11% 8% 2% Professionals 5% 5% 2% 17% 21% Technicians & associated professionals 3% 7% 7% 17% 7% Clerks 3% 8% 14% 26% 7% Service workers, shop & market sales workers 3% 4% 28% 18% 11% Craft & related trades workers 49% 36% 17% 4% 2% Plant and machine operators and assemblers 22% 20% 5% 3% 2% Elementary occupations 13% 12% 16% 6% 44% Total 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
shrinking occupations Important expanding occupations
Table 3: Percentage Distribution of Employment in Major Occupational Groups by Sector (Johannesburg Region, 1996)
82 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
MIDRAND ECOCITY PROJECT ANNIE SUGRUE, MANAGING DIRECTOR, MIDRAND ECOCITY TRUST
Background
Midrand’s demographics Midrand is a young, vibrant city that lies 25 km away from the Johannesburg CBD and 28 km away from the Pretoria CBD. It measures 240 kilometres square. The city is located between two of the largest urban centres in South Africa and is one of the fastest growing towns in the country. Midrand combines a commercial, light industrial and a settled residential community. Economic growth in the city is vibrant, as Midrand is one of Africa’s most rapidly developing residential and commercial investment centres. The total population of Midrand is 240,000 people and is expected to grow to 380,000 within the next five years. As a result of a growth in population and an increase of people moving from rural areas to Midrand, the low-income areas are experiencing a growth in population of 15%. This expected growth would require the construction of an additional 25,000 homes for the lower income group over the next five years.
Additionally, the Midrand road network covers approximately 706 km. High levels of traffic congestion are experienced during the morning and evening peak periods, with high volumes of traffic experienced on the N1 motorway, a freeway that dissects Midrand. High congestion levels reflect that infrastructure growth cannot keep abreast of rapid development.
The city of Midrand is geographically, racially and economically divided. The formerly white suburbs are affluent; they have large plots of land interspersed with cluster and townhouse developments. By contrast the formerly ‘black’ township areas mostly on the eastern side of the Ben Schoeman highway, which include Ivory Park, a planned informal settlement nearby, have large populations but very little land. These areas house some 80% of Midranders at the area’s highest population density of 14 people per km2 with some 93% of people in Midrand living on 7% of the land. A new area recently developed and owned by the SA Housing Trust called Ebony Park, just west of Ivory Park has very small houses of 15m2 and no proper school. An adjacent area, Rabie Ridge, a formerly ‘coloured’ area under the apartheid regime has formal brick homes, services and tarred roads including a community centre clinic, library, sports complex and school. More recently an area called Kaalfontein has been developed on Eskom land. This area of 8,000 homes is better serviced but has not yet been fully developed or settled. It will have formal services, no schools, clinics or community centres.
Population growth is estimated at 15% for the Ivory Park/Rabie Ridge, Ebony Park settlements and 9% for the rest of Midrand. The expansion of the disadvantaged areas needs to be accommodated but finding the resources will be difficult. This sector of the community is impoverished and about 40% of Ivory Park people are formally unemployed. Of the formally employed, 65% earn less than R800 a month. In addition 85% of informal homes occur in Ivory Park. Approximately 85% of Ivory Park residents are without basic services, housing or access to economic opportunity. About 40% do not have electricity.
Midrand’s history Midrand grew from two urban complexes: Halfway House and Olifantsfontein. In the early 1980s, these were joined under a single administration. Ivory Park, a planned informal settlement nearby, is an impoverished community, and poverty eradication, development, job opportunities, economic growth and improved quality of life are the main concerns. Ivory Park was established in 1991 to
83 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
provide site and service stands to address the overflow of people from nearby Tembisa and other urban areas. Contrary to popular opinion, Ivory Park is not populated by rural refugees. Only about 30% of people have moved from rural areas in search of employment and the majority of Ivory Park residents have come from overcrowded townships nearby. The more recent settlements are themselves overflows from Ivory Park.
Ivory Park and Rabie Ridge have become a main focus of the local metropolitan council because they make up over three quarters of the people of Midrand with at least half living in informal housing facing great environmental and social problems. Pollution is a dominant theme, with air and water pollution being most problematic for poorer households. The Ebony Park, Kaalfontein settlements, not owned by the MMLC, create development difficulties for the Council.
History of the EcoCity Concept Midrand’s vision for an EcoCity was born out of activist idea on changing the urban paradigm. The non-government environmental activist organisation Earthlife Africa Midrand, responded to two key events and fortuitously, the Midrand town council was receptive to the new thinking and supported the campaigns. Up till then, environmentalism in Midrand had been confined to ‘green’ issues such as open spaces and the conservation of species.
However, two events in the early ’90s marked a turning point. There was a dangerous chemical fire at the Rhone Poulenc veterinary chemicals warehouse and the threat of a hazardous waste dump to be sited at Chloorkop – 400 metres from proposed housing. These issues had Earthlife Africa activists working flat out to campaign for environmental justice. The Midrand community, from poorest to wealthiest, was mobilised around grassroots issues of environmental safety and health.
Earthlife Africa Midrand continued to take these ‘brown’ issues to local development forums and great acceptance of the need for changes emerged from the community. Another impetus for change, was the shift to an ANC-led government in 1994. The Midrand Town Council began a dialogue with community representatives – from Ivory Park to the affluent suburbs. Through section 59 committees set up by the council, stakeholders became involved in numerous local issues. Section 59 committees were formed to deal with various portfolios and Earthlife Africa Midrand continued to achieve much grassroots environmentalism through the section 59 committee on environment.
Midrand councillors had the foresight to realise that environmentalism went way beyond green issues. Environmental issues, concerned with water, air and land, and dealt with basic survival matters. There was more and more dialogue between activists of Earthlife Africa and Midrand’s councillors. It became clear that the way forward was to stop being reactive and simply respond to one environmental crisis after another. True progress would only be made if Midrand were proactive in changing the way things were done. The is how the idea of turning Midrand into an ‘EcoCity’ was born.
The MMLC approached the Danish-funding agency the Danish Agency for Environment and Development (DANCED) which in turn supported the idea by providing seed funding for the initiation of the EcoCity project. In November 1998 the project began with the establishment of an office to drive the project.
Before the vision, objectives and strategies for achieving this could be formally developed, Midrand had to gain a comprehensive picture of the extent of the problem. A ‘state of the environment’ (SOE) report was commissioned for Midrand, one of the first of its kind in South Africa for a local council and funded by DANCED. The preparation of the report was supported by a group of experts and facilitated by the World Conservation Union (IUCN), South Africa. It collated pollution statistics for air, water, land and noise, giving indicators as well as detailed recommendations.
84 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
State of the Environment report findings One of the first steps towards the EcoCity vision was to study the extent of the environmental and social problems facing Midrand. Midrand’s ‘state of the environment’ report outlines its environmental strengths and weaknesses.
For example, Ivory Park suffers high levels of pollution: indoor air pollution can exceed World Health Organisation standards by some 1,100%, the streams that bisect it are like open sewers with all the attendant disease-causing bacteria and informal waste dumps add to the pathogen load in the township. At the same time, Midrand is rich in biodiversity. It also has many Red Data species, yet only 1.4% of land is public open space (the international standard is 6%).
The Environmentally-Friendly City The state of the environment report also covered the benefits of having an ‘ecologically friendly’ city. It first painted a bleak picture of the consequences of unchecked urbanisation. Cities globally consume 75% of the country’s resources and produce most of the waste. Cities can be a cesspool of unhealthy habitation and encourage a soulless life alienated from nature.
The report then pointed out how better planning could vastly improve the way cities are run. The United Nations through the International Council for Local Environmental Initiatives (ICLEI) has been promoting Local Agenda 21 initiatives to encourage town councils to change the pattern of development in their cities. Midrand, as a growing city, has the chance to do things right if it adopts Agenda 21 principles.
Strategy Creating the Trust The first step towards creating ‘Midrand the EcoCity’ was to create an independent organisation that could drive an EcoCity project of this nature. Due to inherent structural problems – not least bureaucracy – it is much easier for a non-governmental organisation to track changes and promote an entirely new vision than it is for a government department. Certainly, local government can achieve much if it is working in collaboration with a focused and efficient civic organisation. This is what has happened in Midrand, with a synergy between the Midrand Metropolitan Local Council and the Midrand EcoCity Trust.
The Midrand EcoCity Trust has been set up to drive the EcoCity Process. The Executive Director is veteran environmental activist, Annie Sugrue and the other trustees are Alan Dawson, past mayor and chairman of the executive committee of the Midrand Metropolitan Local Council (MMLC), Enoch Diamini, Deputy Mayor of Midrand and Ahmed Moonda, acting CEO of the MMLC. The Midrand EcoCity Project is thus a council-driven project. The Trust facilitates the acquisition of donor funding and removes bureaucratic difficulties in implementation. It focuses on three key targets, the MMLC, the business and industrial sector and the communities.
As a result of ongoing public workshops and processes, a vision for the Midrand EcoCity has taken shape. A key principle is that Midrand can become a self-sustaining economy, generating much of its own wealth and circulating resources within the community.
The Midrand EcoCity Project was launched late last year with the generous support of the Danish government. Previously disadvantaged people are becoming highly self reliant: they are learning how to grow their own organic food, build earth friendly houses, harvest rainwater, run businesses, and market and administer co-operatives.
85 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
The Vision, Objectives and Principles The Midrand EcoCity will not be created by a one-off project. To achieve the goals, the Midrand EcoCity Trust has workshopped a clear vision, objective and principles in order to guide all future outputs.
Vision: To turn Midrand into the smart, eco-friendly place to be ‘Smart’ refers to state of the art, yet appropriate technology, which will be harnessed to support sustainable development. For example, many Midranders will live in simple homes but may work via the internet from home. Home offices will reduce road traffic and smog. Communities will be more cohesive. Besides working close to home, residents will live in homes that have solar water heating, they will grow or eat organic food, carry out most of their business locally to keep money circulating within the community, use water wisely and commute by bicycle when necessary. The city will also be people friendly. In addition to aiming for a cohesive social fabric, it will encourage tourism to the centre. Midrand, also referred to as the information age town will ensure that the disadvantaged sectors of the community will have access to the internet and electronic media and services. In fact, information technology will form a secure basis on which to build the administration and will be fully integrated within all the projects.
The Midrand Local Metropolitan Council (MMLC) has adopted the logo “Midrand - the smart, eco- friendly place to be” which means that council is also committed to the Trust’s green vision so the drive is wider than a single organisation’s efforts.
Objective The overall EcoCity objective is “to create a city which is both interdependent with the rest of the world and self reliant through creating its own economic, social, physical and environmental solutions”. This is achieved by recognising that no city is an island but it can harness to its maximum its own strengths and opportunities that will provide both the integrated environmental framework and the practical activities of the EcoCity.
Principles There are some key principles on which the Midrand EcoCity Project stands. These principles will be integrated within every area of activity driven by the Trust. • African renaissance - Midrand EcoCity Project wishes to make a contribution to the rebuilding of Africa as propounded by South Africa’s president, Thabo Mbeki. It wants to use Africa-specific solutions, combining knowledge from the West with indigenous African knowledge in developing an environmentally friendly city. It strives to create a living and working space where Africans (both black and white) feel comfortable. • Equity - Midrand EcoCity Trust commits itself to environmental justice. This means equal access to resources and an equal bearing of environmental costs. Poor people should not bear the brunt of ‘progress’ and its attendant environmental degradation. • Poverty eradication - Midrand EcoCity wishes to eradicate poverty by investing in social capital’; in other words, in training people and giving them access to the resources and opportunities for setting up their own businesses. • Self-reliance - While Midrand EcoCity understands its interrelationships with other cities, South Africa as a whole and its neighbouring countries, Midrand must be as self-reliant as possible. People must create their own jobs and upgrade their neighbourhoods using their own resources and initiative. • Green transformation - Jobs in Midrand EcoCity must be ecologically sustainable. Commerce and industry must subscribe to integrated environmental management systems. This means cutting down on resource use, pollution and waste production. Midranders should produce environmentally friendly products and services in an environmentally friendly way so that they survive in the long term.
86 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
• Improving quality of life - Basic services should be provided to people who do not have access to potable water, sanitation, waste removal or safe energy. However, these services should be provided in such a way that they improve environmental quality in the city. If not, they ultimately worsen the quality of life for all. • Enhancing natural resources - ‘Natural capital’ such as rivers, soil, biodiversity, air and so on must be improved in the creation of Midrand EcoCity. They should also be rehabilitated and managed wisely. • Providing a future for our children - Sustainability means meeting the needs of present generations without compromising the needs of future generations. Midrand EcoCity strives to make all its interventions sustainable. This means finding the delicate balance between what is desirable and what is achievable in a developing world country.
The Midrand EcoCity Project Role Players
Business & MMLC Industry
Community
Natural resources, infrastructure, people and money all interact with each other to achieve the EcoCity vision. Each element interacts with all the other elements to achieve the EcoCity vision for physical infrastructure the following are required: thermally efficient houses, bicycle lanes, clean energy and the re-use of water where appropriate; to achieve the optimal use of natural resources pollution must be reduced, biodiversity conserved and better open space use promoted; to achieve the EcoCity vision for money, it must be made accessible to the disadvantaged through green banking options; to achieve the vision for people, or social capital, people must have their awareness and knowledge on environmental issues raised, and the disadvantaged must be empowered to make green choices and to participate in the green economy of Midrand.
Projects The Ecocity currently has 25 projects. Each large programme area is supported in documentation with a Logical Framework Approach project document, which can be provided on request. Here are some of the projects currently being implemented:
• Planning and Development • State of the Environment Report (SoE) • Development of an integrated environmental management system • Housing • Midrand/Ivory Park eco village • Transport • Midrand Clean Commute • Non motorised transport-bicycle lanes and support for bicycles • Energy • Cities for Climate Action Programme • Midrand Eco-City Cities for Climate Protection Forum • Public education and awareness campaign with specific target group • Local Action Plan for the Midrand Eco-City
87 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
• Ceilings in Ivory Park • Solar water heaters for Ivory Park • Umbawula - lower smoke open stove • Business and industry • Promoting ISO 14001 for local industry • Promoting recycling as a viable business • Midrand’s ‘Green Book’ for guiding development • Seed Advisor on energy programmes • Water • Water Demand Strategy • Self-reliance and Economic Sustainability • Co-operatives • Eco bank and LETS System • Youth environmental programme • Marketing and capacity building • Outreach through website and newsletters, street theatre and mass action campaigns • www.midrand-ecocity.co.za • Waste Management • Recycling through community projects • Food Security • Organic agriculture • Open Spaces and Biodiversity • Biodiversity through habitat corridors and use of alien invaders as fuelwood and construction material
For further information please contact Midrand EcoCity Project Tel: 011-805 7337, Fax: 011-805 7336, Email. [email protected],www.midrand-ecocity.co.za Postnet Suit # 117, Private Bag x65, Halfway House 1685, Suite 215, Palms Office Park, Nupen Crescent, Halfway House, Midrand
88 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Experiences from Cities
EXPERIENCES OF MANILA, PHILIPPINES, WITH INTERNATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL AGREEMENTS ON AIR POLLUTION MS. BEBET GOZUN, METROPOLITAN ENVIRONMENTAL IMPROVEMENT PROGRAMME (MEIP), PHILIPPINES
89 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
90 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
91 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
92 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
93 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
EXPERIENCE OF DAKAR, SENEGAL, WITH INTERNATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL AGREEMENTS RELATED TO LAND-BASED IMPACT ON ECOSYSTEMS AND THE MARINE ENVIRONMENT MS. NDÈYE FATOU DIOP GUEYE, IAGU, DAKAR, SENEGAL
Planning and managing the marine environment in relation to international conventions – the example of Hann Bay, Dakar
1. INTRODUCTION The EPM process started in March 1993 in Dakar by launching a workshop on the Project “ Dakar Sustainable City “ with the main beneficiary being the Dakar Urban Community (DUC).
The main phases of the project are the diagnostic phase on the environmental problems of the city and identification of priority problems: Environmental Profile and Local Consultation; clarification and validation of priority problems phase, 1993: specific Environmental Profiles and local consultation; development of an action plan for the sustainable Hann Bay and the integrated management of industrial risks: working groups, participatory diagnosis, community forum and forming a panel during the meeting organized by MELISSA in Dakar; institutionalization of the EPM process in Senegal: a phase launched by a community forum and implementation of an Intersectorial Committee for Follow-up (ICF) in Hann and the replication of EPM process in two smaller cities in Senegal.
2. PRESENTATION OF HANN BEL-AIR SITE The EPM process is placed in Hann since it is located at the Eastern front of peninsula in Cape Verde, Hann is an old fishermen village which, after 1910, accommodated a population drained by the establishment of industrial infrastructures, tourism and of leisure.
2.1 Problems of the Bay • Subsequent halt of development of the above-mentioned activities, combined with natural growth involved a significant increase in population living in Hann Bay.
• This demographic growth, added to the narrowness of Bay, supported a sharp competition for the occupation of space, in particular between industries and dwellings.
• Because of the development and extension of different branches of industry, the Bay became confined to surroundings where there are no spaces between the population centres, industry occupations, tourist activities and leisure, urban agriculture and fish trade.
• This situation, accentuated by deficiencies in city planning, which led to the degradation of environmental conditions in the Bay, one of the chief features of which is a deflation of the halieutics resources: reduction of volume and quality and by increase of industrial risks.
• The Bay also receives various industrial affluent – waste without processing: three significant water canals - rain water and water pipelines have their discharge system there. Moreover, the majority of the bordering populations dispose their solid/liquid waste into the sea due to lack of sanitation and waste collection systems.
• This environmental pollution is a major obstacle in sustainable urban development. Moreover in this zone there exists industrial risks which can cause economic and human catastrophic consequences in the Bay, town of Dakar and the country because of age of the buildings.
94 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
• This zone holds nearly 80% of industries in the country: this percentage, correlated with the populations on restricted land without compliance with the rules of the organization and land allocation, generated serious accidents these last years: explosion in 1992 of an ammonia cistern at the SONACOS leaving 150 dead and: more than one hundred casualties; in 1993 sets fire at the SHELL GAS factory, etc.
2.2 The actions undertaken in the Bay, in relation to the Convention of Abidjan, before the EPM process exercise in Hann. The placing of the EPM process in Hann was a follow up on a certain number of initiatives which had already been undertaken, some of them took place within the framework of implementation of the Convention relative to co-operation in matters of protection and development of average marine and of the coastal zone of the area of West Africa and of the Center of its Protocol relative to co- operation as regards control of pollution in the event of a critical situation. 12 African States signed this, named the Convention of Abidjan in March 1981; it came into effect 3 years later, in August 1984. The action plan relating to the Convention called West and Central African Action Plan (WACAF) is articulated around the following axes: the fight against coastal erosion; the continuous monitoring of marine and coastal zones; bacteriological monitoring of domestic water and seafood; development of national plans for emergency intervention in the event of critical situation.
At the national level, the search carried out within the framework of the implementation of the Convention made it possible to establish a data bank on coastal erosion, chemical and bacterial pollution of coastal oceanography. This search also made it possible to work out specific projects of evaluation and protection of the marine, whereby a Draft Study of Bays in Dakar was done between 1985 and 1988.
3. MAIN RESULTS The following results were obtained in Hann: the preparation and availability of consensual action plans aimed at improvement of living conditions of the populations; development of local expertise in fields of sanitation, coastal management and prevention of industrial risks; building capacities of participatory planning of the CAHBA; set up of a framework of co-ordination, exchange and dialogue between associations, professional bodies, professional and municipal elected officials, NGO; central agencies, research institutions; introduction of a community system for follow-up with the forum; promotion of community participation.
4. CONCLUSION In spite of the existence of this study on Bays in Dakar in which the Bay of Hann appears in good place, the interventions on this level still remained dispersed and not co-ordinated, before the control of EPM process in this locality. In general, one can consider that without the implication of the cities, the International Conventions in the field of the urban environment will be limited to known information in the central administration and less to the municipality. However the question of urban environment affect the populations whose first interlocutors remain the municipalities.
One of the reasons, which make the involvement of the cities urgent, remains that these problems are generally localized. On another hand, the municipalities could profit from the international expertise to build capacities on these very specific areas.
95 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
EXPERIENCE OF CAPE TOWN, SOUTH AFRICA, WITH INTERNATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL AGREEMENTS ON BIO-DIVERSITY - SPATIAL RESTRUCTURING AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENHANCEMENT IN THE CMA MR. PETER TOMALIN, CAPE METROPOLITAN COUNCIL (CMC), CAPE TOWN, SOUTH AFRICA
1. Presentation Structure 2. CMA Population • CMA potential and challenges • 2.9 million (W. Cape is 4.4. million) • IMEP & MSDF as key sectoral strategies • Population growth rate 2.3% • Towards a sustainable city • Coloured 49%, African 25%, White 26% • 83% literacy rate
3. CMA: Housing 4. CMA: Economy • 35% inadequate shelter • 25% unemployment • Housing backlog of 223,000 units • 25% of households below household • Growth at +/- 15,000 units per annum subsistence level • 830,000 international and 1.9 million local tourists per annum
5. CMA: Biodiversity Hotspot 6. CMA: Potential • Cape floristic region – 1 of 6 plant kingdoms • Unique natural environment • 8,500 indigenous plant species • Scenic beauty • Many species endemic • Variety of natural, historical & cultural • High biodiversity experiences • Agricultural resources • Tourism opportunities • Human capital • Diverse economic base • Well developed infrastructure
7. CMA: Challenges 8. CMA-wide Sectoral Initiatives to meet the • Rapid & inadequately managed Challenge urbanization • IMEP (Environmental Strategy) • Increasing gap between demand & supply • MSDF (Spatial Strategy) of basic services • and others (e.g. transport strategy) • Rising unemployment & underemployment • Rising crime & violence • Rising HIV/AIDS rates • Low investment levels • Ongoing environmental degradation
9. An Integrated Metropolitan Environmental 10.IMEP: Principles Strategy • Sustainable development Commitment to ongoing improved • Protecting CMA’s biodiversity performance • Responsible stewardship Review – policy – implementation – • Transparent environmental governance monitoring cycle • Others • Continuous improvement
96 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
11.IMEP: Tools 12. IMEP: Sectoral Approaches • Adoption of Agenda 21 principles Support to different sectors in interpreting & • Regular State of the Environment reporting implementing broad policy direction • EMS (ISO 14001) Air & water • Implementation of IEM Waste • Others Transportation Energy Education Others
13.The Metropolitan Spatial Development 14.MSDF Structuring Elements Framework (MSDF): Principles Elements act in a mutually-reinforcing manner • Sustainable management • Nodes • Residential intensification • Corridors • Redress imbalances • Urban Edge • Contain urban development • MOSS • Urban integration • Create quality urban environments
15.Towards Sustainable Urban Development – 16.A Sustainable City Integration of Multi-Sectoral Strategies • Urban environment – stable ecosystems IDP Process • Urban shelter – decent affordable housing for • MSDF (Spatial Strategy) all • Housing strategy • Urban life – building the livable city • Integrated services strategy • Urban society – social coherence & social • Economic strategy solidarity • Transport strategy • Urban economy – work & wealth • IMEP (Environmental strategy • Urban access – resource-conserving mobility • Urban democracy – empowering the citizenry
97 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
EXPERIENCE OF DAR ES SALAAM, TANZANIA, WITH DECENTRALISATION OF AUTHORITY AND RESOURCES MR. CLAUDIO BITEGEKO, MINISTRY OF REGIONAL ADMINISTRATION AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT, TANZANIA
City’s basic urban development and environmental situation There had been virtually no significant investments in Dar es Salaam City infrastructure for quite a long period. The then City Administration, the planning and general management systems had proved to be incapable of guiding the Urban Development. This was due to a very high bureaucratic, uncoordinated and centralised tendency. This centralised authority led to rapid deterioration of environmental conditions such as a) poor transport and traffic systems; b) poor sewerage management; c) uncollected solid wastes; d) high rate of beach erosion and a total coastal mismanagement; e) poor plot allocation systems and inadequate utilities service provision; f) uncoordinated manner in the provision of services and utilities; g) less managed and laisser faire of human activities especially in the informal sector; h) housing development became high in the unserviced areas; i ) the non-involvement of the civic society in the planning and management of matters affecting their daily life; j) failure by the city administration to correctly identify solutions to the problems affecting the communities; k) the size and structures of the city council were too big and complex in nature to the extent that civic society could not exactly know whom to contact and who is actually responsible to perform a certain matter; and l) there was a lot of interference between the policy makers and the executives hence this led to non-performance of certain activities or there was a lot of duplication and misuse of resources.
As a result of the above, the sustainable Dar es Salaam Project was launched in 1992, following the City Consultation. The project was given the task of building the local capacity required to cope with the challenges of sustainable urban development with the ultimate goal of building local government administrative structures to plan and manage the urban development in Dar es Salaam and by involving the NGO and the community groups. The 1992 City Consultation workshop identified the following environmental issues to be dealt with improving solid waste management; upgrading unserviced settlements; servicing city expansion; coastal resources management; air quality management and urban transportation; managing open spaces, recreational areas, hazards lands, greenbelts and urban agriculture; managing the economy and integrating petty trading; and co- ordinating city centre renewal.
Background to the decentralisation of authority and resources Before 1992, there had virtually been no significant investments in the City of Dar es Salaam infrastructure system for a period of about twenty years. The then City Administration, the planning and management systems had a very high centralized and bureaucratic tendency that proved to be incapable of guiding the city’s urban development. That is why there was rapid deterioration of environmental conditions such as poor traffic systems that culminated to all roads leading into one directions and at peak hours there was a lot of car queue; poor sewerage management that led to pungent odours everywhere in the city centre; having a lot of uncollected solid wastes and thereby forming big heaps everywhere; beach erosion and a total coastal mismanagement and loss of beauty; unserviced land, poor plot allocation and the proliferation of squatter settlements, which is now estimated to be about 70% of the total city area; over pressurised and inadequate utilities provision; uncoordinated services and utilities provision which lead into conflicts among service providers themselves; uncoordinated and less managed human activities in the informal sector which also created difficult situations for the city authorities to handle; and the non involvement of the civil society in the city planning mechanism and thereby making them as just onlookers and later on they became the best complainants resistant to whatever was being implemented by the City Council.
98 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
For that purpose, in 1992, the government of Tanzania requested for financial support and a technical support from UNDP and UNCHS (Habitat) to update the 1979 Dar es Salaam master plan, which was seen not to have been implemented as it had been envisaged. It was at that time when Habitat realised that the urban problems that was facing the city required an approach which is stakeholder driven and not through a blue print; an approach which needed a bigger focus on the interaction between the environment and development which at the same time would put major emphasis on cross-sectoral and inter-agency co-ordination. In this case, rather than preparing another master plan, the Environmental Planning and Management approach (EPM) was introduced.
On the other hand the government began to restructure itself through the Civil Service Reforms and the Local Government Reforms respectively. Dar es Salaam city council was dissolved in 1996 and the Dar es Salaam City Commission was put in place for a period of three and half years. The Commission was asked amongst all other duties to perform the following functions: a) To implement all functions which had hitherto been the mandate of the dissolved City Council; b) To rationalise the number and functions of each employee with his/her academic knowledge or profession; and assess work performance; c) To instil a sense of diligence and accountability among the city council personnel in their day to day functions; d) To involve grassroots leaders in the city planning and implementation process during all that period when the elected city councillors were not in power; e) To involve other interested parties like the Non-governmental Organisations and the Community Based Organisations in investments and city beautification; f) To collect and raise council’s revenue so that it can meet its obligations; g) To put tax payers money to the best use; h) To decentralise the city administrative functions to the zoned Administrative Units which had existed without being given responsibilities to manage their affairs even though they were the best administrative units quite nearer to the civil society; i) To put in place the systems and new structures of Four Local Government Administration Units in one city; j) To propose for new and efficient revenue sources for the four Local Authorities; k) To propose for the division of assets and liabilities among the four local authorities; and l) To propose on the ways and modalities of revenue, services and functions sharing among the four local authorities.
Experience on the Decentralization of Authority and Resources in Dar es Salaam The Minister responsible for Local Government affairs issued a notice of intention to establish four local authorities in Dar es Salaam City in Notice Number 1999 and 2000 of 15 July 1999. That Notice was published in the official gazette and then in two newspapers (one in English language and another one in Kiswahili a language which is commonly spoken by the residents of the area) circulating in the City and it invited the residents of the city or any other person who thought that could be affected by the Minister’s decision to establish three Municipalities and a city council in the former area of the Dar es Salaam city council.
The Notice further mentioned that the three Municipalities were to be formed along the existing administrative districts and it further mentioned the sub-division of those districts into urban wards. Those urban wards were meant to be the electoral constituencies for local government councillors.
Upon the expiry of three months Notice of Intention, no objection was raised prohibiting the Minister to proceed with other legal requirements of establishing the intended local authorities. After consultations with the President of the United Republic of Tanzania, in October 1999, he issued a government Order Number 319A And 319B published in the official gazette dated 15th October, 1999, declaring the establishment of four local government authorities in Dar es Salaam.
99 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
In the same month, he tabled before the National Assembly all the necessary Instruments and documents showing the steps he had undertaken to establish the said local government authorities. On 31 December 1999, the Clerk to the National Assembly issued under his hand the Certificate of Establishment of Dar es Salaam City Council; Kinondoni Municipal Council; Ilala Municipal Council; and Temeke Municipal Council.
This meant the decentralisation of the former Dar es Salaam City Council was made first and foremost to involve city residents themselves to seek their views and to follow the legislative machinery. Sometime in November 1999, general elections were held for Mitaa leaders during which a Chairperson was elected and assisted by 5 other members with at least fifty households for easy maintenance.
The new DSM City Council was given the following functions to co-ordinate the three Municipalities so as to ensure that they execute their statutory functions without causing unnecessary differences that might arouse public outcry; to co-ordinate the Municipalities in Physical, environmental planning aspects so that the city-wide spectrum of utilization of resources and inter relationship is attained; to perform all National ceremonial functions and issues of protocol on behalf of the other Municipalities; to perform all other functions which are of cross-cutting nature and which can not well be done by one Municipality; to continue planning for new revenue sources for the Municipalities; to continue with the development up to the completion of all development projects which were initiated by the former Dar City Commission that are of common heritage and benefit to all the three Municipalities.
On the other hand the three Municipalities were given all legal autonomy and similar status as the other Municipal Councils existing in the Country. They are therefore duty bound to provide all of the necessary Municipal services required.
Further to that they are supposed to work as Reforming Councils, and to streamline their functions with the view of hiving out such functions that can be done through partnership or by engaging the private sector. They are called upon to involve the citizens in their day to day planning and implementation, so that they can get the required support; to put into their annual plans projects that are dedicated towards alleviating poverty, ensuring gender balance, and taking care of other vulnerable groups.
In this regard, the Government made a deliberate step of mainstreaming the then “Sustainable Dar es Salaam Project” (SDP) and its functions into the New Municipal departments. Currently, the former SDP has been sub-divided into four units and each one actually is within the Planning and Co- ordination department of the respective authority.
However, all the three Municipalities have already joined the “Sustainable Cities Programme” (SCP) through the co-ordination of the Urban Authorities Support Unit (UASU). Most of them are now busy preparing the formation of the “Urban Information Management Systems” units; which will be inter- related to the central one at SDP and UASU. The next step will be to prepare the environmental profiles that will be quite useful at the time of preparing the Strategic Urban Development Plans (SUDP).
The newly established Department of Planning and Co-ordination has been arranged in such a way that both economic and physical planning is done under one roof. In anticipation of utilising the experience gained through the application of the EPM in Dar es Salaam it will be easy to bring in the work of different working groups, task teams and the citizens participation in the budget planning and action plans preparation. Therefore with the present size of the Municipalities, this can easily be done as opposed to the situation that used to be way back in the early Nineties.
100 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Another area that has a remarkable evidence of decentralisation is the Health Sector. The health management system is no longer being controlled from the City headquarters. Structures have been put in place to an extent that the “District Health Boards” are managing the health services. Under the District Health Boards system, the Health workers, the management and some representatives from the civil society come together to discuss best ways to utilise money which is collected from the patients through the cost sharing system. (Cost sharing means that patient has to pay for a certain amount of money to cover for the total cost of health services)
Since 1 February 2000, when the new management was appointed to run the three local government institutions, the following improvements and changes have been recorded:
• There have been an increase in the revenue collection, for instance Temeke Municipal Council has collected Tshs. 770,581,150/= out of Tshs. 995,335,333/= and the City Council has collected 887.6 in six months which is about 40.2%.
• Twenty per cent (20%) of the revenue collected by the Municipal Councils is being transferred back to the wards for utilization development projects emanating within the wards themselves and not necessarily requiring to be fully supported by the council.
• The council’s contribution to the development expenditure has increased e.g. Dar City Council has contributed Tshs. 142.5 million out of 776.25 which is approximately 7.5%.
• There has been the involvement of some CBOs and the NGOs in the collection and disposal of the solid wastes, e.g. in Temeke Municipal Council, the CBOs and NGOs collect 104 tons of solid waste per day while the Municipality services collects just 88 tones per day out of 400 tons produced. For the Dar City Council such type of groups have provided employment to 900 people out of 1377 who are engaged in this work.
• There was training given to the mama-lishe (Mama lishe means the group of women who always sell cooked food in places which are not restaurants or hotels, and usually at prices which can be afforded by low income earners.)
• A project known as HUJAKWAMA has been designed with the aim of providing soft loans to the Youths and women groups. HUJAKWAMA means that “You have not completely been unable to move out of your enpassy” At the same time they have provided small business plots to 1022 women and youth groups.
• There is another group known as “The Safer Cities Initiative”. They are mainly concerned with the issues of urban violence and hence they have formed groups to protect themselves, properties and their families against thuggery or theft.
• In-service and on job training has been provided to some members of staff. Some initiatives have taken place to place staff according to the functions or activities that are to be performed.
• By applying the EPM process, the Kinondoni, Ilala and Temeke Municipal Councils are now preparing their Strategic Urban Development Plans, and they are carrying out a tree planting exercise
• The New City council has been able to push and win 340 Court cases out of 718 cases that were inherited.
• The division of duties and functions was done commensurate with the division of assets, liabilities and revenue sources.
101 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
The Analysis Of The Experience So Far After the decentralisation of the City Administration into four separate Local Government institutions, there has been a remarkable positive effect in the global norms as follows:
Sustainability in all forms of Urban Development Increase in the amount of tons of solid waste cleared from the market areas as well as in the residential neighbourhood, increase in the number of NGOs and CBOs now engaged with street sweeping and sanitation, increase in the number of visitation by council trucks to solid waste collection centres.
Servicing City expansion There is an increase in the number of surveyed plots to be given to individual developers. New survey equipment has been procured, which will accelerate the actual survey work. There has been an increase in co-ordination towards the provision of utility services like electricity, cellular phones and water supply.
The management of open spaces, recreational areas Most of the planned open spaces are now being put to the best use contrary to the past when they were misused or mismanaged. Most of these open spaces are now being given to some individuals to develop or turn them into recreational centres on contractual basis with the local authority concerned.
Managing the economy and integrating petty trading In order to integrate small business activities into the overall city economy and to raise funds for the Municipal administration, the new Municipalities have constructed small shopping cubicles in the existing markets and provided some open areas to serve as free market trading centres. The amount of money now allocated to the fund that is planned for giving loans to Women and Youths groups has increased; Women and Youths groups are now being given technical assistance when they are formulating or making Project write-ups before requesting for loans from the council. There is an increase in number of the people who are engaged in petty trading who have been trained on the best practices of making their business without making any side effects or disturbing anybody.
Urban transportation There is an increase in the number of kilometres of road that has been rehabilitated. To ensure efficiency and improvement in the urban transportation systems, new road infrastructure network has been opened and constructed. The urban buses operating systems have been revised to reduce the time spent by buses to go and turn around, and new routes have been established, there is a lot of parking places now earmarked for small and taxi cars, the central bus station for the whole city is undergoing construction and expansion.
Upgrading unserviced settlements Studies on the existing situation are being done.
Co-ordinating city centre renewal The activity continues, however there is still time for the SUDP will be prepared and completed. In short there was no problem experienced in linking the international norms with the new administration after the Dar es Salaam city decentralization of authority. This was due to the fact that most of the staff and personnel who used to work under the former administration had to a larger extent been exposed to the EPM process. These are the same people who have been transferred to the new Municipalities and the remaining City administrative structures.
As it was explained earlier, the process of decentralisation went through the stages of involving the working staff in the then zones offices. These groups had been very eager to find themselves being
102 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
given the powers of becoming autonomous and hence free from the city commission; involving the Dar es Salaam politicians who on the other hand had their own calculations of coming back to power after they had been dissolved way back in June 1996. By Institutionalising the decentralisation through the legislative procedure and instrument. The process, which was undertaken, was in accordance with the law requirements that these new administrative structures should be established.
Lessons Learned And The Way Forward The major lessons learned from Dar es Salaam is that, in order to have an effective working urban administration, there is the need to have a comparatively small area of operation under the jurisdiction of one authority; a decision-making structure which will be able to receive, analyze action plans being developed by the communities; an administration which can easily be reached and can also be in a position to integrate with the civic society; an administration which will play a co-ordinative role of various actors in the development process other than having a bureaucratic and dictatorial systems; an administration that is taking into account views and opinion received from its civic society on ways and modalities of solving various issues; an administration having a mission and vision towards the implementation of their duties and tasks as opposed to the system of haddock planning and implementation strategy; and an administration that is putting in the forefront the value of money from the tax-payers instead of the day to day office running affairs.
The concept of involving the civic society in all of the municipal planning, budgeting and implementation cycle has not well reached every members of the community.
The Dar es Salaam experience of decentralisation of administration and financial resources can be termed as a step towards the right direction. It is true that this experience can later be translated or be used in the formulation and implementation of International agreements or making pertinent modifications due to the following reasons: • International agreements should be made transparently and between institutions other than depending on personalities or individuals • Such agreements or contracts should always be integrated into the existing institutional framework other than operating with parallel structures or in other case quite different systems which might later not be sustainable
For more information contact Mr. Claudio Bitegeko, Assistant Director for Local Government-Urban Authorities, Ministry of Regional Administration and Local Government, P.O. Box 1923, Dodoma, Tanzania Office Tel No: +255 026 3221599, Resid. Tel. No: +255 026 2390058 Fax No: +255 026 42246/ 3222217, Mobile No: +0811 621392
103 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
EXPERIENCE OF RECIFE, BRAZIL, WITH SECURITY OF INDIVIDUALS AND THEIR LIVING ENVIRONMENT IN THE URBAN ENVIRONMENTAL PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT PROCESS MS. SILVIA ARRAIS, RECIFE, BRAZIL
1. INTRODUCTION This paper evaluates the existing constraints and opportunities to the implementation of international conventions, agreements and norms in the field of urban environmental management (UEM) at local level. It focuses on security of individuals, their living environment, and on the process of solid waste management (SWM). The pollution of the urban environment by solid wastes in urban settlements in Metropolitan Recife, in the state of Pernambuco, Brazil. (Figure 1.1)
The paper adopts a comprehensive approach in the analysis of UEM, considering the role of state level and city problems at metropolitan level. At this level, the weaknesses of central and local government for SWM are presented, clarifying on the need of change and the ongoing attempts in the process. How problems were dealt with within national programmes at local level, with support from international organisations, increasing awareness on the complexity of the situation and strengthening local capacity.
Basic urban development and environment situation Pernambuco has a surface of 98.307Km2 and is composed of 184 municipalities, distributed over 5 meso-regions. Around 7.4 million of the population, corresponds to 5% of Brazilian and 16.4% of Northeast population. Concentration in the Metropolitan Region (41.8%) with demographic density of 75 inhabitants per square kilometre presents an urbanisation rate of 76.2% (the higher in Northeast).
The lack of waste treatment is a reality in many Brazilian settlements. Government faces security problems to the extent that solid waste collection must be improved. In addition, the difficult socio- economic situation has resulted in high unemployment, driving people in urban centres to directly depend on waste collection for their survival. The risks faced by those that simply live in low-income areas or specifically deal with solid waste are seen in the Third World as a permanent challenge. This paper reports on the Metropolitan Region, which is made up of 3 million people and most urban environmental problems, where some initiatives have been carried out by the public sector, on the processes of environmental policy-making, its implementation and its consequences in this field.
Rapid urbanisation in the developing countries has been threatening social and economic development, human health and ecological balance. International guidelines have been transmitted through national government for improvements. Emerging needs have started a new process from bottom-up and top-down.
Decentralisation and participation have been used as key stakes to change the status quo of uncontrolled resources depletion, environmental degradation and unsolved social needs. From command-and-control measures, government has shifted to partnerships with the private sector and with the community in general, through decentralised policies for urban management. However, in the practice, what seems not to follow the overall process of decentralisation, is the financial transference from central to local government. Decentralising responsibilities and defining a legal framework to support the weak local structures has to be established, aiming to face the hard process of waste reduction and treatment for pollution control.
The environmental management system is in full review and development, within the reform of the State. The disabled existing system, for many years implemented in a command-and-control fashion,
104 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
has hardly attained good results. The situation is critical and a new structure might be modelled to face the inadequacies that characterise the nation. They are expressed by the social, economic, cultural and political condition of many social groups, communities and regions. The overall situation concerning the environment and the low indicators of quality of life of the urban population has shown urgent needs for change. The effects of environmental degradation have promoted social pressure and demand for institutional responses.
Concerns on the country size and its relevant specific needs for effective UEM come up from evidences on the lack of determining elements. These involve mainly central government omission and the problem related to state reduction, the strategic importance of the budget issue and the lack of capacity building and institutional development.
At state level, initiatives for effective management (through decentralisation), in the particular case of Pernambuco have shown a strong and positive social bottom-up influence. At local level the attempts to overcome the scarcity of resources and performance indicators on SWM are among the main points. Emerging patterns of institutional practice that can support organisational development and some recommendation for improvements in the process close this document.
2. ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION BY SOLID WASTE IN THE CONTEXT OF METROPOLITAN RECIFE/BRAZIL This document focuses on issues regarding UEM within its articulation with social development projects. Cross-sectoral co-ordination and the interaction between upper level managers and forms of internal integration and articulation between municipalities aiming to prioritise the reduction of risks of environment pollution by urban solid wastes.
The most relevant urban environmental problems in Brazil come from the rapid and uncontrolled migration for the last five decades and from the urbanisation process, demanding high social and infrastructure investments. The rural/urban distribution of the population comes to resemble that of more developed countries. Rates reach the percentages of most countries attaining the migratory cycle. This can lead to the conclusion that migration is stabilising. However, migration among cities assumes more and more significance. Migration tends to be intra-regional.
This rapid urbanisation process and the failure of the State to improve urban conditions in the last 4 decades, are important elements for the understanding of the present urban environmental problems. In Figure 1.2 the demographic distribution can be seen to the relative position of urban and rural population. Another aspect to be observed is the distribution of population per region, showed in Figure 1.3. That makes visible how crucial the context in Northeast is, considering its difficult economic situation.
New forms of governance demand new structures, financial condition and articulation. This has been the present challenge facing the government of Brazil in relation to this very recent field in Brazil, that of environmental protection. International organisations play a very important role in this scenario, opening space to the implementation of global norms, which bring the perspective of environmental friendly, healthy and sustainable measures. The institutional space, commitment to and credibility over the international initiatives and organisations are very positive factors.
Understanding the National System for Environmental Management and Protection The SISNAMA (National System for the Environment) is composed by the MMA (Ministry for Environment), IBAMA – National Institute for Environment, the Federative Units (states) represented by the OEMAs (State Organisations for Environmental Protection), the FNMA (National Fund for the Environment), the Environmental Councils - the National Council for the Environment (CONAMA), the National Council for Water Resources and the National Council for Legal Amazon, the PPG7 (Pilot Programme for Tropical Forests Protection), and the Sustainable Development Commission (Agenda 21).
105 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
The SISNAMA implements the instruments (structures) for environmental management in collaboration with the private sector and NGOs and CBOs. Support for executive sectors interaction is nationally promoted, both internally (between state institutions) and externally (relationships among government, civil society and international community).
The Urban Management System at State Level The regional centrality of Pernambuco has conferred it a large macro-regional influence, given the favourable perspective of larger articulation and interaction among different social actors, for the State authorities in the areas of political and institutional development.
The executive structure, the Planning and Social Development Secretariat - SEPLANDES and the Sciences, Technology and Environment Secretariat – SECTMA are the main axes of the system. Attention is centred on the Foundation for Municipal Development - FIDEM and on the Agency for Environmental Management – CPRH (the local OEMA). This comprehends actually the main system for institutional articulation and environmental management at state level, together with the Company for State Development - CONDEPE, which plays a role in data provision for planning. Complementing the system, a State Committee for the Environment linked to the Legislative Assembly of Pernambuco, the political organisation at state level and the State Council for the Environment (CONSEMA), which institutionalise the social representation.
The UEM system in Metropolitan Recife Recife is the capital of the state of Pernambuco and the central municipality of the Recife Metropolitan Region (RMR), which has a population of 3.2 million (See Figure 5.1) in 218.7km2. Demographic density is 6,155/km2. Population of Recife is 1.3 million, representing 41.8% of RMR population, which concentrates 38% of the population of Pernambuco State, which is heavily concentrated along the coast. The region concentrates a high proportion of the economic activity of the state – 61% of the state’s GDP and 68% of its industrial production. Recife has no rural area (100% urbanised) and is demographically dominant, accounting for only 9.5% of the territory of the state.
The city remains the hub of the state and the metropolitan region in respect to its role in government, commerce, tourism, service, port activity and the transport system. What is clear however, is that it is only part of an urban system, highly interdependent with surrounding areas offering employment, residential settlement, waste disposal, water and sewerage systems, inter-municipal transport and roads.
At local level environmental management co-ordination is a task of the Urban Planning and Environment Secretariat (SEPLAM). It plays the executive role of planning and implementing sanitation, land use control and environmental education. Local supervision for environmental control is a recent job, to which the organisation has been restructured. Many other teams work in complementary tasks such as public health and urban solid waste and drainage supervision, planning and implementation, which indeed are part of environmental management. Within local government, other organisations involved and described as components of the UEM system, are: the Urbanisation Company (URB-Recife), the Public Services Secretariat, to which is linked the Urban Cleansing Company (EMLURB), the Health Secretariat, the Education Secretariat and the Social Politics Secretariat.
From the social and political side, one of the most active elements of the local network to follow-up government activities has been the Municipal Environmental Council – COMAM. The social organisation in the city is highly connected to local government and institutionalised channels are inter-related for participatory urban management. Among these we can highlight the Urban Development Council – CDU, which deals with general and structural issues concerning the city,
106 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
and the Health Municipal Council. Within the municipal legislative body, the Commission for the Environment also takes part in the process.
The environmental protection concerns were introduced in the local agenda in parallel through government and social institutions by the urban planning structure. From external groups, inputs came from the public Health Council and the latter creation of the Environmental Council. The Municipal Health Council has a permanent history of participatory and independent decision-making. Also this sector was one of the firsts to implement decentralisation, and in this case conditions have been provided to put in practice the process. Special attention to women’s involvement in preventive public health must be paid, for being one of the stakes of the positive implications and results. The environmental protection concerns and security initiatives within institutions are mostly headed by women and consequently have presented gender-oriented approaches.
In the case of Recife, the existence of a very committed community leadership was of great importance, in the struggle for democracy and during its rehabilitation. In practice, the main appeal for environmental awareness raising has been the linkage between environmental contamination and health risks. Environmental education within infrastructure projects and implementation had this approach during the eighties and early nineties. Dealing with the matter from the perspective of ecological preservation is a recent movement. The strong relationship between the environmental risks and individuals security is the over-all perspective.
Focusing on Solid Waste Management (SWM) Solid waste management has not been a priority issue in Brazil. Only after the Rio-92 Conference the sector has now become visible and has started to be considered as one of the components for basic sanitation. The institutional setting of infrastructure has minimised its importance. Among the priorities and interests presented by social institutions, the SWM issues were pointed out as of large importance, to which government must be accountable. The questions related to SWM have been presented as problems that demand attention from specialists, to define a policy. To the Brazilian government, decentralisation has been one of the most responsive international guidelines.
To exemplify the local situation concerning the UEM systems, not only the capital city was taken for reference. The scenario is the metropolitan scale, to a better understanding of the environmental context and it means the overall situation of Recife, despite city efforts. Within the institutional setting for UEM, the solid waste issues have different priority to each local administration, what compromises the general results.
Despite all efforts, still some waste remains uncollected and the metropolitan boundaries are an issue of concern. As all surroundings in the ‘Great Recife’ (Metropolitan Region) have a lesser quality of service, the city appears like not properly managed. Concerns within Recife’s administration are on how to improve the situation at metropolitan level. Actually, the capital city (Recife) presents a very satisfactory situation, what is representative of the situation in capital cities. However, it has no parallel with the overall conditions at the RMR, which reflects on all surrounding environments. Comparatively, the situation in Recife is seen as good, in relation to other municipalities. The coverage by solid waste collection, from technical reports is at 98% considering the percentage of areas reached by systematic collection. In smaller towns actually the coverage by service provision is not technically defined. Estimates are from 65 to 70%.
With regards to the overall situation in the country, there is awareness on the much higher complexity and effectiveness of the system in Recife (as in all capital cities) is clear, as well as the awareness on the lack of technical and financial conditions of smaller municipalities. Even so, concerning the local capacity to manage solid waste, the lack of upper level support is considered a constraint. Another relevant aspect of concern seems to be the lack of waste reduction measures.
107 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
3. UTILISING GLOBAL NORMS IN LOCAL EPM From national programmes international norms and agreements are largely introduced and requested for by the local government implementation. Since the Rio-92 Conference, the general perspectives in the field of EPM have been evolving. The Agenda 21 and the concept of sustainability have influenced most implemented national guidelines. In the case of Brazil, the subsequent proposals within the PNMA – the National Plan for the Environment is a representative example.
The implementation of the National Programme for Agenda 21 also can be mentioned. It is based on six main themes: Sustainable Agriculture, Sustainable Cities, Infrastructure and Regional Integration, Natural Resources Management, Social Inequalities Reduction, and Science and Technology for Sustainable Development. Seminars and workshops have been oriented by these priorities to the Brazilian problems. Complementary, international partnerships based on technical co-operation have strengthened these developments.
International contribution and technical co-operation Waste management has been treated in the past decades as a secondary priority. Awareness on the environmental impacts is quite low. The investments in the sector are under control of the Budgeting and Management Ministry. Good potential partners in this process are the Ministry for Mines and Energy, the Ministry for Agriculture and the Ministry for Health. Relationships can be highlighted with the national financial organisations, such as the BNDES – National Development Bank or the Federal Economic Bank (CEF). However, no systematic interaction exists to improve the sector. The institution has developed connection with all technical nets for information and contacts promotion. The IBAMA itself has created the REBRAMAR, the Brazilian Net for Waste Environmental Management, in collaboration with GTZ – German Society for Technical Co-operation, OPAS – Pan- American Health Organisation, WHO – World Health Organisation and the CEPIS– Pan-American Centre for Sanitation and Environmental Sciences.
Environmental Control in the State of Pernambuco Programme – CPRH/GTZ In Pernambuco, a 4 year technical co-operation programme was celebrated between government by CPRH, which implements the environmental control policy at state level, and the Technical Co- operation Brazil-Germany (CTBA) in partnership with the German Society for Technical Co-operation (GTZ).
This programme was initiated in 1997. Its main objective is to contribute to the overall environmental quality in Pernambuco through strategic sectors for effective UEM. The programme has promoted reinforcement of the environmental licensing system; creation of mechanisms for industrial emissions control; improvement to the Air Pollution Control System; capacity-building and institutional development; and decentralisation.
These projects have been gradually changing local EPM. Technical capacity building has increased accountability, standardised action and improved integration. Implementation has followed a participatory approach, in which transparency; integration and focus on results are guidelines. Manuals were adapted and developed for higher patterns of monitoring and assessment procedures. Concerning the industrial sector pollutant emissions have been reduced by recycling and re-utilisation, therefore attaining global standards. Actually air quality control has been one of the most structured sectors. Seven monitoring stations and modern equipment is installed, strategically located in industrial, residential and central zones for direct (state) and further indirect (municipal) environmental pollution control. The decentralisation process is one of the last initiatives, having started by transference of tasks to Olinda and Recife, in the Metropolitan Region. The general decentralisation process, must give support to the transfer of the licensing process to local government, preferably in association with the ongoing Government in the Municipalities Programme, which consists in a state level version of the Participatory Budgeting Project experienced in Recife. The state territory was divided into 10
108 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Development Regions. Intra-regional negotiation and municipal partnerships are the basis to all investments, with focus on regional conditions (weak points and opportunities) and sustainability. These must be guidelines to the implementation of all initiatives, under the principle of equality.
The Brazil Citizen Child (BCC ) Programme: social development within environmental initiatives The BCC, a social development national programme, locally managed under co-ordination of state government, has been one of the successful attempts of articulation between social development and pollution reduction.
Linked to the Ministry for Social Security and Assistance, the BCC has been implemented in Pernambuco (among many other states), involving Recife, Olinda, Jaboatão, Cabo de Santo Agostinho and Camaragibe, all in the Metropolitan Region (see Figure 2.1). The programme addresses different target groups, in different situations of risk. This paper highlights the SWM context. The mentioned target groups are as follows: street Children; children victims of sexual and commercial exploitation; children victims of domestic violence; drug dependent children; and children working with waste in landfills.
The last group is of interest for the interfaces with the field, and for its installed capacity of integration with environmental management projects and institutional interaction. The actual profile of the programme, reducing bureaucracy through direct relationship with local government also involves local NGOs. The process is linked in its implementation to a broader initiative, the National Forum of Waste and Citizenship, which has UNICEF as one of the 30 social partners. This Forum has carried out a national campaign for children’s labour eradication, in the special context of dealing with solid waste in dumpsites all over the country. The campaign, named ‘No More Children in Waste’ has been implemented in Pernambuco funded by the Social Security Ministry, through the also national programme Brazil Citizen Child.
The programme has as main purpose supporting innovative projects in the sector of SWM, providing complementary education activities for children in social exclusion situation and physical risk. Projects must be pre-assessed by a local Social Assistance Plan. Objectives of the programme are providing activities that can impact in children’s citizenship promotion; provide additional information and knowledge to improve scholar performance; improve social and family integration; provide information on drugs’ use prevention and sexually transmitted diseases; promote interaction between families and schools for integrated education.
Local government must provide human resources, facilities and equipment for the development of the activities proposed by local projects, directly or indirectly. Municipalities having already their own Social Assistance Fund, can get direct financial support. Missing this pre-requirement, municipalities must be supported by state government to project elaboration and financial management. A technical committee at state level must evaluate and select projects for funding. State or local manager also must do the final assessment. Basic criteria for selection were the existing local efforts towards achieving the objectives of the programme and the existence of parallel initiatives in infrastructure provision, environmental pollution control. In the case of Pernambuco, federal funds are transferred through state level government, which will be in charge of co-ordination and logistic support, in association with local NGOs.
The process has been oriented by principles of security of individuals and their living environment, aimed at the eradication of child labour. Amplification at local level (state), connected or not with the national provision of funds, will be based on the local responsiveness. The surroundings are residential areas. Families live within dumpsites and pickup recyclable materials for local trading. Children are involved in this practice. Actually, no repression exists to the practice. Funds are provided to children who exchange the waste handling activities for schooling In practice, negotiation and funds are managed by mothers, for their commitment to the issue and for the importance of
109 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
permanent surveillance on children’s development. This was women’s demand.
Through the BCC Programme, children have been addressed by a provisional social support for short period. The programme is to complement sustainable and long-term interventions, within environmental programmes.
4. ANALYSIS OF THE EXPERIENCE The emergence of environmental management issues in Brazil is recent. The sector lacks specialists and capable professionals to carry on the process even at central level. Within institutions it has been leading to have processes taken by non-skilled civil servants, which is detrimental to the results. Lack of capacity recognition and the problems created by political indication for managerial positions are serious constraints for the development of the sector. Concerning the environmental sector, within the executive, low salaries and little support to capacity building generally make technicians get personally involved with projects, when committed to work and results. Projects become their ‘property’ and they fight for their success when involved but they can do the opposite when they are not in charge. Lack of ‘professionalism’ of the administration is critical. All this interferes in the processes and influences project results.
As social monitoring on government institutions can have a high influence on political decision at local level for physical proximity and decentralisation has put local government in charge of locally unsolved situation, overcoming the problem has led to alternative participatory strategies. Why would some local governments try to overcome the UEM problems and others, even in similar conditions? To what extent have international agencies influenced and guided this process at all levels? These and some other questions are touched in this document, in the search of the new patterns of negotiation and of institutional relationships, which can contribute to reduce the lack of integration and to strengthen the institutional setting for UEM implementation.
From the results of this study, findings have been presented in relation to the social interaction among institutions, within the policy making and implementation process in Brazil. The process has been promoted within the context of decentralisation, in different forms at different levels. The political process of democratisation, which was highly promoted from bottom-up, has contributed to government decentralisation at all levels. National decentralised agencies were in practice controlling structures. The recent national decentralisation has resulted in its dismantling, in the name of democracy. The national decentralisation policy based on international conventions, was oriented by such developments.
Bottom-up struggles against these constraints have started decentralised planning and decision- making at local level, strongly based on the budget process. This experience has been replicated. Along the process, social and government local organisations, for the centralised financial control started a linkage with national government, to which responsiveness was better than at state level. As a result, state government has lost its function and its capacity of action.
In the case of Pernambuco, reviewing these procedures and interacting with the social actors at a broader level, state government has introduced municipal models for decentralised administration. Attempts were made to recover an active role and improve local conditions. Budgeting became once again a core element. These power struggles have produced the ability to change the scenario and the networks’ articulation, also reflecting on the political sector. From central level, an exception has to be highlighted: the decentralised budget monitoring, by CEF a national development bank, networking in supportive relationship with municipalities, at regional basis.
Specifically in relation to the UEM system, I highlight the important role of NGOs at local level, notably in the capital city, where the problems and the political and social conditions are both stronger and
110 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
variant. From reactive position small formal and informal organisations and groups shifted to defensive and lately to collaborative action, having or not having charismatic political leadership, promoting the sustainability of projects.
About GTZ/CPRH Equipment distribution and capacity building have been promoted. Projects have been constructed within the intermediary (state level) structure with high involvement of its members. However, a stronger interaction with structural programmes must be developed (e.g. – The Government at the Municipalities Programme). Especially concerning waste management decentralisation, the programme could invest in the discussion of possible adaptation of international patterns for definition of gradual improvement of the sector. Individual and environmental risks could be reduced under locally and socially constructed standards, through preventive inter-sectoral action.
A greater challenge is the very weak structure of local government, in general and specifically with regards to human resources. Municipalities are seen as not co-responsible. This behaviour in relation to CPRH action has been more critical depending on the distance from the capital. A common feature is the local reaction against applying controlling measures. Mayors avoid implementing the role of environmental pollution control for political and clienteles reasons. Here I identify a constraint for decentralisation of these tasks for environmental management.
At national level manuals for urban management have been designed, focusing not only on collection and treatment, but also on waste reduction. Technicians in the sector have good knowledge on international waste management policies and connection with many channels available for experience exchange. However, this clear concern on the limitations in the sector, are not much discussed and absorbed by the organisations and complaints are frequent on under-utilisation of technicians and of acquired knowledge.
Commitment is expected from civil servants, in order to attain a better output to UEM. However, the existing structure is clearly deficient. It has been compulsorily reduced making unfeasible management activities and affecting morale among workers. The need and demand of investments for institutional capacity building is seen at all levels. Another concern is the lack of awareness of state authorities, on the weak existing structure and its needs to face the challenge of participatory planning and implementation demanded by the ongoing decentralised process. One of the most important factors within this partnership with GTZ has been the high involvement of CPRH staffs, at all administrative levels, much related to the process of capacity building, which has positively contributed to the institutional reforms implementation.
Decision-makers miss awareness on the environmental issues and presumably economic interest pressures have delayed advancements in the process. This is a common feature in bigger cities. The creation of UEM systems, is an outcome of the recent attempts to reduce the environmental impacts of uncontrolled urban growth added to international competition, which has marked influences.
The objectives of the partnership with GTZ have been fully attained. Changing UEM only through CPRH has been of restrict influence. The process has been much participatory and has considered all actors involved, influencing on the performance of CPRH. As contribution it should be mentioned that shifting from environmental control to environmental management should have promoted stronger involvement of the major components of the environmental management system (outside CPRH).
On the other hand, the mentioned projects and activities, among others have leveraged the institutional environment for effective approaches and investments in the sector. Having now the sector higher visibility and priority, other initiatives and mechanisms in the search of resources have been implemented. Economic development opportunities have been taken as an instrument for infrastructure provision in
111 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
the field. This is the case of the PRODETUR – National Programme for Tourism Development, a national initiative through which investments in SWM has been started to provide environmental security in tourist regions. Pernambuco has developed integrated plans for environmental control on the effects of solid wastes treatment and final destination at local level. Also a Solid Waste Master Plan will be developed with support of PRODETUR. A diagnosis of the solid waste problems has been developed for further action through the programme of decentralisation, with participation of regional commissions.
There is no gender perspective or responsiveness in these programmes and initiatives. What is expected is that the strong percentage of women in the UEM systems within institutions and women’s sensitivity to the matter, has been opening space to the analysis of involved gender specific issues. However, there is no institutionalised gender-oriented planning in the field.
The practice within BCC The programme has been largely implemented though the basic principles have been distorted. The application has mostly addressed children not included in the target groups, those already linked to schools, just promoting full time support. However, this was a general profile, not the case in Pernambuco. The very local co-ordination has avoided such problems.
The strategy for implementation of the programme, involved technical visits to all different localities and experiences, by all state and municipal technical teams. Municipalities were very active in this process, exchanging experience and increasing links with other municipal teams. These were some very positive impacts. However, awareness was shown about the transitory support given by the project. For 6 months financial aid was transferred to families whose children were taken out of dumpsites, bringing them back to school. However, giving the possibility of stopping child labour for such a short period is not a guarantee of overcoming the difficult situation.
The high participation of women in the process has led to requests for longer term and sustainable proposals concerning families’ income generation. As a result, the project was flexibly linked to the Children’s Labour Eradication Project – PETI, in which financial support can give children and families, and local governments as well, a different ‘timing’ for other developments. A higher connection with other initiatives in the field of SWM for effective reduction of the environmental risks to individuals.
As these programmes are much linked to the health and social sectors, strong women’s groups interests have guided the steps. A gender-responsive approach has been developed, increasing the perspective in the sector.
Concerning SWM in general, the lack of public awareness for effective implementation of the environmental legislation has been pointed out as another important constraint, complementary to the lack of national effort to reduce waste generation. Transparency and community awareness raising have been introduced as steering guidelines to intervention, raised by the involvement of international organisations. The mentioned initiatives have helped to put the matter on top priority, in addition to communities demand. A large survey on the general situation was undertaken. The above projects involve the links to global principles and these have been the basis of the ongoing formulation of a solid waste management policy at state level.
5. LESSONS LEARNED The experiences described have close relationship with the issues of decentralisation and the efficiency in the delivery of public services, addressing the environmental and individual risks within the EPM process, in the urban context. The local authority has long been in most cases the initiator of environmental actions. The practical utilisation of global norms within UEM has influenced Brazilian government from top-down and bottom-up. Specificity’s and general observation can be highlighted from these experiences, in the attempt of appointing key elements for improvement.
112 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Most environmental problems in Brazil are still to be solved. International support has been of great importance in this process and some considerations are to be done. One of these points is the importance of a macro-level analysis of the problems. National level approaches should be made based on local practical experiences. In the case of Brazil, sectoral interfaces for environmental management at central level are hardly addressed in systematic planning or in structural action. The linkages among different sectors have mainly been a result of institutional partnerships for specific programmes. The lack of building a transversal approach model to the environmental issues is reflected in the weak articulation and the size of the country.
The fact that most Brazilian funds within national programmes are distributed through political decision and hardly based on planning, must be taken into account. This has been one of the bottlenecks of the developments between international and local agents’ progress. The mentioned problem reflects on the lack of knowledge on the action of other organisations hence, which hinders effectiveness.
In most cases (SWM), funds delivered to service provision or infrastructure implementation are of difficult access to local government, what does not contribute to change the national scenario concerning SWM and to respond to the application of acquired managerial skills. At national level IBAMA takes the role of institutional development promoting capacity building (training and tasks revision) for all government levels and manages the information flow on the existent programmes and projects. However, information and knowledge on these programmes and its opportunities at sub-national government levels is minimal.
The factors that facilitate Recife’s EPM process concerning SWM and the international support include: a broad-based and representative participation in decision-making at state and local levels; linkage of the sector to the national economic priorities (security X tourism); a broad bottom-up decentralisation process and the high status and credibility of international organisations within local institutions.
However, from the experiences presented in this document, some key points could be highlighted and kept as lessons learned:
- International programmes should better reading the local structures and political context of organisations
- Institutional development and capacity building support should be part of any international partnership (the phase should be defined by the process itself)
- When supporting specific actors or organisations, networking with different organisations is vital; it can help to leverage potential contribution
- Support should be given to local government to access national structures and opportunities
- The knowledge and sharing of information on government structures, programmes and projects must be taken into account
- Capacity building and training initiatives are of great importance
- International action should better consider local institutional limits and rhythm
- Higher attention should be paid to the political issues in EPM
- Public sensitisation to the environmental and individuals risks is a priority
113 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
- Knowledge on previous experiences under similar context must be taken as basic input
- International support should preferably imply direct participation than simply funding local projects
- Very short term initiatives should be avoided (exception to special cases); because sustainability is often compromised
- International interventions should contribute to the institutionalisation of the implemented successful experiences
- Global norms and agreements must be given visibility within projects by international organisations; analysis on its appropriation to the local context has to be promoted
- International organisations should stimulate or disseminate a gender –oriented practice; making visible organisational and social gender issues within projects
For more information please contact Ms. Silvia Cavalcanti Arrais Programme Co-ordinator Municipality of Recife, BRAZIL Tel: + 55 81 221 2392 Fax: + 55 81 221 1274 [email protected]
114 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Experiences from International Support Programmes
SUPPORTING CITIES TO APPLY INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS ON THE PROTECTION OF THE OZONE LAYER, FRESHWATER RESOURCES AND BIODIVERSITY AT THE CITY LEVEL MR. HASSANE BENDAHMANE, CHIEF, JOINT UNEP/HABITAT UNIT, DIVISION OF POLICY DEVELOPMENT AND LAW, UNEP
UNEP’s Global Environment Outlook (GEO) states that 3 billion people, which represent more than half the world’s population, live in urban areas and about 160,000 more join this number every day. Cities affect far more than the areas they occupy: their ecological footprints’ can be enormous because of their demands for energy, food and other resources, and the regional and global impacts of their wastes and emissions to soil, air and water. The urban population consumes over 75% of the world’s resources. Yet, the 1996 UNCHS Global Report estimates that in 1990 some 600 million urban residents in developing countries were living in life and health threatening homes and neighbourhoods. This was because of the very poor housing and living conditions and the lack of adequate provision for safe, sufficient water supplies and provision for sanitation, drainage, the removal of garbage and health care. In 1993, only 42% of urban households in Sub-Saharan Africa were connected to electricity; 38% were connected to water and only 13% were connected to the sewerage system. Urban poverty (defined as income of less than $1 per day) has a feminine face, currently referred to as the “feminization of poverty”. The Beijing Platform states that “in the past decade the number of women in poverty has increased dis-proportionally to the number of men, particularly in developing countries”.
Ladies and Gentlemen: I will skip the statistical introduction because those facts have been already mentioned earlier this morning. I would like to start with a popular saying: It is better to light a candle than to curse darkness.
But before I try to light a candle I cannot resist taking a little moment to curse darkness. We have just listened to our South African colleagues who have shared with us their initiatives on dismantling the remnants of apartheid. My concern is that the entire world is at risk of erecting one form or another of apartheid. We can entrench ourselves in the ghetto mentality, build higher walls and barricade ourselves with barbed wire and German shepherd dogs. We can perpetuate the suspicion of the “others” and try to exclude them but they will always find a way into our cars or our homes to help themselves if we cannot help them. Most of the poor will die quietly but there is an uncompressible percentage who will not accept their fate and who will help themselves by placing themselves on the other side of the law, if they cannot find a way of making a decent living. Besides it, the moral and human thing to do, it is in our own interest to work for inclusive policies, for a fairer society, for a more humane system of governance.
The international community was not adequately prepared for the urban explosion we are witnessing now; there are already clear signs of a severe crisis looming, if not, unfolding in most cities of the world. Local governments as well as citizens in cities realize that environmental issues are crucial; crucial for better living conditions as well as for development opportunities. Nobody wants to invest in a polluted and over-stressed city.
The last decade has witnessed the drafting and adoption of several landmark international conventions. We have also lived through several major UN organized Summits. All those major events point to the same concern: the global environment and the conditions for continued life on this planet are being degraded at an alarming rate. Causes have ranged from demographic issues (Cairo) to social crisis (Copenhagen) caused by poor governance, equity and sustainability (Rio).
115 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
They have spanned from gender imbalance (Beijing) in decision making with regards to resource allocations to inadequate conditions of livelihood and shelter (Istanbul) for the urban as well as for the rural populations.
Major conventions were adopted, reflecting the increasing awareness that something needed to be done to address some of the urgent issues. In 1992, a convention on climate change was adopted; another on biodiversity. A third on desertification was also signed soon after. A convention on Prior Informed Consent was adopted in 1998, which is of relevance to port cities and to cities along national borders. Another convention on Persistent Organic Pollutants (POPs) is well under way and is being facilitated by UNEP. All these efforts are quite impressive and promising. But when it comes to implementation we are usually faced with tremendous obstacles. While some countries and cities have already realized that attracting investors required a reliable and clean infrastructure, others are still trying to waive pollution standards to attract unscrupulous investors. The central government officials who were responsible for negotiating conventions are sometimes not briefed properly by the local authorities about the concrete nature of the problems and their impact at the city level. The result is that most conventions are usually global in scope, have the central government as the entry point and are sectoral in nature. This may well be the heel of Achilles at the implementation stage.
The cities typically have a local approach, are cross sectoral and involve the various stakeholders who live in their urban area. It would seem logical and highly beneficial for both the convention secretariats and for the local authorities to identify common areas of interest and to work together on addressing some of the major environmental issues. Let us now try to light a few candles.
The following are some examples of initiatives already taken in this direction; others are some areas of co-operative opportunities.
1. THE OZONE LAYER The Vienna Convention for the Protection of the Ozone Layer was adopted on 22 March 1985; it entered into force on 22 September 1988. The objective of the Convention is to protect human health and the environment against adverse effects resulting from modifications of the ozone layer. The convention was soon followed by the Montreal Protocol, which entered into force on 1 January 1989. It aims at protecting the ozone layer by taking precautionary measures to control global emissions of substances that deplete it. The Montreal Protocol was amended in London and those amendments entered into force on 10 August 1992 followed by yet another amendment (of Copenhagen) which entered into force on 14 June 1994.
The fast evolution on this issue can be explained by the fact that scientific evidence kept alerting to the urgency and to the seriousness of the ozone situation. It had been thought that the HCFC’s would be an acceptable alternative to the CFC’s; it soon became evident that even the HCFC’s were causing unacceptable damage to the ozone layer. In addition, more ozone depleting substances like methyl bromide were added to the list of ODS and had to be subjected to stringent phase out schedules.
To go back to the CFC case, it was estimated that as much as 80% of the CFC’s released in the developing countries (which is a small percentage of the global CFC emission, worldwide) are due to poor connections and inadequate filling in the refrigeration sector. A logical area of co-operation between the city authorities and the Montreal Protocol (or the Multilateral Fund) would be to establish training facilities for those workers directly responsible for re-filling refrigerators or connecting the equipment. Another possible area of co-operation could involve the municipal monitoring and regulating of the air conditioning facilities.
The aerosol spray, freons and the fire extinguishing equipment using ODS are mostly used in urban environments. The regulation of the production and use of such substances by the city authorities
116 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
could help in reducing the use (or at least the abuse) of such substances. Perhaps most importantly, the monitoring and compliance mechanisms are best carried out by the city. The administrative and policing infrastructure is already in place and the city can normally take on additional responsibilities with little additional overhead, compared to the required establishment of an entire monitoring infrastructure for the implementation of individual conventions.
2. CLIMATE CHANGE The United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change was adopted in Rio on 9 June 1992 and it entered into force on 21 March 1994. The objective of the Convention is to regulate the levels of greenhouse gas concentration in the atmosphere, so as to avoid the occurrence of climate change on a level that would impede sustainable economic development or compromise initiatives in food production. The Convention stipulates that developing countries should be accorded appropriate assistance to enable them to fulfil the terms of the Convention. The Parties should work in co-operation, so as to obtain maximum benefit from initiatives in the control of the climate system. The Parties are also required to prepare national inventories on greenhouse gas emissions, and on actions taken to remove them. Parties are also required to formulate and implement programmes for the control of change in the climate system; they should develop education and training policies that will enhance public awareness in relation to climate change. Developed countries Parties commit themselves to take special measures to limit their anthropogenic emissions of greenhouse gases, and to enhance the capacity of their sinks and reservoirs for the stabilization of such gases. The Convention also stipulates: a) co-operation by Parties in the establishment and promotion of networks and programmes of research into a systematic observation of climate change; b) establishment of a Conference of Parties , to be the supreme body of the Convention and to oversee the implementation of the convention; c) establishment of a financial mechanism, to provide resources on a grant or concessional basis, for the fulfilment of the objectives of the Convention; d) procedure for the settlement of disputes.
This Framework Convention was followed by the Kyoto Protocol, which sets deadlines and ceilings for greenhouse gases; it is hoped that the Kyoto Protocol will enter into force soon. This will of course mark a major shift in the approach to sustainable development. We will make another step away from the short sighted and suicidal course we have been taking so far and we will think in terms of the welfare and future of our children. The insurance companies are thinking along those lines already; it is time for the CEO’s to plan along the same lines and the city authorities can help in going in that direction with the appropriate policies. We all want a better future for ourselves and for our children. There is no us divide between us (environmentalists) and them (the entrepreneurs). The major difference is that we would like the CEO’s to plan beyond the period of their tenure in office and to think in terms of their children’s livelihood; unless they have bought tickets for them to go spend their fortune on another planet. Because this one is being pushed to the limits of its ability to maintain life as we know it.
All these activities clearly require the involvement of the city authorities at one stage or another. This involvement is either explicit or implicit, with or without the required resources for monitoring and compliance but it is still there. Urban air pollution is clearly a major concern for both the Climate Change Convention Secretariat and for the municipal authorities. It is also quite clear that the solution for such a crucial issue lies to a large extent with the municipal authorities. They are the ones deciding about urban transport systems, about traffic lights, metros and road networks and subsequently about the resulting atmospheric pollution.
3. BIODIVERSITY The Convention on Biological Diversity was signed on 5 June 1992 at the Rio Summit and entered into force on 29 December 1993. The objective of the Convention is to conserve biological diversity, promote
117 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
the sustainable use of its components, and encourage equitable sharing of the benefits arising out of the utilization of genetic resources. Such equitable sharing includes appropriate access to genetic resources, as well as appropriate transfer of technology, taking into account existing rights over such resources and such technology.
Of course the convention restates the principle of national sovereignty over domestic natural resources, subject to respect of the rights of other states. It also contains provisions on financial resources. The convention places a duty on States Parties to provide, in accordance with their individual capabilities, financial support for the fulfilment of the objectives of conservation and sustainable use of biological diversity.
The Parties are assigned the responsibility in respect of in-situ and ex-situ conservation of biological diversity. The role of cities in conserving biodiversity is often forgotten. The case of zoological parks or botanical gardens which are usually managed by the municipal authorities are a case in point; there are several species of plants and animals which may be on the IUCN list of endangered species and are maintained in such ex-situ environments. The research labs and pet shops are also homes for several such species. The urban environment is also home to thousands of plants and animals. Normally, the smaller the animal the easier for it to find its livelihood and its habitat with its fellow city dwellers. While it may be difficult for the city to accommodate an elephant, a mouse and a mosquito feel quite at home in the urban environment.
It has often been claimed, and rightly so, that the expansion of the urban environment takes place at the expense of the natural environment and habitat for fauna and flora. It can also be argued that the concentration of human populations in the relatively compact urban perimeters also reduces the encroachment of humans on large expanses of natural ecosystems.
Conclusion If the city authorities are briefed properly on the scope and objectives of environmental conventions, they can play a lead role at the implementation stage.
It should be noted that several obligations and commitments which governments take upon themselves at the international level could only be honoured with the effective involvement of the city authorities. Most of the monitoring and almost all the assessment work is done at the city level. Policy development and policy formulation are also normally carried out at the city level. Compliance and law enforcement for several conventions are most suitably carried out at the city level, provided the city is entrusted with the mandate and the resources to do so.
To help in implementation, the city authorities may also require some capacity building such as training on the implementation requirements, technology transfer, networking and the facilitation of exchange of Best Available Practices (BAP). The twinning of cities can be a useful tool in facilitating such an exchange of technology and know how. Institutional arrangements can either be strengthened or established to deal with convention implementation at the city level.
Mechanisms for channelling feedback from the city authorities to the convention Secretariats would also be required to allow for the identification of opportunities and obstacles in the field.
For information please contact: Mr. Hassane Bendahmane, Chief, Joint UNEP/Habitat Unit, Division of Policy Development and Law, UNEP, Nairobi, Kenya.
118 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
SUPPORTING CITIES TO APPLY INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS RELATED TO LAND-BASED IMPACT ON ECOSYSTEMS AND THE MARINE ENVIRONMENT: EXPERIENCE IN THE MEDITERRANEAN REGION MR. IVICA TRUMBIC, MEDITERRANEAN ACTION PLAN, PRIORITY ACTIONS PROGRAMME REGIONAL ACTIVITY CENTRE (PAP/RAC), UNEP
In 1975, the Mediterranean countries and the EEC adopted the Mediterranean Action Plan (MAP), and in 1976 the Barcelona Convention for the Protection of the Mediterranean Sea against Pollution. Later, a number of protocols were adopted. The Barcelona Convention has been amended in 1995, reflecting the new ideas on sustainable development as recommended by the UNCED in 1992 and Mediterranean Conference on Sustainable Development in 1994. Following this, the focus of MAP gradually shifted from pollution monitoring and assessment to pollution control and integrated coastal area planning and management. MAP operates through a co-ordinating unit, and six regional thematic activity centres and a programme (MEDPOL). Mediterranean Commission for Sustainable Development (MCSD) was established as an advisory body to the Contracting Parties, and a forum where all the stakeholders of the region are analysing and evaluating priority sustainable development issues and recommending proposals to the Contracting Parties. Urban areas are very important focus of interest, both for MAP and MCSD, and their activities are reflecting that fact. Although none of their activities is directly related to urban area management, many have direct or indirect relevance for it.
More than 64% of the population of the 22 Mediterranean riparian countries live in towns in the year 2000. In the year 2025, the rate of urbanization of the region as a whole could reach 72% (trend scenario). In the countries of the northern shore (from Spain to Greece), the urbanization rate will grow only slightly in 25 years, from 67% to 69%. In the countries of the southern coast (from Turkey to Morocco), in spite of a strong slowing down of demographic growth, the rate of urbanization will grow from nearly 62% to 74%. In the future, 94% of urban growth in the region will occur in the countries of the South. In a context characterized by disengagement of the State and weak local finances, the Mediterranean cities, and particularly those of the southern and eastern shores, are or will be faced with management of the contradictory goals between (a) the aspiration to achieve integration in a globalising economy; (b) the growing difficulties to meet the needs of the local population; and (c) the responsibility of efficiently managing the urban environment.
In spite of exceptional adaptability shown by the Mediterranean cities all throughout their history, both in the North and in the South, the volume of changes that their society and environment can absorb is not unlimited. In the North, it is forecasted that during the next 30-40 years, the volume of car and lorry traffic will double, where transport is already responsible for more than 20% of CO2 emissions. Now, the commitments resulting from the Framework Convention on Climate Change (reduction of CO2 emissions by the year 2010 to the level of 1990) will be impossible to respect if depending solely on new technologies of improved energy efficiency of motor vehicles. For the southern countries, the possibilities to meet the needs of the population, and to control the impacts on the environment and health, resulting from the rapid urban growth, seem limited. Insufficient or obsolete urban infrastructure as well as the land use inadequate for urbanization, could undoubtedly be overcome with the current urban engineering technical means, but the towns of the South have neither financial means nor institutional framework that would enable the implementation of “technological packages” proposed to them. The state of the environment in the southern countries could further deteriorate with the implementation of the Euro-Mediterranean free trade zone, envisaged for the year 2010, unless it is accompanied by appropriate policies. With the suppression of tariff barriers, the number of cars (currently less than 30 cars per 1000 inhabitants in the southern countries, as opposed to 400 in Spain, Portugal, France) will grow, with harmful environmental and health effects in the southern towns, as demonstrated in the case of Beirut (200 cars per 1000 inhabitants in Lebanon).
119 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
As for the local capacities for decision-making and management, those are generally limited. Almost everywhere, there have been efforts towards decentralization and transfer of competence from the state to the local communities, both with regard to town planning matters (land-use plans, issuing of building permits) and to managing environmental protection and other services (urban waste collection and treatment, creation of green areas), but it has not been followed by a corresponding transfer of resources. Therefore, many communities face serious difficulties in the exercise of their competencies, especially due to: (a) weak administrative and technical capacities, which makes them dependant on the State technical services; and (b) modest fiscal resources of their own, which hinders the implementation of environmental management and protection measures and improvement of the living conditions. However, although adopted since 1995, LBS Protocol and several other protocols have not yet been ratified. The political will of the countries to implement international agreements could, thus, be questioned.
MAP response to the above challenges was gradual but consistent and always geared towards the same goals: the protection of the Mediterranean environment and the realization of sustainable development along its shores. First, a legal basis was created. The revised Convention itself, with its emphasis on sustainable development, provides an umbrella for more precise actions. The protocols, among which the Protocol for the protection of the Mediterranean Sea against pollution from land based sources and activities (LBS Protocol) is a milestone in the history of MAP, and most directly related to the protection of the urban environment. MAP is permanently trying to advance actions towards better urban environmental protection and management. After a survey among the Mediterranean countries indicated that there are more than 100 “hot spot” areas in the region, out of which more than 65% could be defined as urban, MAP has made countries to commit themselves to formulate and adopt a Strategic Action Programme (SAP) of national and regional activities for the elimination of pollution derived from land-based activities. This multi-million project, supported by GEF, will mainly benefit cities. Their institutions, together with MEDPOL and several MAP centres will be responsible for the implementation of the project.
Integrated coastal area management (ICAM) is well-established tool in creating conditions for sustainable development of the Mediterranean coastal areas. Since the majority of urban areas are located in the coastal area of the region, ICAM is relevant for urban areas too. Priority Actions Programme (PAP) centre in Split has started with a Coastal Area Management Programme (CAMP), later adopted by all MAP centres. CAMP is a series of local area projects where MAP expertise in implementing regional agreements has been used. Split (Croatia), Izmir (Turkey), Sfax (Tunisia), Rhodes (Greece), Marsa Matrouh (Egypt), Lattakia (Syria) are some of the cities where MAP regional activity centres were active in CAMP projects.
The work launched within the MCSD, through establishment of a special working group on urban management and sustainable development, reflects the complexity and great variety of situations in urban areas of both South and North. MCSD work should lead, by end 2001, to strategic proposals showing directions for a useful regional action (Euro-Mediterranean co-operation) in a domain concerning almost 2/3 of the Mediterranean population, whose importance for sustainable development in the Mediterranean and for the establishment of a Euro-Mediterranean space requires to be taken into greater consideration. The exchange of experience among towns and strengthening of local capacities stand out as actions needing strong promotion in the Mediterranean, focusing on some common objectives to move from the present situation to a more sustainable one. To that aim, four courses of action seem to be of priority:
• On the policy level, a better connection of decision levels, and a better harmonisation of actions among the state, local communities and various partners of the civil society (enterprises, associations, the informal sector), aiming at a reduction of the gap between the existing legislation (on protecting agricultural lands, on zoning, on stopping squandering of resources) and its
120 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
implementation; and a better combination of the different possibilities for financing urban development respectful of the environment.
• On the functional level, linking of town planning, transport, and housing issues in order to improve the quality of life in the towns.
• On the social level, the importance of land instruments that could allow, in the South, to offer improved environmental conditions as an alternative to informal housing; and in the North, to diversify the housing supply in town centres.
• On the technological level, the need to adapt urban technologies to the specific socio-economic conditions of the southern countries.
At a political level, the activity towards ratification is not going as smoothly as expected. Although adopted since 1995, LBS Protocol and several other protocols have not yet been ratified. Therefore, many new instruments and provisions that became widely applicable in the 1990s cannot be implemented as fully as it is needed. The political will of the countries to implement international agreements could, thus, be questioned.
The CAMP projects have proven to be an opportunity to work more closely with urban actors. The municipalities where the project has been implemented have positively assessed it. Some concrete results have been achieved, such as WB/EBRD loan for waste water system in Split, WB support for ICAM in Albania, EU/EIB grant for water supply and distribution at the island of Rhodes, etc. Catalytic effects of MAP activities were clearly positive. The programme has been successful in attracting many other actors in environmental management in the region (EU, EIB, METAP, WB). The problems are reflected in the ever-present lack of financial resources, non-adequate stakeholders’ involvement, low sustainability of some projects, slow awareness raising levels, etc. MCSD and SAP activities have just started or will start in 2001. It is hoped that they will influence regional countries to take more decisive actions towards better urban management (MCSD) or help implementing new and innovative instruments in solving the pollution problems in the Mediterranean cities (SAP).
For more information please contact: Ivica Trumbic United Nations Environment Programme Mediterranean Action Plan Priority Actions Programme Regional Activity Centre (PAP/RAC) Kraj Sv. Ivana 11, 21000 Split, CROATIA T: +385 21 34 34 99; F: +385 21 36 16 77; E: [email protected]
121 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
SUPPORTING CITIES TO IMPROVE TRANSPARENCY AND ACCOUNTABILITY IN DECISION-MAKING AND STAKEHOLDER PARTICIPATION AT THE CITY LEVEL MR. STIAAN VAN DER MERWE, TRANSPARENCY INTERNATIONAL, SOUTH AFRICA
Transparency International (TI) is an international network of +/- 70 chapters around the world. It started with an initial vision of dealing with corruption in international business transactions. This is a very young organization, but has shown remarkable success in putting the issue of corruption on the international agenda of policy and strategy development. One of the most significant successes has been the signing of the OECD convention against the bribery of foreign public officials. As national chapters emerged national agendas and priorities came to the fore as well. Hence the need to address corruption at local community level has started to receive attention as well. On the basis of this, this paper has focused on the role of civil society in the fight against corruption.
“Transparency South Africa” is a South African NGO, a chapter of TI, committed to addressing corruption and good governance in South Africa. The task is to address corruption in the public sector, the private sector and within the organs of civil society at the local, provincial and national level or even regional and international levels.
The presentation merely serves as a reminder of the issues we know. It will therefore provide an overview on matters that need to be addressed in the topic under consideration. I speak as a citizen and an anti-corruption activist and would not mind be regarded as idealistic and unrealistic, or ‘government illiterate’. From this end I think a good dose of idealism and enthusiastic energy may be needed for persons working in an environment often referred to as the world of ‘cynic realists and practitioners’.
Some conceptual analysis, suggestions towards strategies to address integrity in urban governance, and ultimately pose a challenge to us all in this direction are:
Governance: Concepts • The responsibility towards urban governance is not only that of urban government. This does not mean that the authority and role of government on this level need to be taken away. As will be indicated the responsibility lies broader than government. • Urban governance is no longer and should not be treated as some vague, aspirational, abstract ideal. The matter is often treated as such. Good urban governance is often treated as a nice rhetoric introduction towards the functioning of urban government, before we start addressing ‘the real issues’ such as waste management, infra structures, salaries, elections, appointments etc. • Urban governance is / has to be a concrete project. Such a project needs the attention and management as with any other project. It needs to be planned, strategised, executed, monitored, and evaluated in the overall, ‘spiral of growth’ in organizations and in society. • The earth is no longer flat. This means that the issue of governance is more complex yet more exiting than the world in which we regard government as the last and be-all on governance. In this respect we should start addressing the ‘texture of governance beyond government’. • Governance as the management of public interest. Government (in this case local/urban government) not only restricted to the public interests serves public interest. There are different public interests served by different parties and organizations / institutions. In this respect private sector (big and small business, professional services, industry etc) has certain public interest to serve just as civil society organizations (religious, NGOs, sport, media) have different (not necessarily exclusive) interest to serve. The power and responsibility in the different organizations / institutions
122 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
need to be exercised in such a way that the well-being and interest of the particular publics whose interests and needs are best served. • The texture of governance. The texture of governance is all the institutions and persons having to manage public interest. Broadly speaking this is local government, private sector and civil society organizations as mentioned before. The dynamic is not only how the private sector and civil society on their own relate to government, but how these different social sectors and the respective sub-divisions / sections / members relate to each other. It should be noted that this texture as presented in the slide is in a way the texture of the problem (lack of good governance in these different sectors and in the way they relate to each other) but also the texture of the agents in a solution.
Integrity in Governance: Strategy As indicated, good governance and in particular integrity in governance has to be a specific and concrete project. The following should be taken into consideration: • An integrity strategy has to be comprehensive in the sense that it should address the organization internally as well as the environment and context. Of particular importance is to note that addressing integrity in government alone without addressing it in society at large by including the private sector and civil society as well leaves the local authority open to have ‘dirty tracks’ coming in from the context. The question is also what about the ‘dirty tracks’ from government into the society and environment. • There should be no doubt that such an integrity strategy is a long term (multi-generational) and complex social and organizational engineering process/strategy. • As indicated before, as many stakeholders as possible from the different social sectors need to be involved. Remember they are all part of the problem, but also agents towards a solution.
The following elements or aspects of an integrity strategy need to be noted here. • Auditing and establishing of formal systems of integrity in the organization (e.g. laws, policies, procedures, codes of conduct, codes of ethics etc.) This is the formal framework within which an integrity strategy should operate. Also mechanisms and tools need to receive their own meaning and role within an overall strategy. These need to be consolidated, updated, improved and extended on regular basis. • Management of structural elements. Adequate management instruments mechanisms and bodies (the internal and external audit function, ombudsman office etc) should ensure that the formal structural elements are active and functional. Included are also introduction of different types of training and capacity building on different levels for different target groups. • Formal external relations: relations with specific individuals and organizations outside the organization is important to perform certain functions towards your organization or form a partnership in joint ventures (e.g. ethics training / management training be it in-house or extra- mural training) • Informal external relations: informal networking with a variety of interested parties. Stakeholders need to be forged on an ongoing basis. No organization could/should function on its own. (e.g. invitation of different stakeholders / stakeholder groupings to open meetings/conferences etc.) It also provides for a powerful way of understanding each other and each other’s situations.
An emerging South African integrity strategy (national) This is an image of what is emerging in South Africa on National level. Last year representatives from the public sector, private sector and organs of civil society met for the first ever national anti-corruption summit. The basis of the summit was twofold: • The sectors are all part of the problem and need to be party towards solutions. • The important outcome was the establishment of a cross-sectoral task team mandated to develop a co-ordinating structure to develop, lead and manage an anti-corruption / integrity strategy in the country. It is hoped that this model could also be utilized on local community level.
123 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Role players in civil society It is apparent that civil society has a role to play. They have products and services to deliver in an overall integrity strategy. The slide provides an idea of the kind of organizations that could and should be part of an overall strategy for integrity. Note that these represent ‘localities of problems’ in the sense that there are indeed problems in such organizations that need to be addressed internally. On the other hand, these are also potential allies, role players in their own field of expertise and focus areas that contribute to the texture of governance.
The challenge The main challenge of integrity in urban governance is its implementation. A first step toward this is the willingness to embark on such a project. My hope from this meeting is that a campaign of cities for integrity should be started with the assurance of support from organizations such as UNCHS (Habitat) and other institutions. In this way a new meaning would be given to TI’s approach of forming and linking islands of integrity. The challenge is yours.
For more information please contact: Stiaan van der Merwe Transparency – South Africa, Management and Programme consultant
124 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
SUPPORTING CITIES IN DECENTRALISATION OF AUTHORITY AND RESOURCES AT THE CITY LEVEL MR. SHEM CHAIBVA, LOCAL AGENDA 21 MODEL COMMUNITIES PROGRAMME, INTERNATIONAL COUNCIL FOR LOCAL ENVIRONMENTAL INITIATIVES
In 1994, with support from the International Development Research Centre, UNDP and the Dutch Government, ICLEI established an international action research programme, in partnership with 14 municipalities, called the Local Agenda 21 Model Communities Programme (MCP).
The MCP was a project designed to aid local governments in implementing Chapter 28 of Agenda 21, the global action plan for sustainable development. The goal of the programme was to jointly design, document and evaluate local strategic planning processes for sustainable development, called a Local Agenda 21 (LA 21).
The MCP was structured to support local governments and their local partners to develop their sustainable development planning processes using ICLEI’s basic guidelines in a way that suits their own local conditions, values and needs. Thus the primary objective of the MCP was to work with 14 model LA21 campaigns to develop and test a general framework for local sustainable development planning that is applicable to a variety of municipal and developmental contexts.
In addition to supportive background research, a major component of the ICLEI research effort addressed the implementation of an evaluation process at the local level to permit comparative analysis of the data and experiences from each participating municipality.
The participating municipalities were Buga, Colombia; Cape Town, South Africa; Hamilton City, New Zealand; Durban, South Africa; Hamilton-Wentworth, Canada; Jinja, Uganda; Johannesburg, South Africa; Lancashire County, United Kingdom; Manus province, Papua New Guinea; Mwanza, Tanzania; Pimpri Chinchwad, India; Quito, Ecuador; and Santos, Brazil.
These cities engaged in and tested a common sustainable development planning framework, outlined briefly in the box below:
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT PLANNING FRAMEWORK
Partnership Community based issue analysis Action Planning Implementation and monitoring
One of the objectives of the evaluation phase of the MCP was to document and describe what occurred during the implementation of the local planning projects – what approaches and instruments worked, what did not work, and what factors inhibited success.
However, in some cases, the LA21 process did not proceed through all the planning elements during the project time frame.
One of the major finding of the ICLEI’s MCP research programme was that despite the disparate circumstances and geographic locations of the participating local governments, there are many similarities in their experiences in implementing Local Agenda 21. From their efforts, much can be
125 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
learned about building a global society capable of sustaining its peoples and its environment. The most important lesson from all the experiences is that people and their environment are intrinsically linked.
Summary Conclusion The LA21 planning process is complex and there is no ready recipe for its implementation. The approach must be tailored to local circumstances, and much learning must occur to discover the best procedures, mechanisms and methods to prepare an LA21 action plan for sustainable development. Conceptually, LA21 is an inclusive, participatory, comprehensive agenda for action. Operationally, this means that different community sectors join in a partnership to decide on actions that address immediate priorities, while establishing a plan to sustainably meet term needs and aspirations. In such a process, local government is one of the many partners, working together to establish a vibrant and healthy environment and an economy that respects the ecological limits of natural systems. More than 2000 local governments world- wide are now instituting LA21 planning. It is hoped that the experience of the 14 communities who participated in the MCP programme will help guide others as they institute their own sustainable development planning process.
126 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
SUPPORTING CITIES IN PROVIDING GENDER RESPONSIVE TOOLS FOR APPLYING GLOBAL NORMS AND INTERNATIONAL CONVENTIONS MS. MINU HEMMATI, UNITED NATIONS ENVIRONMENT AND DEVELOPMENT (UNED) FORUM THE STAKEHOLDER TOOLKIT FOR WOMEN
The “Stakeholder Toolkit for Women web-site” aims to help women’s groups to use international agreements in their advocacy work and in concrete projects on the ground, to monitor progress in implementation, and to make these agreements become reality. If we are involved in international policy-making processes, we tend to follow one process, for example, the Beijing process. However, very progressive agreements and commitments pertaining to women’s and gender issues are contained in documents other than the Nairobi Forward-Looking Strategies, the Beijing Platform for Action or the subsequent agreements from CSW, etc.
That is why the Stakeholder Toolkit for Women web-site assembles UN agreements from the whole cycle of UN Conferences and Summits in the 1990s and their follow-up process in helping people to use policy agreements and commitments whichever conference or process they come from. The Toolkit includes all conference outcomes and all subsequent commission reports as well as relevant conventions. It includes NGO documents, which were produced for the conferences and commission meetings such as position papers, background material, etc. This section will grow to ensure that we can build on what women’s groups have formulated at previous meetings and can use it in our advocacy and our practical work.
The Toolkit offers ‘packages’ of international agreements pertaining to particular issues such as land, housing and shelter, freshwater, poverty etc., linking to the relevant documents and quoting the paragraphs on women / gender issues. It also presents those documents for quick downloads as .txt and .zip files to enable you to easily keep the material on your computer to work with. It also provides relevant material from other stakeholders to help us being aware of what others think and do and to work with them.
It also offers extensive information for networking: a directory of online discussion groups (list servers) and scheduled online conferences; structured and commented directories of links by stakeholders and by issues. The Toolkit also has a directory of electronic newsletters on women’s and gender issues and action and campaigning sites. Pages with training material and training institutions as well as good practices collections are currently under construction.
We will also produce a Toolkit Booklet to be published by the end of 2000. We have been interviewing women’s groups with regard to what issues and capacity building contents should be included in the booklet to design it according to people’s interests and needs. We would appreciate any further input, comments, recommendations from Women’s NGOs, grassroots women’s groups, academic gender experts, etc.
Have a look at the web-site and, if you can, please let us know if you find it useful. Tell us what we should improve, include, change, amend... A web-site is always under construction and we will be happy to tailor this site as much as possible to your needs.
Thank you!
127 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
1. International multi-stakeholder NGO 2. UNED Forum Activities • UK Executive Committee • Information Provision • International Advisory Board • Research and Policy • Regional Partners • Capacity Building • Multi-Stakeholder Process
3. Domestic International 4. Information Provision • CSD related • Earth Summit • Earth Summit 2002 round tables 2002 Website, Network 2002, briefing papers, • Poverty • CSD NGO www.earthsummit2002.org • Women Steering • Copenhagen+5 •… Committee • Freshwater and NGOs •… • Stakeholder Toolkit for Women Website, booklet, workshops, www.earthsummit2002.org/ toolkits/ women/index.htm
5. The Stakeholder Toolkit for Women 6. Current and Upcoming Issues: Land Information and tools to enable stakeholders… • International Legal Instruments • to take their role in implementation Declarations, Covenants, Conventions • to get involved at national, regional and • Agreements from UN Summits & Conferences international levels Rio, Vienna, Cairo, Beijing, Copenhagen, Istanbul • Resolutions & Decisions of UN Commissions • CSD, CSW, CHS, Committees to Covenants, etc.
7. International Legal Instruments 8. Current and Upcoming Issues: Land • Universal Declaration of Human Rights • Links to all relevant documents • International Covenant on Economic, Social • Quotes pertaining to women/gender and Cultural Rights • All accessible on the toolkit site • CEDAW • Download as package in various formats • UN Convention to Combat Desertification
For further information contact: Minu Hemmati, UNED Forum, 3 Whitehall Court, London SW1A 2EL, UK Tel +44 20 78391784, Fax +44 20 79305893, Email: [email protected]
128 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Other Working Group Presentations
Air Pollution
ITALIAN CITIES FOR CLIMATE PROTECTION CAMPAIGN (CCP ITALY) MR. GIANNI VERNETTI COORDINATOR, CITY OF TURIN (ENERGY AGENCY)
Background of the Initiative The Cities for Climate Protection Campaign (CCP) is a global campaign promoted by the International Council for Local Environmental Initiatives (ICLEI). The aim of the CCP is to slow down the earth’s warming trend and improve local air quality and urban livability by empowering local governments to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. Actions that reduce these emissions not only protect the global climate, but also improve the quality of life in our communities. In September 2000 the Energy Agency of the Cities of Torino and Livorno, together with ICLEI Europe and with the support of the Italian Environment Ministry started the CCP Campaign in Italy.
Thematic Focus The mission of the Cities for Climate Protection Campaign is to build a worldwide movement of local governments who adopt policies and implement measures that achieve measurable reduction in local greenhouse gas emissions.
Approach, Types of Support, and Follow-up The main goals of the campaign are to strengthen local commitment to reduce greenhouse gas emissions; develop and disseminate tools that increase local capacity and enhance strategies for energy efficiency; promote best practices to reduce energy use in buildings and transport; provide a collective Italian and international voice for local government in the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change.
Italian CCP will be 2 years campaign and during this time each local government will set its own emissions reduction target and develop a Local Action Plan. To participate in the Italian CCP, local government adopts a resolution and undertakes the following five milestones: 1. Energy and Emissions Profile and Forecast 2. Emissions Reduction Target 3. Local Action Plan Development and Approval 4. Local Action Plan Implementation 5. Monitoring and Report on Progress
Organizational Structures The Energy Agency of the City of Torino will coordinate the national campaign. The Energy Agency of the City of Livorno will coordinate the training activities and the campaign web site. ICLEI Europe will coordinate the campaign together with the other initiatives at the European level (EU) and worldwide (UN). The Italian Ministry of Environment will support financially the campaign.
International Partners They are ICLEI International, ICLEI Europe, International Cities for Climate Protection Campaign, European Commission, and UN Framework Convention on Climate Change.
Local Partners (entry point) City and municipal government, the network of the Local Energy Agency, the Local Agenda 21 Italian
129 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
networks, The Italian Ministry of Environment support financially the campaign in the framework of the Kyoto Protocol national initiatives.
List of cities where the initiative is currently being executed As at September 2000 the following Italian cities had joined the campaign: Roma, Torino, Livorno, Bologna, Palermo, Salerno, Vercelli, Parma, Genova, Bolzano, Lucca, Cosenza, and Ferrara.
130 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
CLEANER PRODUCTION CENTRE OF ZIMBABWE (CPC-ZIMBABWE) R.GURAJENA AND A.N. MUSVOTO OF THE SCIENTIFIC AND INDUSTRIAL RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT CENTRE (SIRDC), FOR THE DANIDA CPT PROJECT
1. STATE OF ZIMBABWE’S INDUSTRIAL ENVIRONMENT
1.1 Background Zimbabwe is a land-locked country with a total area of 390 757km2. The altitude ranges between 197m to 2 592m above sea level. The total population is estimated at 12.5 million, (10.4m 1992 Census). Zimbabwe’s economy has sizable commercial agriculture, manufacturing and mining sectors. The manufacturing sector is mainly agro-based and concentrates on primary processing of resources. The industrial manufacturing sector has been growing steadily over the years until recently when an economic downturn had a negative impact on the growth of all sectors.
The growth in the industrial manufacturing sector and increased urbanization has had negative impacts on the environment. The general perception now is that the environment is deteriorating. Land degradation, deforestation, salinization, air, land and water pollution are some of the major environmental issues Zimbabweans have to deal with. As a result of the realization that the environmental conditions in Zimbabwe were deteriorating, the government of Zimbabwe together with 181 other states at the Earth Summit in 1992, committed itself to drawing up and implementing strategies for sustainable development at both national and international levels.
What is Sustainable development? In 1987, the World Commission on Environment and Development (The Brutland) Commission defined sustainable development as ‘development that meets the needs of present generation without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs.’
A body of knowledge now exists on the inter-relationships between environment, economic development and social conditions. This is characterized by the management of natural resources in a manner consistent with the preservation of its reproductive capacity, and implies equity and trade-offs when these are in conflict. It is at the same forum that the concept of waste minimization and or cleaner production was revisited and a programme for assistance to developing countries was enunciated.
What is Cleaner Production? Cleaner Production (CP) is an integrated preventive strategy applied to processes, products and services to increase in efficiency and reduce the risks to humans and the environment.
• For processes, cleaner production includes the efficient use of raw materials, water and energy, the elimination of toxic or dangerous materials and the reduction of emissions and wastes at source.
• For products, the strategy focuses on reducing impacts along the entire life cycle of the products and services, from design, use to ultimate disposal.
131 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
1.2 Environmental Problems in Zimbabwe: Zimbabwe, like all developing countries has its own environmental problems. Most of these problems emanate from over-exploitation of natural resources and pollution from industrial activities and urbanization. This section examines major sectors that have contributed to some of these environmental problems.
1.2.1 Industrialisation Mining and manufacturing activities involve extraction, processing and production of various products and wastes. Mining activities have significant associated environmental problems. These range from changing landscapes, abandoned mines (3,500 by 1995), emissions of noxious gases, disposal of fine waste into slurry dams, spent chemicals from purification process and dumps. Some of the major mines have millions of tonnes of accumulated waste dumped in valleys and around them Power generation is another activity that has major impacts on the environment in Zimbabwe. In 1995, coal combustion for power generation and industrial use contributed 623,360 tonnes of particulates, 1
851 tonnes of SO2 and 10 168 of CO2 emitted in the country . Other manufacturing activities emitted
16 983 tonnes of CO2 in 1996, and just over 9 million tonnes in 1998. Industrial activities in Harare alone generate 4.5 million litres of liquid waste annually.
The agriculture sector contributes significantly to pollution of both land and water. Increased use of agro-chemicals in agricultural production is contributing to environmental loads in Zimbabwe through ground water pollution.
1.2.1 Population growth and Poverty Poverty has been known to be a major factor in environmental damage and as a form of environmental pollution. Poor people are also vulnerable to pollution due mainly to the fact that they live on the fringes of communities. The poor undertake many activities to subsist that are not sustainable. Notable activities that have significant environmental impacts include gold panning and cultivation in marginal areas, among other activities.
1.2.3 Macro-Economic Policies Economic measures initiated by government have significant bearing on environmental management. Any cleaner production policy should take these into account. Current impacts resulting from the Economic Structural Adjustment Program (ESAP) include increased poverty that contributes to environmental degradation. Economic reforms do not always lead to pollution reduction. Macro-economic policies that result in negative economic conditions contribute to over exploitation of resources.
Issues that are central at the macro level in Zimbabwe include; national debt; weak Balance of Payments position; money supply, poor fiscal policy and Hyperinflation caused by the government’s ballooning budget deficit. The average rate of inflation increased from 56.9% in December 1999 to 59.9% in June 2000; unemployment; foreign currency shortages. In order to restore currency stability and sustainable balance of payments the exchange rate was adjusted from Z$38 to Z$50 against the US$ I August; forecast decline in GDP growth for 2000 by 11% following a 10% decline in 1999.
Export driven enterprises have to meet environmental requirements demanded by importing countries. These include the textiles, beef and horticulture industries to mention but a few. Such requirements have meant that actors in the affected sectors take cognizance of the impacts of their production processes and rectify them.
Micro-Economic The outcome of poor economic performance by the manufacturing sector has seen enterprises seeking routes and options that will help companies to conserve the most expensive raw materials
132 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
and other resources. At times the costs of improvements in efficiency become costly or are unknown and are difficult get. The result has been greater generation of waste and compensation through price escalations.
At the enterprise level there are avenues to finance CPT . Short- term instruments include the traditional bank overdraft, which can be drawn down on demand with interest being charged on the outstanding balance at a margin over the Banks Minimum Lending Rate (BMLR).
1.2.4 Institutional & Legal Issues The institutional set up in Zimbabwe is also contributing to environmental problems in the country. The most significant one is the vast number of environmental laws, which are administered by 18 different ministries. Monitoring and enforcement of regulations are a problem due to limited resources. Such deficiencies result in pressure on the environment as they contribute to the inadequacy of enforcement measures.
Problems associated with the current set-up are that it is very difficult to assess the quality of the environment and to combat hazards effectively. Data collected by various ministries is not coherently used to show the environmental impacts. A coordinated data collection and monitoring system would contribute positively to environmental management by enabling:-
• The provision of information and co-ordination platform for national, local and international monitoring and surveying activities.
• The identification of deficiencies, data access routes, data distribution practices, double- tracking and methodological problems of existing monitoring facilities and recommendations to the responsible agencies. • Data on industrial emissions and compliance are not in the public domain.
2. EFFORTS BY INDUSTRY AND OTHER STAKE-HOLDERS TO LIMIT ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION Despite the fragmentation of legislation, the industrial sector has tried to curb pollution and manage the negative impacts of its production processes on the environment. With the assistance of research and development and academic institutions as well as the donor community, industrial associations have implemented a number of projects geared towards improving the environmental performance of industrial enterprises.
133 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Table. 1 Projects Implemented by the Industry to Reduce Environmental Damage
Project Title Sector(s) Enterprises Project focus Covered UNIDO CPC (1994) Food Processing, Wood 19 Cleaner production Processing, Glass capacity building, manufacturing, foundries, awareness raising, beverages, soap information dissemination, manufacturing, etc. policy dialogue, in-plant demonstration UNIDO/Leather Leather Tanning 4 Waste management Institute of (operation and monitoring Zimbabwe (LIZ) of tannery effluent) Clean, Green & Leather Waste management Profitable (SIDA) ILO/NORAD/EMCOZ Foundries, Chemical, 3 CP Wood Processing GTZ/CZI Food Processing Environmental costing Environmental Paper packaging, edible 1 Cost Management oils DANIDA CPT Foundry, Electroplating, 29 Cleaner production (SIRDC/CPC – 1999) Leather Tanning, Mining technologies (Smelting and refining), Textiles, Battery manufacturing, Pharmaceutical/Chemical SANTREN/DANIDA Food Processing 2 Capacity building at (IES) 1999 tertiary institution level UNEP – Strategies Financing Implementation 10 Preparation of CP and Mechanisms investment proposals for financing CPT investments
Table 1. Summarises the projects that are in one way or another meant to minimize waste and pollution in industry that have been implemented in Zimbabwe to date. Where information is available, a more detailed description of the project and its achievements are given.
2.1.1 Cleaner Production Center of Zimbabwe Projects Funded by UNIDO and implemented in approximately 19 enterprises in the food processing sector. The Project was reviewed for the period 1995-96 (Marovatsanga L.T 1997). The project covered sugar processing, clear and opaque beer brewing, food canning and wine making. Its major objectives were to raise CP awareness, development of case studies through in-plant demonstration projects and to include CP concepts in policy and legislation.
A survey of 8 enterprises revealed that there were problems that were basically organizational in nature that hampered the reception and implementation of CP options. The 1997 report generally shows that the project was successful in a number of the surveyed organizations. Appreciation of the concept of CP was high and so was appreciation of the benefits brought about by the project. Implementation of CP options was also good although lack of capital hampered implementation of the options that needed a significantly large outlay.
134 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Major problems that were mentioned by the beneficiary enterprises included the lack of management commitment where long term investments were recommended; skills in CP were imparted to too few people; fear of change within the enterprises; departure of trained personnel; lack of funding for large investments and lack of the technology required (Marovatsanga L, 1997: v).
2.1.2 The Clean, Green and Profitable Project This project was SIDA sponsored and it targeted leather processing industries. It aimed basically at awareness of pollution prevention in industry. Seminars were held at the end of the project term where participant companies presented only the positive findings.
2.1.3 The ILO Norway Employers’ Organizations and Cleaner Production Project The NORAD funded project was directed at employers’ organizations and was meant to benefit the environment as well as improve worker health and safety. It was supposed to benefit a minimum of 5 enterprises. At the time of its suspension, the project had started work in 4 enterprises.
2.1.4 The GTZ Funded Environmental Economics Pilot Project This project concentrated on training a pool of manpower in Environmental Economics. The initial phase trained a total of 10 consultants. A case study for the practical implementation of the training was carried out at Cairns Foods. The project is still training people from the industry in environmental cost management.
2.1.5 The DANIDA Funded Cleaner Production Technologies in Selected Industries The project has so far targeted the electroplating sector (3 companies), the Foundry sector (6 companies), the leather-tanning sector (3 companies), a pharmaceutical company, a fertilizer manufacturer and a gold mine. The project is ongoing. Initial reviews have indicated that too much involvement by Donors is seen as undermining local ownership and thus hampering sustainability and impact.
2.1.6 UNIDO-ENEP Cleaner Production Technologies Investment Project The project objectives are to: • Show financial institutions and industrial authorities how to assess the merits of cleaner production investment proposals • Persuade financial institutions to introduce credit schemes customized to cleaner production investments • Induce new initiatives such as credit lines, trust funds, policy changes and training • Teach cleaner production assessors how to make creditworthy loan applications • Improve the general environment for investment in cleaner production
2.1.7 UNIDO/ Leather Institute of Zimbabwe Project This project targeted the leather sector through the industry’s association (LIZ). It concentrated on end of pipe solutions, mostly upgrading wastewater treatment facilities and the acquisition of equipment and machinery for use in the production processes.
2.1.8 Santren/IES Project This project is ongoing and it aims at building capacity in training and consultancy in cleaner production within the Southern African region, through the Southern African Network for Training and Research in the Environment.
2.2 Evaluation of Projects for Success or Failure A project can only be evaluated for its successes and failures on the basis of its objectives. The overall objective of all the waste minimization projects that have so far been implemented in Zimbabwe is to reduce waste and environmental damage. Each project however had its own specific
135 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
objectives. Given the size and beneficiaries of each project, and the fact that no formal evaluation was ever done for the projects except for one, it is impossible to state whether the projects were a success or a failure. To do justice to the projects, it will be necessary to devote time and resources to the analysis of each project and to discuss the outcome of the project with the beneficiaries. It would also be necessary to define success and failure indicators for waste minimization projects in the terms of reference before any can be carried out.
3. CLEANER PRODUCTION BARRIER ANALYSIS During the implementation the projects discussed in section 1, the barriers listed below were encountered. They do not apply to all enterprises but the full range of problems was met with during the different exercises. Some of the problems were successfully overcome while others could not be dealt with successfully.
The barriers fall under 5 main categories: a) Economic and Fiscal Lack of access to financing and in-adequately enforced environmental regulation. Desire to stem foreign currency outflows. Financing capital costs. Local component requirement. b) Technological c) Attitudinal: Environment is a cost general resistance to changing existing management practices and production process d) Organizational e) Governmental
The table below summarises the main barriers that have been encountered in implementing Cleaner production in Zimbabwe.
136 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Table 2. Barriers to cleaner production
Barrier to CP What government How CP promoting Remarks can do institutions can help Low input prices Decrease subsidies Provide information Zimbabwean industry to Government on still enjoying some of the environmental the world lowest and economic materials inputs such impact of wrong as water and energy input prices Lack of financial Loans and limited Lobby for loan Zimbabwe has no resources for CP subsidies for cleaner schemes for Cleaner financial set-up that projects production projects production projects makes facility for CP projects Lack of financial Do not subside end- Provide information Government of incentives for CP of-pipe methods. on availability Zimbabwe has no projects and Voluntary environmental policy on CP cleaner products programmes. policies promoting CP incentives Government purchasing preferring cleaner products End-of-pipe Do not subside end- Provide information Very little effort has technologies are of-pipe projects to environmental been put to this subsidized authorities on the aspect by most impacts of subsiding institutions promoting end-of-pipe projects CP The environmental Enforce the laws Provide information Economic laws of the country on the economic consequences are are not scrupulously consequences of lax not complied easily enforced or not enforced because data environmental laws collection is poor in all the institutions Industrial culture Strengthen Educate decision Efforts have been does not support environmental makers and speeded up since environment education companies 1995 Wrong cost-benefit Promote the spread Educate companies Projects have been analysis shows no of environmental and decision makers initiated and return accounting to in environmental strengthening training government and accounting at company-level companies and tertiary institutions and banks Lack of information Promote information Disseminate Both UNIDO/UNEP on cleaner dissemination and in- information on CP and DANIDA-CPT production plant demonstration methodology – CP projects have this technologies projects assessment component
137 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
4. LEGISLATIVE FRAMEWORK GOVERNING ENTERPRISE ENVIRONMENTAL PERFORMANCE The legislation governing Environmental issues in Zimbabwe particularly industrial operations is spread in many ministries and in most cases do not even attempt to deal with the pollutants that emanate from the industries. By and large, it is based on command and control principles, which have been the standard approach in both developed and developing countries. High enforcement and compliance costs have encouraged many developed countries to explore the use of economic instruments in support of or to replace the command and control system. In Zimbabwe, new legislation is being passed that is compliant with new international requirements. Relevant legislation is reviewed below.
4.1.1 The Water Act (Cap 20:24) The Water Act of 1999 has many progressive features .Of importance to note in the environmental management context, is the provision for the setting up of environmental pollution standards and communal water rights as opposed to past private water rights which denied other social sectors access. There is devolution of administrative, regulatory authority to local authorities. The Act provides for the establishment of a Water Fund which could be used to finance the cleaning-up of polluted water and research related to water pollution and its control. (Appendix 1 shows the standards that have been regulated under the Act.) A deterrent fine of Z$ 100,000 is imposed for any violations of any part of the Act. Enterprises are required to carry-out testing or monitoring of any waste water coming out of their processes and to submit findings to the National Water Authority.
4.1.2 The Draft Environmental Management Bill, 2000 The draft Bill provides for the promulgation of regulations covering air, water, soil, noise, vibrations, effluent and waste. The guiding principle for the Bill is the “Polluter Pays Principle” which implies that polluters bear the full cost of repairing environmental damage. There is provision for the establishment of an Environment Fund to be used or disbursed for environmental activities. The funds are raised from charges, fees and fines and or budgetary contributions. The fines that are proposed under the draft Bill are too low to prohibit offenders. The fines (current and proposed) do not reflect the actual extent of environmental damage caused. Public participation, information and education, are progressive features of the new draft Bill. Periodic audits and monitoring are a requirement. The proposed establishment of an Environmental Protection Unit to act as a watchdog and to monitor the environmental performance of all key players is a feature that will ease the problem of non- monitoring that has dogged current legislation.
4.1.3 The Atmospheric Pollution Prevention Act (Cap 20:03) The ministry responsible (Health and Child Welfare) has promulgated Atmospheric Pollution Prevention (Control of Emissions) Regulations, 2000 (SI 41 of 2000). This specifies the pollutant, process applicable, maximum concentrations permitted to be emitted into the atmosphere and chimney heights. The instrument provides for criminal penalty by way of fines for violations.
4.1.4 Hazardous Substances and Articles Act (Cap 15:05) The Act provides for the control of all chemicals other than drugs. This includes classification, importation, use, packaging and labelling and disposal of spent chemicals. Classification is based on toxicity to humans and the environment. It also provides for the control of ionizing and non- ionizing radiation, which covers use of radioactive materials and x-rays in industry, research and education. The Act requires return of imported radioactive sources to their country of origin after use. Statutory Instrument on Hazardous waste and CP.
4.1.5 Natural Resources Act (Cap 20:13) The Act provides for the establishment of the Department of Natural Resources, which is the technical arm and implementing agency of the Natural Resources Board. The department approves the EIA process and operates at both national and regional levels.
138 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
4.1.6 Factories and Works Act (Cap 14:08) The Act provides legal liability for damage to human health or loss of life at the work place. Currently there is a proposed new framework on the Working Environment Act that is under discussion.
4.1.7 Public Health Act (Cap 15:09) Under the Act, local authorities determine effluent charges and effluent standards to control water pollution so as to minimize disruptions to their sewerage treatment works and environment damage. User fees/charges for solid waste collection and dumping at landfills are in existence based on volume, type of waste and distance to dumping site. A differential rate is applicable for industry, flats and single residential units. The main purpose of these charges is to finance waste treatment and disposal. Some of these services have been privatized. The implementation of some of these bylaws involves plant-specific negotiations in which the knowledge of the regulatory agents is a critical factor. In practice, these skills are in short supply at the local level.
4.1.8 The Energy Sector The Ministry of Transport and Energy is the responsible authority for energy policy and public administration of the energy sector. The sole supplier of electricity is the Zimbabwe Electricity Supply Authority (ZESA) which generates imports and distributes all electricity. The GoZ and other stakeholders agree on the need to rationalise energy use and environmental management. About 70% of total energy used in Zimbabwe are derived from coal. This has Global as well as local environmental implications. Mitigation of environmental impacts include but are not limited to reduction in electricity/ coal demand This could be achieved through the implementation of energy saving conservation measures in industrial units.
Several Industrial Energy Conservation Projects have been carried out in the SADC region, which to some extent demonstrated not only energy conservation options but the economic benefits of conserving energy as well. Policy has been directed towards meeting the needs of the poor and at the same time large consumers enjoy negotiated tariffs, which invariably did not reflect the actual cost of supply. An analysis of barriers to energy conservation practices was attempted and some tentative short-term strategies recommended. Some of which dove-tail CPT and have some leverage to adoption of CPT at industrial facilities. Currently the system runs on load shedding rather than demand management.
Barriers to adoption of Energy Conservation Measures • Energy pricing policies • Availability and accessibility of technologies • Lack of trained manpower for energy auditing • Industry protection • Lack of investment capital • Awareness of benefits
Non-Governmental Organizations and CP NGOs play the role of Pressure groups that can assist in awareness raising and information dissemination. They can also assist in putting pressure on industry to adopt cleaner methodologies.
4.2 Institutional Framework And Constraints Currently, the institutional setup in the country is not organized in a clear manner, showing responsibilities between the central and local governments and among the different players. It is desirable to see a coordinated structure put in place and become operational in an optimal way to enable better environmental management at all levels. Appendix 2 shows how the different ministries and local government interact in the environmental arena.
139 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
4.2.1 Central and Local Government The Ministry of Environment and Tourism is responsible for enforcing the legal provisions under the Act. Using the principle of subsidiarity, Local Authorities should be responsible for managing their own environments, thus, enforcing the Act in areas under their jurisdiction. Currently there are 35 Urban local Authorities and only five of these have by-laws controlling pollution. Whilst it is desirable to have the environment managed at the local level there is generally lack of resources (both financial and human) hence the need to build capacity at the local authority level.
4.2.2 Technology Centres The Scientific and Industrial Research and Development Centre (SIRDC), is responsible for assisting industry in technological unpacking. SIRDC institutes have been involved in various cleaner production projects that are aimed at assisting industry. Current institutions within the SIRDC are the Environment and Remote Sensing Institute, Biotechnology Research, Energy Technology Institute, Building Technology Institute, Informatics and Electronics Institute, National Metrology and Production Engineering Institute.
4.2.3 Private Sector/Business Involvement Industrial associations such as the Confederation of Zimbabwe Industries and Environmental Forum of Zimbabwe and other associations which have been involved in setting up levies for environmental protection; coming up with incentives and punishments for industry to better manage the environment; dialogue with the Government arm on standards and other legal requirements.
4.2.4 Training Institutions Universities and other tertiary institutions play a positive role in the training of human resources. CPT training should be part of tertiary institutions’ curricula so that capacity for cleaner production is built in all the new entrants to industry. Postgraduate studies can also be introduced for personnel already in industry. Polytechnic colleges can run in-service courses on Cleaner Production to assist in the building of capacity. Independent organizations have been known to run courses on cleaner production related subjects and it is assumed they will continue to do so.
Environmental consultancy Services Environmental consultancy is at its infancy and standards of work can vary. It is Multi-disciplinary nature with different specialists and has one-stop range of services and expertise. Accreditation is extended to Environmental Lawyers; Environmental Laboratories; Environmental Scientists; Environmental Chemists & Engineers; and Environmental IT consultants (GIS).
Proposed Institutional Development Set-up and Interactions
R&D GOZ policy Technology Centres MET CPT and Local Authorities Funding Training Instituti
CPT
Legal Instruments CPT Transfer
Industrial Associations
140 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
5. CPT POLICY INSTRUMENTS AND MEASURES International Perspectives Historically, quantitative controls have been almost entirely dominant in the formal regulatory systems of the USA, CANADA, the EEC and Japan. In fact, there seems to be no case in which price-based incentives have been used in isolation from quantity controls. The OECD countries all have the same formal enforcement apparatus, with non-compliance punishable by citations, fines, compliance schedules, temporary production suspensions, and shutdowns. Real industrial pollution control policy is mostly negotiated at the plant level. Factory shutdowns are anathema, although they occasional happen. Negotiations between local agents and enterprises seem to play an extremely important role everywhere.
Having acknowledged the need to control pollution the Government of Zimbabwe has to explore the cost effectiveness of alternative regulatory approaches. Pollution control in Zimbabwe currently is based on the Command and Control and Quantitative Control model, which has been the standard approach to environmental protection in both, developed and developing countries. High enforcement and compliance costs have encouraged many developed countries to explore the use of economic instruments in support of the command and control instruments.
A different school of thought advocates for market based incentive systems. These argue that if enterprises are given greater flexibility, it minimises the cost of implementation. The third group advocates for charges or quantitative controls on raw materials or consumer products whose use or disposal creates most serious pollution problems (pollution prevention rather than end-of-pipe), arguing for the creation and rapid diffusion of clean industrial processes.
There are several groups of policy instruments that can be used to promote the adoption of Cleaner Production technologies by industry. These instruments can be voluntary or legislated. The different instruments have their advantages and disadvantages and in most cases should be used in combination in order to complement each other.
User charges Targeted charges/taxes Incentives Green Tax reforms
1970 1980 1990 2000
5.1 Command and Control Instruments Global trends are focusing on enhancement of individual awareness of responsibility and the creation of market transparency, taking both ecological and economic needs into account. These trends have a bearing on the replacement of statutory command-and-control measures in the environmental policy development and are thus termed instruments of sustainable development “economic instruments”.
5.1.1 Price-Based Effluent charges are known to is more cost effective than effluent and emission standards in attaining a given level of environmental quality. This is levied per unit of pollutant discharged into the air or water. Quantity-based systems order firms to reduce pollution in such a way that aggregate waste generated is optimal. Quantity based regulations can operate through emission standards or mandated installation of pollution control equipment when discharge monitoring is difficult. R&D on cleaner production technologies, including in-process recycling. Government can promote grants and loans at subsidized interest rates (below market loans) and provision of direct technical assistance to enterprises making clean up investments can also be
141 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
made available. In OECD countries success has been achieved using similar approaches of regulation. Charges are below abatement costs and have been seen as a fund raising gimmick.
5.1.2 Fines Fines are applied wherever a company exceeds a stipulated standard. The effectiveness of fines has not been established especially in Zimbabwe where the fines that have been prescribed are too low to be deterrent.
5.1.3 Standards Quantity based standards operate through baseline emission standards when discharge monitoring is difficult. This may also include a mandated installation of pollution control equipment.
5.2 Economic Instruments Economic instruments are a set of instruments that are used to bridge the gap between and social costs of environmental pollution by internalizing all external costs. Economic instruments aim at instituting full cost pricing by charging full scarcity costs for resource depletion and full damage costs for environmental degradation. (Panayotou T, 1994). Economic Instruments are best suited for reconciling environmental concerns with development needs and integrating environmental and economic policies by virtue of their qualities. They possess market correction qualities, efficiency or cost minimization objectives, they are flexible in accommodating heterogeneity and they are adjustable to changing circumstances. Economic tools are able to harness the power of the market and self-interest and to turn these adversaries of sustainable development into powerful allies.
Economic Instruments fall broadly into 7 categories namely: Property rights
Market creation
Fiscal instruments Taxes on undesirable inputs, pollution and wastes
Charge systems: This is levied per unit of pollutant discharge into air or water. Deposit-refund-systems have been in place for sometime, traditionally concerned glass drink containers. The objective has been to increase recycling and/or reuse. This has since increased to cover a range of other products as well. It should be noted that for some products return packaging might not be suitable for technical reasons. Performance bonds are amenable to mining situations with the objective of or guarantee compliance with clean up and rehabilitation obligations.
Subsidies (Grants soft loans and accelerated depreciation) These are targeted at various parties with different circumstances and under different conditions. These grants are often target specific and require some of the beneficiary to contribute a certain percentage of the total project outlay or commitment. Some schemes support investments in cleaner production. Revenues arising from charges imposed on air, water pollution and waste generation feed the general environmental funds.
Financial instruments Liability instruments are payments made to compensate for any damage caused by a polluting activity.
Tax rebates Reporting requirements and liability Disclosure
142 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Voluntary Agreements These are based on consensus and securing collaboration of target groups, but generally leaving limited room for forceful sanctions in case of non-compliance. Voluntary agreements are defined as ‘voluntary commitments by industry undertaken in order to pursue actions leading to the improvement of the environment.’
Voluntary agreements broadly fall into three types namely:
Unilateral Commitments They are environmental improvement programmes set up by enterprises, with targets and provisions for governing compliance set up by the individual enterprise. Unilateral commitments can be made by groups of enterprises. Collective environmental commitments by industry take the form of codes of conduct, charters or guidelines for the environment. The targets set are qualitative rather than quantitative and generally, there are no provisions for monitoring, reporting or sanctions. It is difficult to assess the effectiveness of unilateral commitments, as there is no monitoring. These instruments however, work well in set –ups where reputation effects are important and public pressure is significant.
Public Voluntary Schemes Participating enterprises agree on standards related to their performance, technology or management, which have been developed by public bodies such as environmental agencies. The scheme defines standards to be complied with, monitoring criteria and evaluation of results to all enterprises willing to become members of the scheme. The public body can provide technical assistance incentives such as research and development subsidies. Voluntary schemes can also be linked to background legislation where enterprises either join the scheme or become subject to sanctions under the law. Voluntary schemes are important as complementary instruments to other policy measures.
Negotiated Agreements are a contract resulting from negotiations between public institutions and industry. Both industry and public bodies define the contents of the agreements. The contracts may or may not be legally binding depending on whether the executive branches of government are empowered to sign such agreements on organized interest groups. Negotiated Agreements can either have collective liability or individual liability. Under collective liability agreements, targets are collective and industry is collectively liable for their implementation. No explicit sanction is included in the agreement, but in case the agreement fails, public authorities will issue new legislation. There is no incentive on the individual enterprise to reduce pollution for as long as the whole industry is abiding by the targets in the contract; hence a serious problem of free riding arises. Individual liability agreements are slightly different in that although targets are set industry wide, the individual enterprise’s environmental performance is monitored and there is allowance for individual sanctions to be applied in case of non-compliance.
Regulatory Cost and Optimal Instrument Choice Consideration of regulatory system costs may well influence the choice of techniques for information gathering, monitoring, and enforcement. In practice emission standards mixed with effluent charges have prospered because they finance regulatory operations and provide at least some incentives for cleaning up in the long run. Monitoring and enforcement increases budget deficits. The economic efficiency of an environmental policy poses the question of its capacity to reach environmental targets and minimize the pollution abatement costs at the same time. The choice of which policy instruments to use is therefore heavily dependent on the efficiency of the monitoring system it has to use. The advantage of voluntary approaches to waste minimization then becomes significant.
143 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
5.3 Cleaner Production Goals and Required Mechanisms for their Achievement
Table 2
Cleaner Production Policy Goals and Mechanisms for achieving CP objectives Summary of outputs Objectively verifiable Sources of verification Assumptions and activities indicators Overall Goal: To institutionalise Cleaner Production Technologies in Zimbabwe CP objective 1. Reduction in raw 1. CP assessments and 1. Capacity to To achieve an material, water, audits reports from conduct CP integrated prevention and energy third part auditing. assessment has and control of utilization. been built. pollution to prevent or 2. Reduction in waste 2. Local authority 2. Local authorities reduce emissions from emission from records for have been involved industry to air water industry facilities. dumping. in the planning. and land. 3. CP policy with 3. Environmental 3. Long-term strategy instruments in legislation has been place in stipulating formulated. environmental laws preventive policies. Output 1 Numbers of CP Registered consulting A visible critical mass More industrial consulting firms firms with the has been developed. facilities involved in conducting CP company registration CP and preventative assessments. office. approaches.
Activities: 01.Conduct in-plant 01.Number of in-plant 01.Implemented 01. Company demonstration showing successes cleaner production awareness and products and failures. options and motivated by increased demand. either incentives or legislation. 02.Increase 02.Service inquiries for 02.The viability of the 02. Consulting firms awareness in the services provided service providers and individuals are major stakeholders by consulting firms and local authorities well trained to start Government, and dialogue with waste management and complete industrial authorities and reduction and projects (complete associations, local reduction in efficiency project life cycle). authorities and enforcement. improvements consulting firms. records. 03.Intensify training of 03.The number of firms 03.Consultant 03.Financial support trainers and and institutions certifying has been secured consultants. providing service. organizations and to accredit local institutions. institutions.
144 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Table 2 Continued
Cleaner Production Policy Goals and Mechanisms for achieving CP objectives Summary of outputs Objectively verifiable Sources of verification Assumptions and activities indicators Overall Goal: To institutionalise Cleaner Production Technologies in Zimbabwe Output 2 Institutional set-up A National Cleaner Government set-up A clear definition of frame is in place Production and responsible the Government (setting) of CP focal Productivity Centre functioning. long-term point - NCPPC). establishment with a environmental Government strategy. Economic Planning institute or Ministry.
Activities 01.Awareness raising 01.Established NCP2C 01.Offices where some 01.Funds are available for the need to in the country. companies are for the institutional CP provided in dealing establishment of the programmes by with industrial NCP2C and general holding workshops prevention agreement in the and seminars. techniques. country. 02.Seek external 02.Finances in place 02.Donor agencies 02.Improvement financial support to for the NCP2C. working with NCP2C image of Zimbabwe establish NCP2C. establishment. internationally. 03.Seek capacity 03.Counterpart 03.Experts in different 03.A good partner building institutional set-up disciplines. found to help in the counterpart partner. in place. setting up of NCP2C. Output 3 Curricula incorporating Degrees and diploma Universities and Removal of CP and sustainable certification diploma graduation institutional development at conservatism has been tertiary institutions secured. (universities and colleges).
Activities 01.Awareness raising at 01.Number of 01.Interest and 01.Removal of the institutions workshops and awareness high academic (through workshops seminars bureaucracy and and seminars). participation and conservatism to numbers of allow outside decision-makers influence. present. 02.Introduce 02. Programmes in 02.Graduates finding sustainable and CP sustainable jobs in industry and programme with all development and other institutions. faculties CP developed for (engineering, most disciplines at business studies, the universities and social studies and colleges. education).
145 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Table 2 continued
Cleaner Production Policy Goals and Mechanisms for achieving CP objectives Summary of outputs Objectively verifiable Sources of verification Assumptions and activities indicators Overall Goal: To institutionalise Cleaner Production Technologies in Zimbabwe 03.Establish 03.Exchange 03.Local universities partnerships with programmes sharing experiences international developed and with other universities for functioning. universities exchange programme development. Output 4 Financial institutions Financial windows of Enterprises receiving and government financing CP and and repaying loans to influenced to consider other preventative financial institutions CP and preventative approaches opened project more in banks. favourably vs. end-of- pipe.
Activities 01.Awareness 01.Number of workshops and participants training seminars attending the for enterprise workshops and financial seminars managers, bank project appraisal managers, financial analysts of consulting firms. 02.Curricula 02.Curricula development with developed in the universities, institutions. accountant associations and other disciplines. 03.Negotiations with 03.International international financiers funding financing institutions flowing into for funding CP industrial CP projects. projects. 04.Create donor 04.More CP projects interest to promote financed through CP in bilateral and one focal point. multilateral agreements with government.
146 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
6. CPT FINANCING SERVICES The only mechanisms for financing waste minimizing activities in Zimbabwe are international efforts directed through the United Nations system. The UNEP/UNIDO financing project has just taken off the ground and it is too early to say whether the system works or not. The Global Environment Facility (GEF) funds were also disbursed through the UNDP offices. ODS per capita consumption is about 0.031 kgs per capita Funding for cleaner technologies and substitutes since 1993 is about US$2 million to date.
The private financial sector to date does not have a lending mechanism for environmental programmes. The reasons for this are twofold. The environmental management fraternity is of the opinion that the commercial banking sector is ignorant of CP and its benefits thus it has not been able to finance any of its projects. Critics of the operations of CP projects are of the opinion that the CP fraternity has not produced a single bankable project in the country, hence the reluctance by the banks to take on the financing of environmental projects.
Industry in Zimbabwe however, has been financing activities that are essential to its survival through a series of levies. The Industrial Development levy, part of which goes to the financing of the Standards Association of Zimbabwe is an example. The levy is used for the development of standards for industry. The Zimbabwe Manpower Development Fund (ZIMDEF), which is used for training, is another example.
The financing of CPT options is the most important part in any CPT project. Investments that have to be made to reduce waste generation can range from no cost to high cost. If Cleaner production methodologies are to be embraced by industry, it is necessary to have a source of funds at a reasonable cost from which industry can borrow in order to invest in CP technology. Current mechanisms include industrial levies to assist industries establish quality standards. The levy is paid to SAZ, which in turn carries out development of testing of standards. ZIMDEF is a special fund established for the purposes of manpower training and development. Financial institutions to date have had no exposure to environmental financing as part of risk management. Current CPT donor financed project has made a start but there are no major lessons to learn from it since it is in its early stages. Projects have been supplier driven or external supported. There were no initiatives until external development assistance was in place.
It is pertinent to note the existence of the provision of environment funds in various Acts and legislation generally raised from fines, levies and pollution charges, direct government funding and donor support. The modality of disbursement of these funds is not clear at this stage. It is proposed to establish a GREEN BANK, which will operate in conjunction with Cleaner Production Technology Clearing House. The terms of reference of the clearing house would include amongst others technology access and financing mechanisms like revolving fund; development assistance; environmental funds; equity financing through the stock market (shareholders); policy incentives that reduce the capital costs of CP; and leasing.
7. DESIGN OF CP INFORMATION AND AWARENESS PROGRAMS This will entail On-line; Diskette; Hard Copy; Query-Response; CD-ROM; Magnetic tape Restricted Access; Charge for Information. The objective of awareness raising seminars and courses imply transfer of knowledge learning of skills and Group discussions to promoting of an attitude change.
Case Studies will demonstrate the practical relevance of the issues being dealt with. Field excursions will illustrate practical problems related to decision-making. They will relate lectures to trainee’s experience through centers of expertise; newsletters and videos.
147 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
8. MECHANISMS REQUIRED TO PROMOTE THE ADOPTION OF CLEANER TECHNOLOGIES The macro-economic conditions prevailing in the country play a significant role in the adoption of cleaner technologies as they affect the affordability and availability of such technologies. Currently, the economic environment is very unfriendly making it almost impossible for industry to invest. It is however our hope that the situation will have significantly improved by the time this policy is adopted.
Legislation governing the levels of pollutants that can be discharged into water bodies is in place (The Water Act of 1999 and attendant regulations). The Environmental Bill is still being debated and will be passed into an Act in the near future. These legislative requirements will make it difficult for industry to continue operating without paying due regard to the waste they generate, therefore making it more profitable to embrace cleaner production methodologies.
Industry can only embrace a new way of doing business if there are sufficient backup services. In Zimbabwe at the moment, Cleaner Production Technologies services are provided by a limited number of institutions like SIRDC-ERSI, CPCZ and UZ and a couple of private consultants. The human resources within the institutions can be adequate to cater for the requirements in the near future and can suffice while more capacity is being built in the country.
Cleaner Production technologies as hardware, meaning the equipment and machinery that need to be invested in to improve the production process and to minimize waste can be manufactured in the country as per request. There are no specialized manufacturers because of limited demand.
Affordability of CP Technology is again dependent on macro-economic conditions. Where the local content of the technology required is high, the cost becomes fairly low and where the local component is less, the cost significantly rises. State of the art technology is mostly imported and thus is not affordable to most enterprises.
It would be desirable to have more local companies manufacture cleaner technologies in order to make them more affordable to local industries and thus encourage more companies adopt them. At the moment, the size of the market is a major limiting factor. A larger regional market will be ideal before any manufacturer takes up specialized manufacture of CPT.
Technology transfer is usually a commercial venture and can take the form of direct investment (like building a factory); joint ventures with domestic firms; wholly owned subsidiaries; licensing (selling the rights to use the technology); training and information exchanges; sales and management contracts.
It is recommended that a Technology Clearing House be set up with legal backing if technology transfer is to be effective. Developing countries have become new scrap yards for obsolete western technology that does more harm to the environment and the production process than good. To avoid falling into the trap of using scarce resources to purchase junk, all new technology imported into the country has to be cleared by a Technology Clearing House. It is recommended that this Clearing House work closely with the Green Bank in the importation of Cleaner Technology.
Policy Recommendations
Criteria for Policy Choice will include environmental effectiveness; economic efficiency; equity or distributional effects; administrative feasibility and costs; concordance with institutional frameworks; and compatibility and acceptability.
Policy Recommendation 1 Establish a Green Bank or a Revolving fund for purposes of financing Cleaner Production Options.
148 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Policy Recommendation 2 Set up Technology Clearing House to clear all incoming Cleaner production technology hardware purchased using funds made available through the Green Bank or Revolving Fund.
Policy Recommendation 3 Put in place information dissemination and awareness programme for Cleaner production to cover all the different stakeholders. These should include Legislators, the Financial services sector, industry, and vocational and tertiary institutions. Under the same programme, an information and technology service network should be developed.
Policy Recommendation 4 Strengthening the Co-ordinating function of the Ministry of Environment and Tourism in Environmental management through the setting up of committees with other important actors for relevant areas.
Policy Recommendation 5 Establishing a Cleaner production focal point to play a central role in Cleaner Production activities.
Policy Recommendations 6 Existing and future legislation should provide a share of the funds that are to be collected from polluters to support pollution prevention programmes.
Policy Recommendation 7 Introduce a range of Economic Instruments to complement command and control instruments that have been used. An enabling environment has to be created to encourage investment in the area of environmental management /pollution prevention.
Policy Recommendation 8 Technology transfer should be carried out in a coordinated manner. All technology being imported into the country for Cleaner production purposes should be the best available on the market and should not be used. The Technology Clearing House would be pivotal in ensuring this.
Appendices
Appendix 1 Economic Barriers Resource Pricing and Availability Availability and cost of funds Exclusion of Environmental costs from economic analysis of waste management measures Inadequate investment planning Ad-Hoc Investment Criteria Prevalence of Production related fiscal incentives
Technological Barriers Lack of infrastructure facilities Limited or non-availability of trained personnel Limited access to technical information Technology limitations Technology gap Limited in -house maintenance facilities
Organisational Non – involvement of employees
149 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Decision making powers Emphasis on Production High Turnover of technical staff Lack of recognition Poor record keeping and reporting Inadequate and ineffective management systems Lack of systems for professional upgrading of employees Ad hoc production planning
Attitudinal Barriers Lack of Good House keeping culture Resistance to change Lack of leadership Lack of effective supervision Job security Fear of failure
Government Barriers Pricing policy (water/energy/ waste disposal) Emphasis on end of pipe approach Industrial policy Lack of incentives for waste minimization efforts
Other Barriers Lack of institutional support Lack of public pressure for controlling pollution Seasonal Variations Space Limitations Lack of CP demand
Appendix 2 List of Effluent Standards Effluent standards for effluent discharges (table 1 below) (All measurements are in mg/l unless otherwise stated) Appendix 2 List of Effluent Standards Effluent standards for effluent discharges (table 1 below) (All measurements are in mg/l unless otherwise stated)
150 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Parameter Proposed Harare Bulawayo Chinhoyi Gweru Masvingo National
Alkalinity <500 Aluminium 5 Ammonia (as N) <2.0 Arsenic (as As.) <3.0 0 <50 <50 Barium (as Ba) <2 BOD <120 3000 200 30 200 Boron (B) <2 Ca + Mg Cadmium (as Cd) 0.3 15 Chlorine (as Cl) 500 Calcium 0 Chlorine (free) 0.5 Chromium (as Cr hex) 0.5 0 10 <50 <50 Chromium (total Cr) 2 10 10 <50 <50 Cobalt (as Co) 2 1 <50 <50 COD 200 200 2000 300 300 300 Colour (TCU) Conductivity (as S/cm) 3500 Copper (as Cu) 5 15 10 <50 <50 Cyanides (as CN compounds) 1 1000 10 0 0 Cyanides (as free CN) 0.3 Detergents (monoxo 100T) 5 50 DO % saturation 15 Faecal coliforms 1000 Fluorides (as F) 6 Grease and oils 10 30 0 0 Helminthes 2000 Iron (as Fe) 8 Lead (as Pb) 0.5 10 10 <50 <50 Manganese (as Mn) 0.5 Mercury (as Hg) 0.05 0.5 <50 <50 Nickel (as Ni) 1.5 15 10 <50 <50
Nitrate Nitrogen (NO2)10 Nitrogen (total N) 50 20 <50 <50 Oxygen absorbed 40 PH 10 6.8 – 9.0 Phenolic 0.1 Phosphate (total P) 5 0 <1 <1 Potassium (K) Silver No limit Settleable solids 10 2000 Selenium 1 Soaps, oils and fats Sodium 1000 Sulphide 1
Sulphate (SO4) 500 600 300 Temperature (o C) 45 45 <600C<60 0C Total heavy metals 20 Total suspended solids 1000 1500 600 Turbidity (NTU) Zinc (as Zn) =15 15 15
151 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Parameter Proposed Harare Bulawayo Chinhoyi Gweru Masvingo National
Pesticides Alachlor 1.0 Aldicarb 1.0 Atrazzine 1.0 Azinphos-methyl 1.0 Benomyl 1.0 Carbaryl 1.0 Carbofuran 1.0 Chlorpdane 1.0 Chlorfenvinphos 0.3 Chlorpyrphos 0.4 Dalapon 1.0 Demeton 1.0 Diazinon 1.0 Dichlorvos 1.0 Toxaphene 0.0003 Trichlorphon 1.0 Trifluralin 1.0
152 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Appendix 3
Zimbabwean Environmental Legislation Framework Matrix
Ministry of Ministry of Lands Environment and Ministry of Local and Water Tourism Government and Development National Housing
Local Authority
Ministry of Industrial Ministry of Labour, Social and Enterprise Mines and Public Services Energy
Ministry of Ministry of Health and Industry and Child Welfare Commerce
Attorney General Ministry of Justice and Legal Affairs
Key: Direct Linkage Inter-Ministerial Consultat
153 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
References
Ministry of Mines, Environment and Tourism – “The State of Zimbabwe’s Environment” –1998
Ministry of Mines, Environment and Tourism – “Draft – Environmental Management Bill 2000”.
Ministry of Environment – Republic of Korea – “Green Korea 2000 – Towards an Eco-efficient Society for a New Era”.
The Swiss Agency for the Environment – “The Environment in Switzerland – Facts, Figures and Perspectives” –1997
Sándor Kerekes, Maria Csutora and Karoly Kiss – “Cleaner Production Policy Guide for UNIDO” – 2000
UNIDO – “Effluent Control in industry” – Energy and Environment series No 2 –1993
Ministry of Lands and Water Development – GOZ - “ Waste Discharge and Disposal (Water Pollution) Regulations 2000.
Ministry of Transport and Energy – “National Energy Policy – Action Programme for Implementation of the National Energy Policy” – 1999
United Nations Division of Sustainable Development- “Improving Governments’ Role in the Promotion of Environmental Management Accounting” 1999
154 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
REDUCE AIR POLLUTION AT SOURCE LI HONGKAI DIVISION DIRECTOR OF SHENYANG ENVIRONMENTAL BUREAU VICE-DIRECTOR OF SUSTAINABLE SHENYANG PROJECT VICE-DIRECTOR OF EU - CHINA SUSTAINABLE SHENYANG URBAN PLANNING PROJECT
155 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
156 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
157 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
LAND-BASED IMPACT ON ECO-SYSTEMS SUPPORTING CITIES TO APPLY INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS RELATED TO LAND-BASED IMPACTS ON MARINE ENVIRONMENT AT THE CITY LEVEL: EXPERIENCE FROM THE MEDITERRANEAN REGION IVICA TRUMBIC UNEP, MAP, PAP/RAC, SPLIT, (CROTIA)
158 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
159 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
160 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
161 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
EXEMPLE DE LA BAIE DE HANN (DAKAR, SENEGAL) IMPACT DES RISQUES INDUSTRIELS ET DE LA DEGRADATION DE LA BAIE SUR L’ENVIRONNEMENT, LES ACTIVITES SOCIO-ECONOMIQUES ET LA SANTE DES POPULATIONS NDÈYE FATOU DIOP GUEYE CHARGÉE DE PROGRAMME
Introduction La Baie est caractérisée par son confinement et le fait qu’elle constitue un exutoire pour les eaux usées urbaines.
Quelques indicateurs sur le degré de contamination de la Baie : • Pollution bactériologique (concentration en germes totaux de l’eau de mer atteint 100 à 120 par 100 ml) ; • Eutrophisation entraînant le développement d’algues ; • Rejets d’hydrocarbures et de pesticides.
Quelques indicateurs sur les divers types de pollution de la Baie : • Pollution thermique occasionnée par le rejet dans la mer d’eaux chaudes par certaines unités industrielles ; • Pollution par les rejets des diverses industries installées le long de la Baie : usine textile, tannerie, usines de poissons ; etc. ; • Pollution par les hydrocarbures.
Impacts de la dégradation de la Baie et des risques industriels
• Impacts environnementaux - Fragilisation de l’écosystéme marin - Insalubrité a l’origine de risques sanitaires notables • Impacts sur le plan socio-économique :
Impact négatif sur les activités de pêche : ce secteur connaît beaucoup de difficultés du fait de la dégradation environnementale de la Baie : Baisse du niveau des prises au niveau de la Baie du fait de la conjonction de 2 facteurs : la mort des poissons et leur fuite vers le large.
La conséquence directe est un surcoût d’investissement pour les pêcheurs qui se voient obligés de motoriser leur pirogues. Ce dernier facteur entraîne une baisse du nombre des bénéficiaires potentiels du produit de la pêche en terme de revenus ;
Paralysie des activités de plaisance et des activités touristiques : la baie offrait jadis (jusqu’aux années 1970), un potentiel de détente et de loisirs exceptionnel. 4 grands clubs de plaisance cohabitent encore sur la baie avec près d’une centaine de membres jouissant des activités de plaisance (sorties en mer, planche à voile, ski nautique, natation, plongée sous marine, pêche). Toutefois, toutes ces activités sont au ralenti aujourd’hui.
• Détérioration de la santé publique Les risques sanitaires sont élevés dans la zone. En effet, les conséquences des pollutions sur l’état de la santé des populations sont :
Prolifération des maladies infectieuses, parasitaires et digestives,
162 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Paludisme pendant toute l’année (40% consultations adultes),
Asthme, rhinite allergique, bronchites;
Affections liées au péril fécal (parasitoses intestinales, dysenteries amibiennes, diarrhées infectieuses) environ 44% des consultations chez les enfants ;
Dermatoses et allergies cutanées.
• La dégradation de la baie entraîne également une baisse de la valeur foncière ; les propriétaires des villas grand standing ont tendance à déménager et à transformer leurs habitations en unité de production ou de conditionnement de poissons faute de trouver un acquéreur.
Mot de la fin Pour mieux gérer l’environnement, un consensus doit être obtenu entre : Ceux qui subissent le problème, Ceux qui sont à l’origine de la dégradation ; Ceux qui aident à une meilleure compréhension du problème; Et ceux qui disposent des ressources pour aider à la solution du problème.
163 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
BIODIVERSITY WOO-RYANG PARK DEPUTY MAYOR OF HANAM
1. HANAM PLANNING : A NETWORK TO MAINTAIN GREEN AREA AXIS AND BIODIVERSITY OF HANAM BUILT-UP AREA 1.1. Network Strategy at Built-up Area Master Plan for Parks and Open Spaces In order to plan a green area and network promoting biodiversity in Hanam, a comprehensive plan to link parks and open spaces located in urbanized areas and to raise species supporting capacity of each should be developed based on accurate understanding of these areas.
Conservation of Green Spaces In creating a green area axis in a city, preservation of roadside and riverside green areas and other relevant green areas is very significant. Taking a step further from their preservation, inter-connectivity should be raised and remaining green areas should be improved to function as the ecosystem with somewhat ecological completeness.
Urban Forest Maintenance Urban forest serves as an important source of species supply in the urban ecosystem. Therefore, improving species supporting capacity of an urban forest through adequate management and restoration of original vegetation would be the first step for biodiversity promotion in a city.
Natural Environment Creation In order to secure green areas required in existing urbanized area systematically, neglected corners or derelict lands of city parks, roads, rivers, public organizations, residential area, commercial area, an industrial area should be used in creating green area. There should be efforts to plant local plants in the green area and to contribute as an appropriate habitat for organisms.
Protection of Aquatic Life in Inner City In a city, the major water ecosystem is urban rivers. However, the species supporting capacity of most urban rivers is significantly low due to dry streams and water pollution. Therefore, in order to promote biodiversity in a city, development of a natural-type river restoration plan, a maintenance water volume securing plan, and a water quality improvement plan for such urban rivers is very critical.
Ecological Re-development of Existing Urban Area In re-developing existing urbanized area in Hanam, street green areas, biotopes, rooftop and wetlands an urban green area axis linked to the eco-network of entire Hanam should be developed proactively. In addition, focus should be given on creating a green area axis and improving species that would accommodate the capacity of a city.
In this strategy, areas that require plantation in residents’ view were identified through Built Environment Survey. The survey result is shown in Appendix 2. Figure 26 shows a network plan to maintain a green area axis and biodiversity in Hanam urbanized area based on a strategy discussed above.
Moreover, native plants are strong to seasonal changes of summer and winter because they have adapted and evolved to local environment and climate for long period of time and they are resistant to noxious insects. Also, once they set in place, maintenance including drainage, fertilization, and weeding is economical. In case of wildflower grasslands created along highways in particular, cost is saved because there is no need to control or replace soil wash-away.
164 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
In parks or gardens, wildflower grasslands play a decorational role. They can create various landscapes throughout a year through colour, texture, and seasonal changes. In an urban landscape, it may be a way to realize preferred vegetation diversity without blocking landscape line. In creating roadside flower gardens and flower paths and afforesting roadside cut areas, they may provide greater visual beauty than flowerbeds or green grasslands all year round through factors such as diverse textures and colours, sizes, and shapes.
Plantation using wildflowers can reflect regional features and Korean sentiments best. Because wildflowers have succeeded over long period of time in Korea, they are strong in environmental adaptability and easy to manage.
2. TYPES OF WILDFLOWER GRASSLANDS
Wildflower grassland Wildflower grassland Flowering plant garden created around created in space in a park residential area before forests
Wildflower grassland Wildflower grassland Wildflower grassland where succession has created in an area where created around residential proceeded greatly forests are dominant area and factory area (Shrubs and forest trees are seen)
Figure 27. Types of General Wildflower Grassland
Principles of Creating Wildflower Grassland Since wildflower grasslands are in a process of on-going succession, they should be developed based on the ecological principles considering size, texture, color, and ecological features by factoring in their interactions with environment and their growth. Moreover, when a wildflower grassland is created in a relatively spacious area, shrubs and thickets as well as flowering plants should be introduced in order to make it function as the habitats and shelters of birds and mammals as well as insects including butterflies. In planting flowering plants, plant lengths should be considered. However, by creating mixed grassland instead of planting a single species, various lives should be attracted. Ecological function and landscape function should be considered for all four seasons.
165 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Linking Attractable Organisms and Wildflower Grassland In creating wildflower grassland in an ecological aspect, it will be more significant to highlight its ecological functions than its visual aspect. Among various issues that need to be considered in creating wildflower grasslands, selection of plant species is tremendously important. Since this could create a micro-ecosystem, it is desirable to select and plant species while considering plants preferred and fed by insects try to attract.
It is the butterfly that is most easily attracted by creating wildflower grassland. Supposing that the butterfly is a target species, an option of planting flowering plants as basic species and mixing them with shrubs may be examined. In case of butterflies in particular, since feed plants of adult butterflies and those of larvae are different, it will be desirable to create mixed grasslands.
Planning Wildflower Grassland Development In Hanam Wildflower grasslands can be easily created and do not necessarily require a large open space. Planting not only in land but also in diverse spaces including the rooftops or walls of buildings in urban areas, fences of residential houses, and riversides, they provide both habitats and visual beauty in a landscape aspect. Therefore, an eco-axis concept may be applied by linking green areas in green belts and green spaces secured in inner city. By using local native plants, the features of Hanam may be highlighted and, in turn, this may be connected with eco-tourism routes and set in place as a part of eco-tourism resources.
Therefore, Hanam has to first select sites to create wildflower grassland. Potential sites include roadside, riverside, forest edges, eco-tourism sites, and green houses and cattle sheds in a green belt area.
Table 2. Types and Examples of Available Wildflower Grasslands
Area Example Hanam Improvement suggestions status Roadside - Create a wildflower grassland using wildflowers and shrubs in a small space instead of a simple vegetation structure of roadside trees Residence - Plant wildflowers and vines in remaining spaces around fences - Use spaces between fences School - Create a small biotope in schools - Link with nearby green areas and rice paddies wetlands and plant wildflowers and hydrophytes - Replace foreign species with native species and use them as a part of environmental education Rooftop - Use flowering plants in place of trees that afforestation cause a weights problem and create a wildflower grassland at rooftop Riverside - Plant wildflowers along riverside considering seasonal and ecological functions and promote linkage with habitats and tourism routes Wall - In order to secure insufficient green area afforestation in inner city, use wildflowers for wall afforestation
166 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
3. SUSTAINABLE USE OF BIOLOGICAL DIVERSITY COMPONENTS: ECO-TOURISM Environmentally sound and sustainable tourism, requiring no extended infrastructure development, imposing a minimal influence upon the environment and having the nature - education elements like Ecotourism, is an important form of using biological diversity that enable people to enjoy and understand increasingly the benefits of biological diversity.
In order to promote the sustainable use of biodiversity and to increase the awareness and understanding of general public on biodiversity, eco-tour programs were developed. Figure 28 shows Hanam eco-tourism strategy and its details are described in Appendix 3.
In Hanam city, green area represents 98% of its entire area (including agricultural land). In order to achieve the goals of eco-city to conserve and promote species diversity based on the principles of sustainability, stability, circularity, and soundness, the development of eco-tourism plans with the principles of ecosystem sustainability, local economy stimulation, and sharing of benefits presents a direction for the adequate conservation and use of eco-city resources and allow the sustainability of ecosystem and the sustainable use of resources.
Therefore, to this end, a strategy should be developed based on an adequate use and conservation plan according to the value assessment of tourism resources considering ecological value of resources, potential value, naturalness, biological value, diversity, and historical value of each major habitat. The Hanam eco-tourism strategy developed according to an assessment result based on the approach described above.
Figure 26. A Network Plan to Maintain Green Axis and Biodiversity of Built-up Area
167 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
3. CREATING WILDFLOWER GRASSLAND FOR URBAN AREA BIODIVERSITY PROMOTION Necessity of Creating Wildflower Grassland and its Functions The creation of wildflower grasslands facilitates the development insect habitats, which play an important role through a linkage with food chain for bird habitats. Because wildflower sets in place faster than trees, creating wildflower grasslands along streets or small spaces gives a unique feature to the area and upgrades the image of the city. It will help in developing eco-tourism programs by linking wildflower grassland with forest.
Wildflower grasslands designed in consideration of seasonal changes are effective in attracting birds or insects throughout the year. Wildflower grasslands existing between shrubs and grasses may serve as vegetation buffers between related landscape, neighboring forests, roads, or structures. In particular, they may contribute in promoting biodiversity by offering habitats for insects that live with flowers as media. This would serve as a stepping-stone in creating habitats and a green network in the area.
In a buffer zone between grasslands/forests, the ecological value of forests in the area is increased by expanding the edges surrounding the forests and protecting internal living environment. As for maintenance of wildflower grasslands, contamination by non-point sources may be directly reduced since insecticides or fertilizers are less used and it will be also reduced by the ability of wildflowers to absorb and filter other pollutants or air pollutants. Such ability is especially important in plantation in the inner part of a city or in landscapes along highways. Pollutants absorbed by vegetation are more likely to penetrate to soils rather than flow out to surface water like in grasses. Since soil filters pollutants in the air effectively, water quality may be improved through wildflower grasslands.
168 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Figure 28. Hanam Eco-tourism Strategy
4. PROMOTION OF INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION • As Hanam SCP is initiated as a part of SCP/LA21 Programme of UNCHS (Habitat)/UNEP, it is preceded in linkage with a number of international initiatives on biodiversity issues. Therefore, the accomplishments of this strategy will be provided to foreign cities as well as other Korean cities. • Joint Programme Initiatives As pilot demonstration projects, the ROK-UK Eco-house Programme is initiated under the cooperation of the UK Embassy and the British Council. Detailed information is described in the appendix.
5. EFFECTIVE IMPLEMENTATION OF THE STRATEGY Launching The Hanam Projects for People and Wildlife for City-work Cooperation In order to contribute in the awareness and understanding of the general public in biodiversity, Hanam city government and organizations under the city government encourage civil groups participating in tourism and cultural heritage activities to raise funds for the conservation of biological resources. Launching a movement such as “Hanam Trust” may be desirable also.
169 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
As a part of Hanam Agenda 21, the Hanam biodiversity strategy or action plans should be implemented. The Hanam Projects for People and Wildlife has the following objectives: to encourage the creation of new areas for natural conservation; to promote participation by every class of a local community for wildlife conservation; and to identify ways to successfully combine wildlife conservation and wider public involvement. It has the following pilot projects: The Han River Ecology Park; Nature-type River Restoration Projects; and Firefly Eco-pond.
5.1 The Han River Ecology Park Project Overview This area includes islets in the Han River and terrace land and has a large number of wild animal types and population, birds in particular. However, many wetland plants and animals are lost due to aggregate storage sites or other constructions. However, the ecological survey showed that undisturbed wet areas have much capacity to colonize and survive terrace land wetland plants.
Potential Partners for the project include: Han River Administrative Agency, Ministry of Environment, Han River Management Office, Seoul City, Hanam City government, Civilian environment groups, Schools, Hanam citizens and Han River Ecology Society.
Master Plan
Figure 29. The Han River Ecological Park Master Plan
170 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Project Overview Several streams in Hanam are under qualitative degradation due to developments of flower warehouses, distribution centers, parking lots in riversides, and cover-ups of rivers and inflow of pollutants. In Mangwol stream in particular, water quality contamination is serious due to the disorganized development of green houses and distribution centers and the inflow of various wastes and drainage. The situation is also same in Cho-E stream, Kam-E stream, Dukpoong stream, and Sangok stream. Their water quality ranges in grade 4-5, which is difficult for organisms to survive. (See to Figure and Table.) In addition, artificial water management measures such as straightening rivers acted as another cause of destroying the river and wetland ecosystems. In some sections of Mangwol stream, the flood washed soil away.
Table 24. Present Status, Problems, and Measures of Rivers & Streams in Hanam
Item Present status Problems Suggestions
River path - Meandering and - Current speed gets - Reduce speed straightening faster and difficult to through meandering create habitats - Set up a reservoir dam for fish way function Revetment - Natural hills and - Soil washed away by - Apply nature-type man-made hills and floods river revetment stone breast walls - Man-made techniques such as development make stone walls for it difficult for reinforcement vegetation to set in place Cross-section - Cover up some - Cover-up destroys - Demolish cover-up and vertical- sections river ecosystem structures section Structures - Bridges and dams - Concrete structures - Demolish structures damage river landscape and make life to survive difficult Land use in - Residential area, - Domestic sewage - Restrict disorganized surrounding agricultural land, and trash flow into development and area commercial area, rivers set up water warehouses, green purification marshes house, and bean sprout plants Water depth - About 5cm - 20cm - Low current - Set up a reservoir dam for secure current Water quality - Water quality is in a - Water pollution is too - Eliminate source - serious state ranging serious for life to pollutants (check in grade 4-5 mostly survive domestic wastes and industrial wastes)
171 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Figure 30. Streams in Hanam City
Present Status, Problems, and Measures of Rivers & Streams in Hanam
As an effort to resolve the problems of rivers in Hanam, this study team divided rivers into three sections: nature-type river section, river re-development section, and water-friendly development section. For river sections where living spheres are created, a buffer zone is formed. In addition, habitats are created and introducing fish ways, shoals, and reservoir dams secure current volume. In areas where pollutants such as domestic sewage and wastes are hard to control, wetlands are created as water purification wetlands as well as new habitats. Basic conception map of river system in Hanam is contained in Figure 31.
Figure 31. Conceptual Plan of Streams Restoration
172 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Potential Partners include Hanam city government; Civilian environment groups; Schools ; Hanam citizens; Environment Ecology Society.
Basic Conception Rivers in Hanam is qualitatively degraded due to disorganized developments of warehouses and green houses. Also, the construction of bridges and dams, which are concrete structures, and river straightening as a part of water management projects are disclosing serious problems such as destroying habitats.
Dukpoong stream, which is a site for the nature-type river restoration project, shows problems commonly observed in rivers in Hanam including water pollution and ecosystem destruction by river straightening and runs through urbanized area, forests, and agricultural land. Therefore, by understanding the present status and problems and presenting actions to address them, a guideline for implementing the nature- type river restoration project will be developed. The upper stream of Dukpoong stream does not have man-made factors and water is clear. However, it is under the threat of water pollution due to domestic sewages and cattle breeding wastes. Its midstream runs through agricultural land and residential areas and has a positive aspect of increasing water supply opportunities to agricultural land. However, it can be easily damaged because it neighbours with residential area or roads. Downstream Dukpoong flows through urbanized area. Due to river re-development, many man-made structures are found and bad odour caused by methane gas is serious. The survey by this study team confirmed grade 3 with BOD of 4.7mg/l.
Table 25. Present Status, Problems, and Restoration Plans of Dukpoong Stream
Section Present Problems Suggestions Present Alternative status photo photo Nature- Forest - Inflow of domestic - Eliminate point- type river area, sewage, cattle-raising sources (check residential wastes, and trash domestic sewage and area - Simple cross-section industrial wastes) makes it difficult to - Complicate cross- secure current section to secure volume current volume River re- Residential - Inflow of domestic - Secure habitats by develop- area, and industrial wastes demolishing man- ment agricultural - Concrete structures made structures such area, damage river as bridge and dams com- landscape and make - Eliminate pollutants mercial life to survive difficult - Apply nature-type area river techniques such as stone walls for reinforcement Water- Residential - Discharge of sewage - Reduce speed friendly area, & drainage and through meandering space com- wastes from - Set up a reservoir dam creation mercial disorganized for fish way function area, development - Eliminate point urbanized - Flood damage from sources area straightened rivers - Restrict disorganized and reduction of development and habitats create water purification swamps
173 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Figure 32. Conceptual Plan of Dukpoong Stream Nature-type River Restoration
Firefly Ecological Park
Project Overview Many people miss and wish to see glowing fireflies, which have disappeared due to industrialization and urbanization that they used to see in their hometown at night during their childhood. With a purpose of soothing the homesick of many urban dwellers and providing a science-learning center for children, Hanam city plans to create a firefly eco-park. Although some nature is destroyed by disorganized development in urbanized areas and green belt area, on the contrary, Hanam is an area where the natural state is relatively conserved. Among areas where the natural state is conserved in a good shape, it is planned to create a space for nature learning and firefly observation in Seom village Gajaegol, where fireflies are found today, while maintaining its original appearance. Creating an eco-park with a theme in Hanam will allow creating an eco-city Hanam where nature and humankind co-exist.
Potential Partners include Hanam city government; Civilian environment groups; Schools; Hanam citizens; Organization of other areas that created firefly parks (Muju, Bundang, and Taeho).
Basic Concept The firefly eco-park in Gajaegol has two major themes: a nature learning space and a firefly observation space. In creating spaces here, a key principle is not to disturb existing Kajaegol to its maximum extent. Upperstream, as a conservation and management space, will be habitats, the feed of fireflies, and the larvae of fireflies. The nature learning space in midstream will have a wetland to purify pollutants flown in from villages and to improve water quality. The wetland space will be a nature learning space to observe wetland plants and various lives. In addition to the wetland observation space, a forest observation space and a native plant observation space will be created to facilitate various nature learning. The firefly observation space in downstream will be created while minimizing interference by humankind and have some observation decks set up to facilitate observation.
174 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Figure 33. Concept Plan of the Firefly Ecological Park
Figure 34. Conceptual Plan of the Firefly Eco-Park
Coordination with Other Natural and Local Plans The Hanam Biodiversity Strategy will be implemented with guidance of the Ministry of Environment’s Nature Environment Conservation Plan on environment conservation, Biodiversity National Strategy, Metropolitan City Planning, Hanam City Planning, Hanam Eco-city Planning, and Hanam Agenda 21. The most ideal would be to have entire policies and plans of Hanam based on the Hanam Biodiversity Strategy on biodiversity conservation and sustainable use. To this end, harmonious coordination should be assured.
175 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Follow-up of Progress and Review of the Strategy In order to implement this strategy consistently, Hanam Biodiversity Action Plan Steering Group needs to be organized. For the next two decades, the group should set the comprehensive targets of nature conservation groups partnered with the government and carry out implementation. Its accomplishments should be assessed continuously and this strategy should be reviewed.
6. CONCLUSION The Hanam Biodiversity Strategy is required in order to implement the ROK National Biodiversity Strategy at a local level. At the same time, this strategy should be a major component of the SCP of UN Habitat/UNEP. The Hanam Biodiversity Strategy proposed in this study is developed based on survey data limited to the biodiversity status of Hanam. Nevertheless, it is significant and valuable in a sense that this is the first attempt of a kind in Korea.
Since the Hanam Biodiversity Strategy is based on an integrated approach and the participation of local community, it is judged that it is in line with the purpose and spirit of Local Agenda 21. Therefore, the study team hopes that pilot projects proposed in this strategy are actually realized through a partnership participated by every group, school, and individual interested in Hanam biodiversity as well as Hanam city authorities. It is expected that the result of such efforts will be offered to every member city of SCP and contribute in the ecological transformation of global cities.
176 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
BIO-DIVERSITY CONSERVATION WITHIN THE NAIROBI CITY PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK MR. TOM P. ODONGO ASSISTANT DIRECTOR – FORWARD PLANNING CITY PLANNING DEPARTMENT; NAIROBI CITY COUNCIL - KENYA
1. INTRODUCTION Bio-diversity refers to the existence of diverse biological species, both fauna and flora, in a given ecosystem. The ecosystem could be on dry land, water or air. As a result, Bio-diversity conservation denotes the sustainable utilization and management of biological resources within their specific ecological system. In this regard, a city could be treated as an ecological system.
Nairobi is the capital City of Kenya. The City lies almost along the equator. It is surrounded by coffee farms mainly in Kiambu District on its Northern and savannah grassland plains on the Eastern and Southern edges. Within its northern environs is found Karura forest. Thus, the City is endowed with a variety of tropical floral species. These species interrelate with, and are affected by, the human activities in the City. Thus the need to conserve the biological species.
Biological diversity is useful as a source of food, ‘ventilation corridors’ in concentrated City developments, foundation of leisure, aesthetics and touristic purposes. This means that bio-diversity conservation and management should remain part and parcel of urban planning and management processes.
2. BIO-DIVERSITY CONSERVATION WITHIN CITY PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT The control and management of Nairobi City’s growth and development falls under the legal mandate of Nairobi City Council. Planning roles and responsibilities are generally delegated to the City Planning Department. The department works consultatively with the other Council’s departments. The Council’s powers derive from the Local Government Act, Chapter 265 of the Laws of Kenya. In addition, there are other legal provisions made to guide in the planning and management of the City. The Physical Planning Act is one example of the additional legal powers of managing development in the City.
The Physical Planning Act This Act came into force recently (1996). The objective of the Act is to guide professional planning of development projects and programmes. The Act provides for the protection, reservation and prevention of areas earmarked for bio-diversity conservation. Examples can hereby be supported by the following sections of the Act;
• Section 29 (f): This subsection makes provision for the reservation and maintenance/ management of planned open spaces, parks, urban forests and green belts • Section 36: Makes requirement for an Environmental Impact Assessment for developments likely to injure the physio-biological resources e.g. industrial establishments, sewerage treatment, quarry sites etc. • Section 47: Recognises the Antiquities and Monuments Act as one of the instruments that can be used for purposes of preserving historical sites some of which are vital habitats of biological species e.g. parks, gardens etc.
On the basis of the above framework, one can correctly say that the City Planning department is incharge of the overall guidance of all-physical development projects and programmes in the City. This responsibility is undertaken towards the achievement of an optimal socio-economic growth
177 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
and development within an efficient functioning physical City. Consequently, the Department takes the lead in guiding the formulation and implementation of strategic structure and Part development plans of the City. These plans specify land use patterns across the Cityscape.
Given the foregoing background, one can move to the historical development of the City in relation to bio-diversity conservation. As a result, the City could be seen to have evolved, so far, within the framework of two broad plans; The 1948 Master Plan for a Colonial City and the 1973 Metropolitan Growth Strategy. These two planning interventions have given rise to a peculiar land use pattern within the Cityscape over a less than 50 years. The pattern has affected, whether directly or indirectly, bio-diversity conservation measures within the City ecosystem. The situation, which has emerged over that short period, can be attested by the following map, which shows the current land use pattern in the City of Nairobi. In the map, various zones have emerged for land use activities including; forest reserves/green belt areas; river basins (riparian reserves); parks and other open spaces; specified dumping sites; Deferred/fragile land; residential zones; industrial locations; commercial areas; transportation channels etc.
The above situation has emanated from a careful planning framework, which has, over time, sought to guard against incompatible land development within the City. In this paper, special focus is dedicated to the analysis of the situation of conserving bio-diversity especially along the river basin (e.g. Nairobi River which almost cuts across the centre of the City on its eastern side), Karura Forest, Ngong Road Forest, Nairobi National Park, City Park and Uhuru Park. These areas are primarily conservation zones based on historical or bio-physical environmental considerations. For example, Karura Forest serves as a vital ventilation corridor of the City’s polluted air from its industrial establishments as well as a water catchment zone for the rivers flowing downstream to the low- laying rural area bordering the City on its eastern horizons.
3. THE CITY’S POPULATION AND ITS EFFECTS ON BIO-DIVERSITY CONSERVATION The City of Nairobi has grown tremendously within a very short time-span particularly the post- independence period. This growth can be explained by various factors especially the increase of the City’s population size.
The City’s population has grown from about 118,894 people in 1948 when the first Plan for a Colonial City was prepared to approximately over 2.5 million today (2000). By 1979, close to five years after the formulation of the 1973 Metropolitan Grown Strategy, the City had a population of 827,775 people.
The above population increase has presented varying socio-economic demands for land. The result has, no doubt, put drastic pressure not only on peri-urban predominantly agricultural, but also on conservation area. Parallel to this has been the increasing poverty level due the rising unemployment, poor national economic performance and the unabated urban-pull factor of the rural population. Consequently, considerable size of the City’s population, estimated to be at the threshold of 60%, has systematically been pushed towards the contiguous areas of conservation zones. Besides this, the officially sanctioned land speculations in the City have born a breed of encroachment practices. These practices are not confined to the low-income groups but also the upper-middle and higher income people. The upper-income groups have a tendency to prefer greener neighbourhoods with plenty of fresh air. This probably explains why the areas within and around Karura Forest and Ngong Road Forest have fallen prey to the high-income groups.
4. CURRENT BIO-DIVERISTY CONSERVATION MEASURES (EFFORTS) Various groups which, in one way or the other, contribute to bio-diversity conservation in the City are undertaking various efforts. These efforts have gone a long way in strengthening the planning and other legal measures of conserving the City’s bio-diversity. Some of these measures could be
178 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
highlighted briefly here below; i. Nairobi Informal Settlements Strategy Efforts The Nairobi Informal Settlements Co-ordinating Committee (NISCC) is an organization which draws membership from various stakeholders within Nairobi City including the Central government, Nairobi City Council, NGOs and private institutions. NISCC has formulated a strategy, which recognises the role of informal settlements in the City’s socio-economic development. The strategy serves as a convenient entry point in bio-diversity conservation measures through co-ordination of the growth and development of informal settlements. The river basin can be seen as one of the ecosystems, which could benefit a lot from the efforts of NISCC.
The River Basin ecological system is today one of the most threatened physio-biological diversity resource in the City especially from informal settlements. The settlements have shown a strong tendency of growing more and more along the riverbank reserves. Many poor and low-income households find the areas relatively secure. Thus, most of them have naturally squattered along riverbank reserves, which cannot be alienated for private use through public allocation. The problem is also compounded by weak enforcement of conservation rules and regulations. As a result, those who cannot access urban land and housing at affordable rates due to their limited economic and political power find sanctuaries in the reserved areas. Most of the affected households who squat in these areas have at one time or another been displaced by the formal systems. Their only seemingly alternative is to look for mechanisms to solve their shelter problems. Unfortunately, the resultant scenario has been a big threat to the conservation of the river basin ecosystems.
Consequently, the Nairobi Informal Settlements Development Strategy (NISDS) addresses the improvement of physical environment by subjecting the existing settlements to regularization with compliance to the Physical Planning Act. Conservation measures are placed at the centre of the regularization process in the strategy and particularly within the river basins.
The NISDS has introduced participatory, inclusive and informative processes in managing the settlements’ transformation. Through this, the strategy has made mobilization of the local communities possible in order to support initiatives of restoring and managing their neighbourhood river basin ecosystems.
The structure below shows the interrelationship and inclusiveness of the NISDS/NISCC strategic processes;
NISDS/NISCC Sketch Structure
Nairobi Professional Central City Council Institution Government
NISCC & TAC
Development NGOs & Community Partners Civil Society Groups
KEY Direction of relationship
179 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Various stakeholders all of who have environmental component have already formulated a number of projects within the NISDS framework. This has contributed to the enhancement of bio-diversity conservation. However, due to the link between poverty and the conservation of the river basin ecosystem means that the NISDS implementation will take a long time to yield visible impact. Urban poverty is still on the rise and this potentially places more pressure on the river bank ecosystem. ii. The Contribution of the Nairobi Planning Liaison Committee According to the Physical Planning Act (No. 6 of 1996), the Liaison Committee is an advisory policy organ servicing the Minister responsible for Physical Planning, and the Director of the Physical Planning Department. It also arbitrates between the Government, the civil society and the private sector of complex matters touching on physical development. The Act recognises the Antiquities Act as conservation Law that can be applied in the course of articulating urban planning and management operations. The Act (Physical Planning) also provides for the establishment of a City level multi-disciplinary and representative planning liaison committee as a forum for arbitration and advisory on planning policies.
In the wake of the politically motivated public allocation of land which has permitted the encroachment of urban development into the City’s forests, parks, basin reserves and public open spaces, the Liaison Committee has provided a forum for the civil society, the Nairobi City Council, private sector, development partners and the Central Government departments to negotiate an agreeable framework for conservation of physio-biological diversity. Priority has been given to the immediate and total stoppage of the destruction of the City Park, Central Park and Uhuru Park. These three physio-biological resource habitats were earmarked by the 1948 Master Plan and have been nurtured over time.
At the time of the Nairobi Liaison Committee’s intervention, physic-biological resource conservation measures were governed through zoning rules, Government Land Act and the Forest Act. These instruments have proved inadequate since the same allows for excision of parts of the said ecosystems for urban development projects. However, City planning and management process operating within the Nairobi Planning Liaison Committee forum adopted the use of the Monuments and Antiquities Act for the conservation of City Park, Uhuru Park and the Central Park. Under this Act, excision of any part of these bio-diversity reserves is made impossible since they are already registered in the Land Registry as monuments.
The Monuments and Antiquities Act also gives Nairobi City Council and the Museums of Kenya stewardship status on the concerned conservation areas. This has effectively taken away the authority over the reserve areas from the Central Government, which previously could facilitate excision of the same for urban development on speculative basis.
5. EXISTING CONSTRAINTS In spite of the existing legal framework part of which came into force recently, effective management of physio-biological diversity within Nairobi City has been hindered by several bottlenecks. Some of them include; logistical problems including lack of adequate and qualified staff; insufficient financial resources; poor institutional framework for effective implementation of planning policies; low staff morale arising from inappropriate remuneration framework; and political manoeuvres on planning process.
6. LESSONS LEARNED AND WAY FORWARD It is clearly cognitive that the City of Nairobi cannot grow sustainably without taking physio-biological diversity issues on board. This calls for tangible measures in steering the City growth and development. The best way forward would include adopting an all inclusive and comprehensive approach on planning matters. To this end, rationalization of the Council’s operations and the good will from the Central Government, NGOs, development partners, the civil society and other stakeholders is imperative.
180 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
LOCALISING AGENDA 21 PROGRAMME, MUNICIPAL COUNCIL OF NAKURU, KENYA MS. MARGARET NG’AYU PROJECT COORDINATOR
Background Nakuru was founded in 1904 as a railway outpost 160-km to the west from Nairobi. It is located along the east-west transport route across the country, linking the Kenyan coast with Lake Victoria region and Uganda. It is situated at an altitude of 1859 m above sea level on a remarkable and overwhelming setting between the Menengai crater in the north, and Lake Nakuru, home to the famous flamingoes, to the south. The Lake Nakuru National Park is a tourist attraction with great economic value for the country. Being on the floor of the Rift Valley, the town is susceptible to volcanic soils such that during the dry season the town is engulfed in whirlwinds of dust, giving the town its name.
Lake Nakuru National Park The park, with the lake as the most important artifact covers an area of 188sq. km. It is a major biodiversity feature in Nakuru, formed as a result of faulting and depressed faults carp. The land area covered by the water is 44 sq. km but does not exceed 2.5 metres. Most of the water to the lake comes from 2 permanent rivers, a number of seasonal rivers and surface run-off from the town. The Park is an important flora and fauna habitat with more than 450 species of birds and 50 different mammal species. The rapid increase of population in the town is threatening this fragile ecosystem.
Legal the Instruments Managing the Park are: 1968- The park was gazetted in and governed by the Wildlife Act Chapter 376; 1987- Declared a rhino sanctuary; 1990- Declared a Ramser site, recognition of the area as a wetland of international importance.
Challenges on the park diversity Siltation caused by soil erosion due to inappropriate farming methods in the catchment; pollution from industrial effluents, storm drainage, agricultural chemicals and fertilizers, seepage of liquid waste from households (affects the lives of the birds and animals); human encroachment- expansion of the sewerage works, house construction and farming; human/wildlife conflict –disposal of waste to the park, electrified fence- (danger to people); frequent drying up of the lake-altered hydrology of the catchment (drilling of water wells and boreholes, irrigation); “dual management” of the park – area within the boundaries of the council but not under statutory management of the same.
Efforts to Manage/Preserve the Biodiversity Strategic Structure Plan – highlights possibilities for consultation and collaboration between the park management local authority and residents. Detailed research on the park edge is ongoing; support for park management to support community projects is being encouraged; enforcement of the effluent by-laws is being implemented.
Community mobilization/participation Community based solid waste management; community training on appropriate methods of farming in the catchment - organic farming, agro-forestry; pollution release transfer registers – manufacturers register data on releases of each chemical/substance used, monitoring of the chemicals/substances released into the air/drainage/water bodies. Free park entries for the residents during specified periods.
181 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Experiences/Lessons Learnt Complex issue of releasing the correct and useful information about the park – real causes and effects on lake drying, pollution etc. There have also been economic implications. There has been lack of direct economic benefits for the council from the park revenues. The idea of mobilizing of stakeholders – KWS, private sector, financial supporters, CBO’s – within the framework of SSP should be encouraged.
182 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
DECENTRALIZATION BATILDA BURIAN URBAN AUTHORITIES SUPPORT UNIT, TANZANIA
Political Decentralisation This involves the devolution of powers and creation of regulatory framework by the parliament and rules for councils and relevant committees.
Financial Decentralisation It ensures that councils have financial discretional powers and power to levy agreed local taxes. Central government has the moral obligation to provide councils with unconditional (block) grants the other forms of support.
Administrative Decentralisation This involves de-linking councils technical staff from their respective parent ministries and bureaucratic procedures.
Structural Functional Decentralisation A new perspective on central-local relations The role of central government vis-à-vis local councils; whereby the central government retaining the over-riding powers within the framework of the country’s constitutional and other enabling legislation but encouraging and respecting the autonomy of the councils.
Strengths • Decentralisation facilitates effective co-ordination among various agencies involved in local councils governance.
• It allows active participation and responsibility of all groups of actors. It increases popular participation in development planning and management.
• It facilitates greater co-ordination between various actors through dialogue, the quest for synergies, and an attempt to establish consistency between the various actors’ initiatives.
• It increases flexibility and responsiveness in the management of local community development programmes.
• Delegation of administrative - including financial - responsibilities to the closest possible hierarchical level of the actors concerned
Challenges • Lack of specific mechanism for dialogue with civil societies, whose roles and potential are still marginalised.
• It can have unintended effects for example of consolidating the power of local/community bureaucrats / elite instead of empowering the people at the community levels.
• It requires responsible, responsive and sensitive and caring public bureaucrats and politicians both at the central and local government levels.
183 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Opportunities • Strengthening of local councils through education, training, staffing and reliable resources cannot ensure their goods and services to the community but also ensure that communities are involved in the decision making process and implementation.
• Emphasising on reinforcing capacities and institutional development with a view to boosting the potential for action and control of local initiatives.
• As support for local development initiatives and processes, making it possible to ensure consistency between isolated activities (micro-implementations, NG0s activities) within a given spatial framework.
Table: Commonality among municipalities of expressions of Training Needs, by Training and Subjects of Training
Target Dept. Mtaa & Heads & Tech. Ward Village Working NG0s, Cllrs, Subject Mun. Dir Staff Execs. Leaders Groups CB0s MPS, Other & Politicians Stake- Citizens holders Org. 2 2 2 1 Management Financial 2 2 1 1 1 Management Financial 1 2 1 1 Resource Mobilization Project 1 1 1 Management Technical 1 1 2 Knowledge Human 3 2 2 1 2 1 Resource Mobilization Roles & 1 1 1 4 Responsibility Information 2 4 1 1 1 Management Participation 1 1 2 2 Basic 2x env. 2x poverty 2x env. 2x env. 2x env. Knowledge alleviation 2x poverty alleviation 2x gender sensitivity
4 = common to the greatest number of municipalities 1 = common to the least
184 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
URBANIZATION AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT IN CENTRAL AFRICA; ISSUES, CHALLENGES AND PERSPECTIVES AT THE EVE OF THE THIRD MILLENNIUM NGO LOUNGA MADELINE CAMEROON
Summary The health of the population and the sustainable management of the environment in our towns are crucial issues confronting town planners and politicians. Our cities are confronted with several problems related to population density, sanitation, insecurity, lack of green spaces, as well as persistent epidemics. With the view of redressing the situation in our cities, plans to redesign future cities should take into account issues of health and environmental management.
In Cameroon the National Plan of Environmental Management was adopted in 1994 with the main objectives of the government and its partners to protect the environment. Nevertheless, despite these objectives, a lot still remains to be done in the area of translating these approaches into concrete action.
Established Facts Several cities in Cameroon are squatters; they are built in disorder, which makes maintenance and reconstruction difficult. In reality the cities are affected by economic, social and political changes. These are epitomes of the global trends of urban civilization. Studies have revealed that a city with 100,000 inhabitants is able to accommodate a residential capital of 75 milliards CFAF in which case 60 milliards is private capital and 10 milliards is public capital (made of high ways department and different networks) and 5 milliards for natural and regional investments (hospitals, high schools etc.). With an average of 5% per year, the urban population is likely to triple by 2025 as well as influx of people; goods and services enter into cities. This means a city of 100,000 inhabitants would have to invest 2.5 to 3% of its total capital (6 to 8 milliards). Public investment would amount to 1.4 milliard or 0.8 milliard for urban development (to address population growth in the city) and 0.6 milliard for maintenance of existing capital (renewal of equipment).
In Cameroon, like most other countries within the Central African Region, projects designed for the protection of the environment are centralized. There is less participation of the population at the inception stage of the project. Even when the population becomes involved at the implementation stage, their involvement is by force. It has been observed that the proliferation of squatter settlements, promiscuity and current water pollution have been caused by existing waste and untreated used water. Unsecured tenure has been aggravated by abandoned property being seized by the Council, a situation that has frustrated the inhabitants. In addition to this, initiatives for urban sanitation have been jeopardized by poor financial capacity.
Issues / challenges The key issues and challenges are to prepare the future city of Cameroon, to reconstruct the city for better living, while taking into account the essential needs of the population – housing, employment, education, health, leisure, security, transport and the standard of living. On the other hand, to formulate a new form of urban participation for the management of future city will entail a new way of municipal management. Moreover, it would be pertinent to promote youth associations, women’s groups, neighbourhood committees as well as voluntary clubs in the process of designing a better management strategy for the city.
Sensitization and education on urban sanitation should be done on a permanent basis, while health projects by the Ministry of Public Health should be implemented in partnerships with non-
185 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
governmental organizations. Agro-forestry or the planting of trees in cities should be encouraged and should involve the entire population.
Conclusion The protection of the environment is a multi-sectoral activity. As a result, neighborhood committees, youth associations have to be strengthened and encouraged to be actively involved in the management of city activities. The state and NGOs have a role to play. The issue is for them to formulate an environmental policy, which will include a sensitization of the public, communities, participation of the population, harmonization of activities of different partners and the coordination of programme implementation, monitory by the communities, and resolution of different conflicts. Community management of the environment is the responsibility of all stakeholders.
186 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
INSTITUTE FOR LOCAL GOVERNMENT STUDIES (IHS) PAUL SCHUTTENBELT
1. Capacity Building for Decentralization in 2. GOG is committed to a policy of Ghana (CBDG) decentralized administration, planning and In cooperation with: implementation (Vision 2020).
Ministry of Local Government and Rural Conventional approaches are not Development (MLGRD) adequate. New roles will be added and existing roles Institute of Local Government Studies (ILGS) will change particularly at the district level. There is therefore a need for extensive Implemented by: capacity building. Institute for Housing and Urban Development Studies (IHS).
3. The CBDG project provides support to co- 4. In 1988, the Government of Ghana ordinate and stimulate capacity building embarked on the implementation of a efforts for local government. comprehensive decentralization policy.
The Ministry specifically requested This is to be achieved through five major assistance in the establishment of the aspects: Institute of Local Government Studies (ILGS) Political Decentralization. Administrative Decentralization. Decentralized participatory development ILGS will be central element of the GoG’s planning and programme implementation. strategy to boost the decentralization Fiscal decentralization. process through. Decentralized management of public Training of officers and elected members. private partnerships. Documentation and Information services. Research and Advisory services.
5. The District Assemblies are the key players 6. Experience in contributing to in the decentralization policy in Ghana. Decentralization in Ghana.
ILGS is a major tool in the government’s ILGS provided courses for staff, decision efforts to build capacity at city level. makers and elected members. Positively evaluated but need for follow up ILGS is supposed to become a center of ILGS receives requests from Local excellence dedicated to building capacity Authorities for follow up. for decentralized management and Limit theory. development. Focus on Practical experience and exchange of information.
187 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
7. Difficulties faced 8. Recommendations Capacity building is often done ad-hoc and Stages. not well thought through. Class room training. Wrong Target group. Follow up of training. Incomplete. On the job training. Focussed on projects rather than local Exchange of information. development. Awareness. Lack of coordination and often duplication. People leave the job after being trained.
9. It should also be institutionalized in existing 10. Capacity Building should be much more organizations within the country. focused:
Levels Introducing new ideas/concepts. The exchange of information between the Technical staff. cities. Decision makers (at various levels). Best practices (national and international). Politicians. Preparation of action plans. Follow up.
188 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
PROMOTING STAKEHOLDER INVOLVEMENT AND CAPACITIES AT LOCAL LEVEL SUSTAINABLE CITIES PROGRAMME - A UNCHS/UNEP FACILITY AND EXPERIENCE OLE LYSE UNITED NATIONS CENTRE FOR HUMAN SETTLEMENTS (HABITAT)
In the context of decentralisation, the Sustainable Cities Programme Projects aim at building competencies for improved environmental governance, - and like most capacity building efforts focuses on processes and methods.
One key element of decentralisation is to involve all stakeholders and to ensure that through participatory approaches the decentralised levels are able to play their expected roles:
This requires at least three deliberate steps: • institutional/political will • mechanisms that allow it to happen • capacity for meaningful participation - to understand issues - too prioritise - to negotiate - to resolve conflicts - to influence policy - to mobilise resources
189 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
SCP stages here which helps:
City Consultation Objectives City Consultation Objectives
1. To identify, review and expand upon urban 3. To demonstrate through priority urban environmental issues of priority concern which environmental issues, a process of defining; affect the sustainable growth & development of the - Concerns at different levels city - Key actors - A methodology to establish a cross-sectoral 2. To bring together key actors (public/private/popular working approach sectors) in order that they may commit themselves to jointly develop and agree the need for an 4. To agree an appropriate institutional structure that improved city management process (enabling is integrated with existing organisational partnerships, environmentally sound, and cutting procedures, and in so doing to demonstrate what across sectors) and how necessary resources can be brought together to address the issues.
190 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
TRANSPARENCY OF DECISION-MAKING DAVID KITHAKYE REGIONAL OFFICE FOR AFRICA AND ARAB STATES, UNCHS (HABITAT)
191 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
192 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
WORKING GROUP SECURITY SAFER CITIES PROGRAMME – ANNA MTANI, DAR ES SALAAM, TANZANIA,
1. INTRODUCTION Every individual has the inalienable right to life, to liberty and to security. Insecurity has a disproportionate impact in marginalizing poor communities. Therefore, cities must strive to avoid human conflicts and natural disasters by involving all stakeholders in crime and conflict prevention and disaster preparedness.
Fear of crime is as much a problem as crime itself and is an important policy issue in its own right. Consequences of crime or the fear of it are multiple. It creates an obstacle in building safer communities as it restricts behaviour patterns and people’s capacity to participate in public life and other activities. Experience have shown however that fear of crime affects the poor and the vulnerable groups especially women, children, the aged and disabled, who are threatened with assault, sexual harassment, rape and domestic violence.
Cities should work with communities and other stakeholders while encouraging the co-operation between enforcement agencies in preventing conflicts and crime. Causes of crime are manifold. International researches have grouped them into three main causes: social, institutional and those related to physical urban environment. • Social: those connected with unemployment marginalization, school drop-out, illiteracy, etc. • Institutional: associated with weakness in the criminal justice system (police, justice and prisons) in dealing with delinquency cases. • Physical environment: resulting from poor management of the urbanisation process in which the growth and development of urban centres do not comply with service provision, including security aspects (to such areas as public spaces). Cities should recognise that buildings, streets, open spaces and parks are not merely the settings in which crime occurs, but that the fabric and design of public places can deter criminal activities and enhance safety. Crime prevention through environmental design is among simple techniques of fortifying the environment applied at community level e.g. through safety audits.
There have been two predominant approaches to controlling urban crime. The most prevalent response has been to call for greater law and order, more police, tougher laws, stiffer jail sentences and keeping people in jail longer assuming that crime and fear of crime results from too many criminals and insufficient criminal justice.
The second approach has been to focus on the root causes of crime: systematic disadvantage, neglect and discrimination community groups through training and education, job creation, economic development and job creation in poorer communities.
The third approach is the Safer Cities initiative, which encourages partnerships among national governments, cities, neighbourhoods and the civil society in developing strategies for crime prevention. This is an initiative which has worked successfully in Britain, Canada, United States, France, the Netherlands, and currently in African cities of Johannesburg, Cape Town, Dar Es Salaam and Abidjan, whereby national governments support community initiatives aimed at crime prevention through job creation, education, self defence for girls and women and giving support to crime victims, and working in collaboration with the Mayors at community level. The international Mayors
193 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Conference on urban safety which took place in Barcelona (1987), Montreal (1989), Paris (1991), Vancouver (1996) and Johannesburg (1998) emphasized on the need for decentralizing responsibility for the fight against insecurity to the city and municipal level.
Whichever strategy is used, the Safer Cities approach works to: • Establish a coalition, under the supervision of the mayor or city government in charge of the formulation, installation and evaluation of a local security strategy. • Provide a diagnosis of insecurity targeted at the manifestation but especially the causes of delinquency insecurity and fear for crime (insecurity) • Establishment of a variety of intervention measures targeting different aspects of insecurity. • Innovative creation of jobs in the field of insecurity and of prevention that one complementary to police interventions.
1.1 Launching the Safer Cities Approach In 1996 UNCHS (Habitat) launched the Safer Cities Programme during the Istanbul Conference (1996) with main objective to provide municipal authorities and the community with technical assistance with a view to developing sustainable ways of preventing violence and crime. Crime prevention in the context of Safer Cities refers to activities intended to reduce or prevent the occurrence of crime or fear of it, by either altering the environment in which it occurs or by intervening more broadly to alter the social (or other) conditions which are thought to cause crime.
The important theme of Safer Cities is partnership in coalition and co-ordination of skills and resources which are necessary for crime prevention initiatives from a variety of key stakeholders and role players e.g. government ministries, NGOs, CBOs, religious organisations, etc. It aims to stimulate the development of local crime prevention and competency focusing on the local authority itself and looking at the other role players within the local environment.
2. EXPERIENCE IN ADAPTING AND IMPLEMENTING INTERNATIONAL CONVENTIONS, AGREEMENTS AND NORMS AT THE CITY LEVEL (Background situation in relation to security of individuals and their living environment in Dar es Salaam)
Rising crime trends during the 70’s and 80’s as a result of socio-economic and political incidences raised the concern of both the communities and the Tanzania government. While the government formulated policies to sensitise and involve each citizen to take responsibility of reducing crime, communities responded by initiating traditional security groups (neighbourhood watch) called Sungusungu. Gaining society support due to effective action against crime prevention, the initiative received political recognition and support. The initiative was able to reduce crime rate by 60% in 1989, thus replicating fast to other urban centres as a community strategy for crime prevention.
However, following socio-economic and political changes the country was going through (trade liberalization, multi-party democracy and general trends of globalisation.) the rate of urban criminality, delinquency and violence increased. By 1995 Dar es Salaam accounted for 25% of all crimes recorded countrywide, which is within average of 25 - 30% of offences in cities of the developing world.
As the situation adversed, Dar Es Salaam did not hesitate to sign and adopt the Habitat Agenda during the Istanbul Conference (1996) by recognizing that “prevention of crime and promotion of sustainable communities are essential to the attainment of safe and secure cities”…(See Para 123, Habitat Agenda).
The programme was initiated by UNCHS Habitat in Dar es Salaam 1997 and officially launched by Dar Es Salaam City Commission (DCC) in August 1998 with technical support from International Centre for Prevention of Crime (ICPC) Canada. Located at the City Commission level initially, it is now
194 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
decentralized into the three municipalities of Temeke, Ilala and Kinondoni, with a core team at city level working at building the capacity of newly established units at municipal level. Safer Cities is linked with all other administrative levels working through ward and subwards to the grassroots communities through the decentralized administrative structure of the city. Working through the Safety and Security Committees at subward and ward level strengthens the linkage, which discuss and endorse crime prevention initiatives at grassroots level.
Working through a bottom-up approach, Safer Cities is working on awareness creation; sensitisation and orientation of communities to participate in initiation of locally based crime prevention strategies. It seeks to create a culture of crime prevention and safety improvement through pilot projects at neighbourhood level and replication of lessons of experiences to other communities.
2.1 Why Dar Es Salaam? Apart from being a signatory of the Istanbul (1996) agreement with regard to local government involvement in crime prevention, Dar Es Salaam has since 1992 been implementing the Sustainable Cities Programme in managing the growth and development of the city by involving the communities and other city stakeholders through the EPM process. Dar es Salaam has gone a long way in building the capacity of the local authority and the citizens through sensitisation workshops, brief sessions, and other training in the essentials of partnership approach for sustainable development focusing on environmental aspects as prioritized by city residents. On the other hand, there has been already community initiatives at community level on crime prevention such as Sungusungu (neighbourhood watch groups) which needed support and revitalisation by local authority in support of Istanbul agreement. Another factor considered the fact that Dar Es Salaam records the highest rate of crimes among other cities/towns in Tanzania, and the fact that a similar approach that of partnership is advocated in initiating and implementing crime prevention strategies, Dar Es Salaam stood the best chance to pilot the Safer Cities approach. It was an opportunity to scale up the SCP experiences by involving the residents in securing the achievements at local level through crime prevention initiatives.
2.2 The actual experience in supporting the city in the practical application of international urban governance norms as part of managing security of individuals in their living environment: Good urban governance is more than urban management or good government since it is more inclusive and encompasses the relations between levels of government and administration with civil society. Tackling crime and insecurity are issues of good governance, which needs safer cities. The experience of safer cities in supporting Dar es Salaam in the application of international urban governance norms has observed that:
• Crime prevention is a crosscutting aspect of the city government policy, which needs a grassroots focused structure i.e. decentralized structure to expedite. The decentralized structure of the city administration which is grassroots focused working bottom-up has facilitated the sensitisation and participatory approach of the initiative giving room to all stakeholders to participate in developing synergies aiming at crime prevention. It enforces co-ordination amongst the stakeholders and builds partnership with NGOs, CBOs, religious and youths groups in the process thus enabling communities to initiate and implement crime prevention projects/initiatives.
• Another experience is that prevention strategy is a local government responsibility working in partnership with civil society. Without people’s support a prevention strategy is a top down intervention limited by the capacity of local government to influence criminal justice system. Therefore prevention strategy has to be developed and built within the consensus of the inhabitants. In this regard, local government and civil society are partners of common interest. In Dar es Salaam, the strategy is sustainable considering civic engagement and citizenship who owns the concept and able to review, evaluate and monitor its implementation. Once safety is
195 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
achieved, communities are able to participate in the fortification of the environment through safety audits as an input to strengthen the visible policing/Sungusungu groups in the community.
The aims of Safer Cities to involve other stakeholders in the city in issues of crime prevention opened yet another arena for civil society to share their ideas and needs with the Dar Es Salaam City authority much stronger than before. Although DCC has legal obligation under the local authority establishment laws to maintain peace and tranquillity within its area of jurisdiction, for a long time under the normal circumstances of routine works, no special department had taken the initiative of working with communities in sensitising, educating and orienting them to participate in crime prevention strategies. The establishment of Safer Cities has enabled the city authority to carry forward the noble role of working with communities according to international agreements and norms (Johannesburg 1998, Africities Windhoek 2000.
3. EXPERIENCE IN CONTRIBUTING TO THE DEVELOPMENT OF INTERNATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL CONVENTIONS, AGREEMENTS AND NORMS: “Actual experience of Safer Cities Programme in supporting Dar es Salaam” Tackling crime and insecurity are issues of urban governance. It requires actions, which involve civil society, and mobilizes all institutional partners working through a bottom-up approach. It therefore requires the development of solidarity practices, city consultations process and institutional reforms which enhance citizenship and inclusion.
The institutional decentralized structure of Dar Es Salaam City Authority which is systematically grassroots-focused taking issues of safety and security as a priority has created a favourable working condition for Safer Cities approach. With safety and security committees at each level of subward, ward, division, district and regional level, there is inter-linkage and support of both the City administrative structure and the Regional political structure.
In this respect, Safer Cities was appreciated by both the Regional, City and Central government (Ministry of Home Affairs) as a tool to strengthen the obligation of the instruments especially the city authority to facilitate its collaboration with the communities in crime prevention issues.
The historical post socialist policy of self-reliance had instilled in most Tanzanians the sense of community participation for self-reliance even in issues of security e.g. traditional initiatives of “Sungusungu” for crime prevention as a community strategy for crime prevention and its adoption as a national policy. The spirit is further strengthened by the role of local authorities in working with the communities to maintain peace and tranquillity under the United Republic of Tanzania constitution and laws establishing local authorities.
Safer Cities has provided technical support to facilitate a smooth institutionalization of the approach at the city level even after the restructuring process of the city into three municipalities of Temeke, Ilala and Kinondoni both with Safer Cities unit, a coordinator and approved budget to support community initiatives.
The existing awareness of city residents to the EPM process on participatory approach built by the Sustainable Cities Programme at community level complement Safer Cities activities especially sensitization, consultations and capacity building.
4. ANALYSIS OF EXPERIENCE
4.1 Development of community activities:
4.1.1 Building local/community initiative for crime prevention through job creation Through seminars, briefing sessions and group discussions coupled with political will/support from
196 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
regional administration (Chairmen of Safety and Security Committee) several communities started to respond to the call for communities to plan for their crime prevention. Immediately after the seminars, some NGOs, CBOs and ward leaders approached Safer Cities for technical support and guidance in plan formulation. Among the first communities to initiate crime prevention initiatives came from the ward renown for high incidents of crime in Manzese, followed by Kijitonyama.
The initiative of Manzese was co-ordinated by an NGO-CHAWAMATA. This is an association of shop owners who suffered crimes such as theft, banditry and robbery retarding their efforts for self-reliance, income generation and self-development. Learning from Safer Cities seminars on community involvement and partnership in crime prevention, CHAWAMATA approached the ward and subward leaders and explained their intention to initiate the crime prevention initiative by mobilising and involving the unemployed youth in the area. The leaders discussed the matter with the community who agreed and supported the initiative. CHAWAMATA co-ordinated the mobilisation and registration of the youth while Safer Cities provided them with technical support. Initially CHAWAMATA members contributed Tshs. 200 - 300/= per business centre to be paid to the youth (men and women) volunteering their time for Sungusungu (night watch) group. The group proved successful in stopping burglaries, theft and recovered stolen properties. The initiative was quickly extended to neighbouring subwards.
In principle, the whole idea had two advantages, it provided job opportunities to the unemployed youth who would have been engaged in criminal activities or who were already criminals. It created a form of community “visible policing” to enhance safety and security. Manzese managed to reduce crime in their area. Further support for the group was received from other members of the community and the Dar Es Salaam City Commission who encouraged them.
Similar initiatives have been established in about 20 wards out of 73 wards in the city although each ward has a different approach and implementation depending on their environment and conditions.
Other communities took a rather different approach, which focused, at addressing the underlying factors or causes of crime in their communities. With more employment opportunities at local level, the level of crime is bound to be reduced. Long-term strategies for crime prevention were prepared by Kijitonyama ward community initiated by KIJICO (CBO) after briefing sessions with Safer Cities. Increased crime in their locality is connected to high level of unemployment of youth population. This therefore motivated them to replicate the CHAWAMATA (Manzese) initiative. After several meetings with the community, two strategies were formulated:
(i) a community visible policing - “Sungusungu” group supported by construction of a Police Post. (ii) a youth centre was created to absorb some of the unemployed, skilled and semi-skilled youths in the area. The centre to hold a welding group, carpentry group and cloth-making group - all will absorb about 70 youth in Phase I.
The centre, which is now operational with two groups (cloth making and carpentry), is a multi- coordinated effort in which Safer Cities, the Kinondoni Municipality, the Kijitonyama community (KIJICO) and the youth have contributed to its operations. Other stakeholders like Tanzania Breweries, Coca-Cola have contributed for construction of the Police Post.
This type of initiative, which integrates alternative forms of policing with job creation and community mobilisation on prevention, are very promising and quickly gain popularity and replication. Already youth in Kawe, Mtoni and Kipawa have initiated similar strategies.
The initiatives have not only contributed into crime prevention but also solidarity among the
197 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
community members, and social cohesion especially for youth as they gain community recognition and responsibility. In reality, this initiative addressed the problem of “youth at risk” which was deliberated upon by Mayors during the Safer Cities Conference in Johannesburg in October 1998 that ….”the action by the local authority (city and municipal level) to participate in the activity is a step towards bringing youths from the margins by working with them.”
4.1.2 Safety audit A safety audit is a process which brings women and men together to walk through the physical environment, evaluate how safe it feels for them, identify ways of making it safer and organise to bring about these changes. What feels safe to one person may not feel safe to another. Involving a diversity of people with different capacities in the safety audit ensures that safety is evaluated from a variety of perspectives. Safer Cities organised a safety audit in Manzese conducted by a group of women in the area already implementing prevention initiative. In the company of other local leaders at ward and subward level, municipality staff and Safer Cities, the women mapped out environmental and physical layout problems leading to insecurity in their area such as: poor lighting, narrow paths, unfinished buildings, etc. They also pointed out problems of mixed activities e.g. clubs selling local brews, bars, pornographic video show rooms, residential houses, religious buildings and schools. They recommended what could be done quickly locally, e.g. campaign for lighting buildings and streets, strengthen security group, re-opening block roads, etc. and what municipal authority should do e.g. enforce business license compliance, street lighting, etc.
4.1.3 Victimisation survey A victimisation survey was initiated in the city to gain an understanding of the levels of crime and violence in different communities as well as to obtain, through interviewing a representative sample of victims, a clearer picture of the nature of victimisation in Dar Es Salaam. The survey consisted of street scan, household survey, and interviews with abused women and youth offenders.
The results of the survey were discussed in a two-day consultation workshop with different stakeholders who underscore the increase rate of crime (62%). Their recommendations for remedy and future strategies were included in the report now under production. According to the report, 61% of city population feel insecure during the night while 94% feel safe during the day.
This diagnosis will further consolidate the foundation for the planning and implementation of local crime prevention programmes involving partnership between local governments, police, NGOs, CBOs, and local communities to achieve and sustain urban safety.
4.1.4 Auxiliary police The local government in Dar es Salaam will soon establish its own auxiliary police service charged with crime prevention. It is envisaged that such a service will provide “visible policing” in high-density urban area to complement the community initiatives at ward and subward level in form of “community policing”. They will also complement efforts of enforcing city by-laws, targeted patrols, guard, crackdown and educate violators of prioritised city/municipal by-laws on licences, environmental orders, traffic, etc. They will have same powers of arrest with or without a warrant, search and seizure. They will have no powers for investigation, detentions or maintain lock-up facilities. Any arrest made within their areas of jurisdiction must be immediately handed over to the nearest police station for further action. Safer Cities is taking the lead role in the process and training of the force and later work together within the communities in crime prevention rather than control/repression.
4.2 Operational, technical and political problems Working with communities there are always minor operational problems requiring strong and committed leadership and co-ordination. It needs time flexibility and simplified language of discussion. It took about eight months for the Kijitonyama community to raise their contribution 19% of the
198 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
project cost to construct the workshop shed, but after finishing each member is happy with the output. Organising youth (especially unemployed) is delicate especially when the results are delayed. They tend not to have trust with government until it is done. Some communities have faced minor conflicts arising from multi-party ideological differences. Some opponents’ contents Sungusungu initiative is the ruling party ideology which they don’t wish to implement, mixing politics with safety issues.
4.3 The role of Safer Cities The role of Safer Cities has been that of mediation and co-ordination. Good governance under the established decentralized administrative structure at city/municipal levels; higher levels of administration are consulted to normalise the situation. Usually District Commissioners are readily available to remedy the situation in their capacity as Chairman of Safety and Security Committee in the district. The experience of Mtoni ward security group, which was affected by political differences within the community, weakens the initiative thus resulted into rampant crimes in the area. After reconciliation through education, orientation by the District Commissioner and Safer Cities the situation was back to normal. It set an example to other communities not to mix political/ideological difference with issues of security, which everybody needs. Safer Cities takes the leading role of mobilising resources from different stakeholders to support community initiative, including resources within the city/ municipal budgets.
5. LESSONS OF EXPERIENCES AND THE WAY FORWARD
5.1 Lessons of experience Community empowerment: Crime prevention is a cross-cutting aspect of the city government that cannot be realized by central government and state police alone. Making cities safer is a complex and a time consuming process which cannot be instituted by a single body. Through frequent sensitisation and awareness seminars and briefing sessions communities realised their role and contribution to community safety and security through crime prevention. The seminars focused on their legal rights enabling their involvement in crime prevention, procedures for establishing Sungusungu, and ideas on how to prepare plans proposals for fund raising. This empowered the community and gave them more confidence to deal with their local problems.
Ensuring safety and security and combating fear: Crime and fear of crime are related and feed on each other. The situation in many developing country cities where crime is no longer controlled by the police; fear of crime rises, causing the abandonment of public spaces and distrust within the community. Where communities have taken action to establish Sungusungu, safety has been strengthened and fear of crime has been lowered, creating the necessary conditions to restore the necessary community spirit and solidarity to further reduce crime.
Project implementation through the local decision-making process: The Ward Development Committee is essentially a community decision-making facility. It is chaired by one of the local Mtaa leader who is democratically elected. The process of decision making is brought to this committee after being discussed at sub-ward or cell level. This process involves each household in a bottom-up approach to decision-making up to and including the municipal level. Each member of the community thus feels involved in the process of decision-making.
Ensuring safety for women and children: Community involvement in safety audits and strategic planning have proven to be effective in reducing crime incidents among vulnerable groups, namely women, children and the aged. This, in turn, provides for strong political support for reforms to the system, particularly in bringing the justice machinery closer to the people through ward tribunals to deal with minor offences and cases.
Crime Scenario information and dissemination: Rigorous diagnosis of insecurity to establish the
199 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
manifestation, location and causes of insecurity is an essential input towards formulation of local solution for both crime and disaster prevention/mitigation. When communities are informed of crime scenario in and around their neighbourhood they are able to initiate responsive strategies accordingly. Both the explorative and victimisation survey reports done in Dar es Salaam have stimulated community action.
5.2 The way forward Safer Cities continue to advocate for prevention policies which focuses on: • Strengthening partnership between government and citizen, especially marginalized groups • Prevention of criminal behaviour through environmental design, community development and education. • Combined social prevention and physical changes. • Urban safety as a catalyst for change, all under the assumption that fear of crime is as important as crime itself and that citizen are experts on urban violence.
In this regard, the main task ahead (role) of Safer Cities Dar Es Salaam is to strengthen the capacity of the three municipalities in managing urban safety and security issues, develop and co-ordinating the implementation of crime prevention strategies developed at community level, facilitate replication of successful initiatives by harnessing “what works”.
At city level, further consultation with stakeholders and communities by exploring the results of the diagnosis (victimization) survey leading to development strategic plan for crime prevention at city level by the core team. Co-ordination role shall involve resource mobilisation to support cross-cutting issues at city level and responding to other municipal interests countrywide to initiate the Safer Cities approach. Already four municipalities of Mbeya, Morogoro, Arusha and Moshi have indicated interest.
5.3 Additional support Basing on the already built capacity and awareness created at community level; there is an urgent need to devolve more powers to the ward and subward level with regard to revenue base. At this stage communities are able to initiate, plan and implement their local initiatives if accorded with financial resource. Credit facilities based at this level could embrace most of the poor community members aiming at small income generation activities. The ongoing local reforms in conjunction to international agreements on good governance (norms) should institutionalise participation of popular sector at council level that can collaborate with international programmes in working with communities.
200 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
MANAGEMENT OF RISK THE NEW POINT OF VIEW IN THE URBAN ENVIRONMENTAL DEVELOPMENT, JORGE ARTURO HERREROS, ASUNCION MUNICIPALITY, PARAGUAY
1. INTRODUCTION In Asuncion, Capital of the Republic of Paraguay, the rivers Paraguay, Parana among others, with their tributaries, are severely affected by the climatological phenomenon “El Niño” which reoccurs periodically. It is accompanied by intense rain, hurricane winds. This severely affects people that are forced to camp in order to survive, during dry periods on the river banks and turning them into victims.
These periodic floodings, not only has a negative direct impact on this population, but it also interferes with the social interactions of the local population as a whole, environmentally, socially, economically, and politically.
Floods are a natural phenomenon that is increasing in frequency in Paraguay along with the consequential collective risks. The grave destruction impacts an enormous geographic area.
Within the framework of Urban Environmental Development, it is fundamental to conceive and apply Risk Management, which consists of working within processes of interacting groups. This is termed sustainable management or local risk management.
Local risk management implies the capacity of a community to precisely change these unstable conditions before they turn disastrous. That is why Management incorporates environmental decisions (political, economical, technological and cultural), that make up part of sustainable development of a community.
The active participation of the citizens is basic; hence the civil society should be a part in the Local Urban Environmental Development Management. At least the participation should include the processes of creating plans, programs, projects and activities, which of course must be within the legal framework of laws and regulations in force. This implies being involved in the daily life in such a manner that the Management of Transformation or Risk Management (prevention and mitigation) and the “Response” or Disaster Management (preparation, attention to the emergency and recovery and reconstruction); means that the Local Management of Risk and the Disaster Management, must be part of the political system of the country. The case of Paraguay is held by democracy and decentralization which takes into account the efficiency and total respect for the people’s will.
2. CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK The contemporary “Urban Environmental Development” planification involves all the social statement into a conjunction interactive process called the Local Management of Risk.
The “Local Management of Risk” needs the capacity of the local governments (legislative and executive) and all the social factors to change conflicts into potentialities. That’s why the Local Management is conceived in the urban environmental planning incorporating political, economical, technological and cultural decisions, which are strategically set up to ensure sustainable development.
The focus is based on the interaction between community and environment while to understand all stakeholders who are involved in their collaborative activities in ensuring sustainable livelihood environmental development the problems are generated and created socially. Hence in order to address the problems, an understanding of the social conditions coupled with the involvement of
201 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
the all-social actors is indispensable. This will help create awareness, provide a better understanding of the issues of risk management.
The ‘Local Management of Risk’ methods incorporates the answer or ‘management of disaster’ that consist preparedness, emergency, recovery and reconstruction. That is why it has to be reflected in the local urban environmental management. The local authorities are suppose to make the first step to attain results, while experts and other actors are responsible to bridge the gap in the process.
3. PROPOSITION To ensure the “Local Management of Risk” the efficient use of administrative human and physical resources should be guaranteed. This can be ensured through a monitoring and evaluation system. With regards to the structure, the following factors have to be taken into consideration: a) Risk Management: deals with prevention and mitigation, which should have a risk management, plan as well as local law projects. b) Management of Disaster which deals with preparedness, emergency recovery and reconstruction.
This is the area where emergency and contingency plan are made which encompass camp management and the analysis damaged property. Guidelines to this effect should be prepared and disseminated to all national offices.
4. CONCLUSION Considering all the conflicts, structural, institutional, human resources, difficulties, strategies and politics of action should be defined to improve the planning of urban environmental development of a city. Such planning should be based on participative planification methods, which begin from within the technical decision-making structure.
The floods in Paraguay are cyclical events that the Paraguayans have devised a strategy of survival. Using this strategy and ignoring the natural behaviour of the river, people invade that vital space called “ lecho”, knowing nevertheless that sooner or later they will need to move from there.
Obviously, what helps these natural events to get to disaster proportions are the massive deforestation of the wood, erosion, and materialism of the society.
The Local Management of Risk is about demonstrating to the community how to change those conditions before a disaster occurs. That is why disaster management involves so many political, economical, technological and cultural decisions that are part of the society.
This point of view is about the interaction between community and the environment, and comprehending the adaptive processes of man’s survival, understanding the risk scenario, and interpreting the unsolved problem of development.
202 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
WORKING GROUP EPM DEMONSTRATIONS, THE URBAN GOVERNANCE INITIATIVE MS. LAJALI BAJRACHARYA UNITED NATIONS DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME
1. The Urban Governance Initiative (TUGI) 2. TUGI seeks to assist mayors and governors The Urban Governance Initiative (TUGI) is and other stakeholders in building the developed and funded by United Nations capacity of local governments to perform Development Programme (UNDP) and their tasks effectively. executed by the United Nations Office for TUGI is a response to UNDP’s continuous Project Services (UNOPS) commitments to work on urban issues, building upon its earlier investments and insights from the Urban Management Programme for Asia and the Pacific.
3. Program Objectives: 4. TUGI Activities Preparation of a “Tool Kit” on indicators for • To strengthen capacity of Local good urban governance. Authorities to practice good Publication of the current awareness service governance. the “Urban Links”. Networking with cities and civil societies. • To promote good governance through- Organizing workshops and seminars on good out Asia and the Pacific region as a governance. movement. Technical and Financial support to execute pilot projects and disseminates information.
5. Partnership between TUGI and Kathmandu 6. Kathmandu Metropolitan City Metropolitan City (KMC) Capital of Nepal Strengthen the capacity of KMC to practice good governance, particularly in Area: 50.79 sq Km the areas of environmental monitoring and Population: +710,000 management Set best examples of good governance practice Disseminate the information from the lessons learnt Initiate the movement on good governance in Nepal and in the South Asian Sub-Region
7. The challenges: 8. Core Characteristics of Good Governance: Fragile ecology – air and water pollution Participation Transportation Rule of Law Solid Waste Management Transparency Heritage Conservation Responsiveness Squatter Management Consensus Orientation Limited Infrastructure Equity Drinking Water Effectiveness and Efficiency Accountability Strategic Vision
203 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
9. Establishment of the Departments: 10. Participation Private Sector Participation (PSP) + Urban Environment Department Government + Civil Societies
Information and Communication Traffic Islands Department Gongabu Bus Park Management Solid Waste Management Collection of parking Fee Heritage Conservation Land Pooling Project School Children’s participation in Environment Issues Children Park Children Library Slaughter House, Culture House and Trolley Bus System
11. Strategic Visioning 12. Accountability and Transparency Campaign for creating a vision for Metro F.M 106.7 Kathmandu Gathering Public Opinion through (Citizen’s workshop for strategic visioning) Interaction programs City Development Strategy (CDS) Metropolitan News Bulletin Agreeing on strategies to achieve the Public Exhibitions vision KMC -Web Site Designing concrete and applicable plans Report Card Testing Coordination among line agencies and Environment Monitoring Plan (Air and donors Water) Integrated Action Plan at each ward
13. Institutional Strengthening Organizational Competence Building
Corporate Accounting System
Solid Waste Management
Private Sector Participation
Integrated Property Tax
204 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
CIM - INTEGRATED EXPERTS PROGRAMME SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT ZANZIBAR TOWN DR HANS PETER THOMINSKI
1. SUMMARY INTRODUCTION CIM (Centrum für internationale Migration und Entwicklung) is a joint operation of the German Technical Cooperation Agency (GTZ) and the Federal Employment Institute. CIM´s Integrated Experts Programme provides “specialized expertise”. It places German and European professionals in government institutions, municipalities, regional organizations and private enterprises in Africa, Asia, Latin America and Central and Eastern Europe, for a period up to five years. The Integrated Expert signs a contract with the employer in the host country, in line with local terms and conditions. This integration into the organization ensures that the employer retains full responsibility and initiative.
The CIM Programme focuses on private sector promotion, environmental and resource protection, vocational training, health and physical and social infrastructure. A precondition for CIM assistance is that the work makes a special contribution toward the economic and social development of the host country and the vacancy cannot be filled by locally available personnel. Worldwide, more than 700 CIM experts are currently working in over 80 countries.
2. EXPERIENCE IN SUPPORTING CITIES FOR ADAPTING, IMPLEMENTING AND CONTRIBUTING TO INTERNATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL CONVENTIONS, AGREEMENTS AND NORMS As the CIM Programme is not confined to environmental protection and not to the city level, an assessment on how the Programme supports cities to adapt and implement environmental conventions, agreements and norms, is not available. A general experience of the CIM Programme is that the greater the performance capacity of a partner institution is, the more successful the contribution of the integrated expert is likely to be.
3. ANALYSIS OF EXPERIENCE Why Zanzibar Town was chosen by the CIM Programme? From 1994 to 1998 the Zanzibar Municipality was supported by a Sanitation Project of the German Development Bank. The Project improved sewerage and drainage infrastructure and solid waste service, but when the Project ended, the Municipality was not able to maintain the measures adequately. On request of the Zanzibar Municipal Council, CIM sent a solid waste management expert. How can solid waste management support a city to adapt and implement international environmental agreements, conventions and norms? In the context of UEF 2000, the phrase “global agreements, conventions and norms” includes generally accepted guidelines which represent a broad consensus, such as the Good Governance “norms” of UNCHS, for example: sustainability in all dimensions of urban development and efficiency in the delivery of public services. Municipal solid waste management is an essential, but often neglected, part of the urban environmental management in developing countries. Improved solid waste management can yield significant benefits by safeguarding health, protecting the urban environment and improving overall urban productivity.
General information on Zanzibar The Zanzibar Isles are part of the United Republic of Tanzania, one of the poorest countries with a typical donor economy and a GDP less than 200 US Dollar. Zanzibar Town has 250.000 inhabitants, the majority live in informal settlements. The Zanzibar Municipal Council is an elected public authority, established in 1995. After the controversial first multiparty elections in Zanzibar 1995, the international donor community has withdrawn nearly all support from Zanzibar.
205 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Solid Waste Service in Zanzibar Town is carried out with equipment provided by the German Sanitation Project (container and trucks). About 200 Sqm municipal waste is collected and disposed daily in an open dump. To run the service takes more than 30% of the municipal budget. The solid waste revenue covers less than 5% of the costs.
The waste-related critical environment-development issues are: Quality and coverage of waste collection is insufficient, especially in low-income areas. Waste is scattered in streets and drainage channels. Clogging of drainage channels causes flooding during the rainy season and contributes to the spreading of diseases like malaria and cholera. The open dumping pollutes the groundwater. Industrial and clinical waste is dumped together with municipal waste. Liquid wastes from workshops and petrol stations contaminate groundwater and water resources.
What are the main activities and achievements? A Solid Waste Department has been established, with new staff and equipment from the German Development Bank and CIM, to improve operation, to introduce budget and investment planning, and to improve cooperation with other organizations, the private sector, and CBOs. The introduction of a cost covering tariff (joint-billing method) is hampered by the insufficient capacity of the municipal Department of Finance. Projects for clinical waste incineration and for composting have not been implemented up to now. A proposal for a basic solid waste regulation has been approved by the Ministry of Local Government and is submitted to the House of Representatives.
The general experience has been that CIM assistance is more successful if the partner has already basic capacities has been confirmed. An “integrated” CIM expert has, apart from his expertise and a small office equipment fund, no other funds to support the partner institution - in contrary to many other international programmes. If the partner is not ready to act, CIM assistance has only little impact. Therefore cooperation with other programmes was of special importance in Zanzibar. One example: Even a well-prepared revenue proposal cannot be implemented, if the partners’ Financial Department is totally insufficient. To build basic capacity the Financial Department is supported now by local financial experts, financed by the German Development Bank. But even consultancy service and modern equipment will have little impact if the Municipality is not able to allocate adequate staff.
Its cooperation with the Zanzibar Sustainable Project, ZSP, is very useful. Even though the working group process had some shortcomings in Zanzibar, it was possible to prepare a strategy and proposal paper together with the solid waste working group, which has been submitted, to the Government. A compost project with private sector participation has been prepared together with ZSP. While CIM and the German Development Bank provided computer, ZSP financed training for municipal staff. ZSP is able to support cooperation with the community and Government institutions as well, important for many improvements of the solid waste sector.
A specific problem is Zanzibar´s “isolation”: Zanzibar is not only cut off from the donor community, but also from Tanzania mainland and its development. Example: Zanzibar Town does not participate in the Council of Tanzanian Towns. The CIM expert has initiated regular working meetings of Dar es Salaam and Zanzibar municipal solid waste Departments to share experience and to enable cooperation. Other mainland municipalities are invited now to form an “expert group” to promote legislation.
4. LESSONS LEARNED / SUGGESTED WAYS FORWARD International development cooperation has shown clearly that technical support without capacity- building is of limited value. This is fully confirmed by the Zanzibar experience. Costly improvements of infrastructure and services are not sustainable without corresponding management and revenue capacity. CIM´s Integrated Expert Programme is designated to build these capacities by “integrating”
206 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
an expert into a local organization. This Programme could be used routinely as an integrated component of technical or infrastructure projects. The Zanzibar experience confirms that the weaker the partner organization, the more crucial but even more important the CIM assistance is.
The CIM assistance in Zanzibar has shown, that on the City level one “sector” cannot be improved isolated, urban (environmental) management requires a broad intersectional approach. Accordingly, the expertise of a long-term CIM expert, for example a “solid waste expert”, must extend well beyond the technical issues, into the areas of management, finance, economics and social aspects.
Shortage of resources - especially finance - is a core problem for Zanzibar. Extensive reliance on donor support is another problem. Instead of looking for donor funding and donor projects local sources of finance should be improved and fully utilized.
Basic conditions on the partners’ side, like the municipality-typical, extremely low salaries, resulting in lack of motivation and poor job performance, are generally out of the scope of the CIM assistance. Additional support, which focuses on good governance, might be helpful. The partners’ commitment to this issue is a precondition for sustainable development.
207 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
WORKING GROUP NETWORKING THE INTERNATIONAL COUNCIL FOR LOCAL ENVIRONMENTAL INITIATIVES (ICLEI) SHEM CHAIBVA OFFICE OF THE AFRICA REGIONAL COORDINATOR
“The role of Local authorities in promoting Sustainable Development”
Introduction The process of economic development and change has brought rewards to people all over the globe - higher incomes and material welfare, lower sickness and death rates, greater knowledge and freedom. But a heavy price has been paid: pollution, environmental degradation, and the destruction of natural resources. In addition, far too many people, particularly in poorer continents like Africa, do not enjoy the benefits of development although they disproportionately suffer the costs. Growing awareness of these problems, and fear of irreversible damage to the earth’s life- sustaining qualities, has focused the world’s attention on the need for sustainable development.
The 1987 Report of the World Commission on Environment and Development drew attention to the need for a change of direction if destruction of the basis for life on earth was to be avoided. It was then that the concept of sustainable development, which describes such a change, was first mooted.
The concept of sustainable development serves a variety of purposes and is used in many contexts. It reflects attitudes and values, which provide important guides for policy and instruments in many areas. Sustainable development is a political concept which implies economic and social development where the basic needs of the day are met within the framework set by nature, without destroying the ability of future generations to meet their basic needs. In simpler terms, sustainable development can thus be defined as development that delivers basic environmental, social and economic services to all without threatening the viability of the very natural resources and social systems upon which these basic systems depend. In other words, it is development without destruction of the resource and social base.
Sustainable development is fundamentally concerned with the two-way relationship between development and the environment. Environmental problems can and do undermine the process of development, both in the short-run and in the long-run, for example through bad health and lower productivity, shortage of resource inputs, and extra operating costs. Badly managed economic growth can and does damage the environment, both locally and globally, through air and water pollution, soil contamination, and destruction of resources. Thus the protection of local and global ecosystems, preservation of cultural and biological diversity and genetic resources are important not only for their own sake, but also in the interest of humanity.
However, the development versus environment relationship can also be positive. Sound environmental management can directly improve people’s well-being (better drinking water, less air pollution) and also directly support economic growth. Equally, economic development based on sound policies can promote (and finance) environmental improvements and protection of ecosystems. In addition, when environmental and development policies are well thought-out and mutually-reinforcing, they can achieve significant improvements in the lives of the poor - for it is the poor who suffer most from the consequences of pollution and environmental degradation.
Agenda 21 The 1992 Earth Summit held in Rio de Janeiro produced many policies and commitments which national governments should implement to achieve sustainable development. Many of the actions
208 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
necessary for achieving sustainable development are set out in what has come to be known as Agenda 21, but some are also included in the Conventions on Bio-diversity and Climate Change. Agenda 21 provides a national and international blueprint for action on the environment and development into the 21st century. Comprising 40 chapters, it is grouped in four sections: social and economic dimensions, management of resources, strengthening of major groups in society and means of implementation. Cities and local authorities are recognized as being particularly important to the implementation of Agenda 21 because:
“So many of the problems and solutions being addressed by Agenda 21 have their roots in local activities and thus, the participation and cooperation of local authorities will be a determining factor in fulfilling its objectives. Local authorities construct, operate and maintain economic, social and environmental infrastructures, oversee planning processes, and establish local environmental policies. As the level of governance closest to the people, local authorities play a vital role in educating, mobilizing and responding to the needs of public in order to promote sustainable development”.
Local authorities and their communities share global concerns related to water, air, natural resources, biological and cultural diversity, and economics. It is local authorities who are charged with maintaining the basic functioning of human settlements. Their role in environmental protection is increasing on a worldwide scale and their action in response to global environmental issues can have profound, positive results.
Most cities are not closed systems, but interact with areas outside their boundaries to obtain their resources (e.g. energy, water, food, services and goods). Cities cannot sustain themselves by drawing only on the resources within their boundaries. Cities have inappropriate production and consumption patterns, which threaten ecological sustainability, not only from a local perspective but also globally. Urban areas require sound management and planning to ensure that the appropriate systems of governance, financing, politics, environmental resource use, employment, housing, transport etc, are put into place to cater for the needs of their citizens.
Because urban areas manage a substantial part of the society’s overall resources, both economic and natural, local authorities are well placed to help in achieving sustainable development.
For a long time, environmental protection has been under central government control and guided by national objectives. This is the situation still obtaining in most, if not all developing countries right up to this day. Without strong popular involvement, and active efforts by local authorities, the national objectives will not be attained. Local environmental management is evolving fast and it is important to coordinate available resources. At the same time, central government must provide the framework conditions that enable local authorities to meet the challenges faced.
In Chapter 28 of Agenda 21, entitled “Local Authorities in Support of Agenda 21”, local authorities are encouraged to adopt a sustainable development strategy, a Local Agenda 21 for their community. In line with Local Agenda 21, some local authorities are already preparing, assessing and reviewing audits, structure, local and unitary plans to take account of sustainable development issues. However, many are not. Whatever stage they are at, all the local authorities require guidance on what sustainable development means at the local level and how best to involve the public and all the stakeholders in that process. The local authorities need to know what the best practice is, where it is taking place, and how to learn from it.
Urbanization and Development The challenges of sustainable development are more immediate and pressing in the cities, especially in the Third World. In conditions of rapid urban expansion, such as in Africa, environmental problems
209 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
become even more severe, as cities and towns struggle to cope with the enormous demands placed upon them by explosive population growth.
In terms of population, world development is very clearly an urban phenomenon. In terms of economic growth, however, the dominance of the cities is even more overwhelming. In almost every country of the world, the great majority of Gross National Product is generated within the cities and towns. Already, the cities of the Third World, with less than 40% share of national population, are responsible for 60 to 70 per cent (or more) of national output. (In industrialized countries the urban share of national output is usually over 90%).
Cities are the engines of growth, the prime creators of wealth in national economies. Urbanization and development go together; there is, for example, a clear relationship between the level of urbanization and per capita output: in general the richer the country, the higher the levels of urbanization. This is because urbanization is essential for the creation of diversified and dynamic economies, which increase national productivity and create employment and income-generating opportunities. Without efficient and productive cities and towns, national economic development will stagnate and decline.
African Cities Urban areas are highly vulnerable to many environmental risks and problems associated with development. In the African cities, these environmental risks and problems are far much greater for the following reasons:
• The scale and speed of urban growth are overwhelming.
• The existing stock of urban infrastructure is already inadequate.
• There is rapid industrialization concentrated in main urban areas
• Managerial, technical and institutional capacities are limited.
• The urban and national economies have relatively low levels of output and weak financial capabilities.
As a result of the reasons stated above, most of the African cities suffer badly from polluted waterways, air pollution, insufficient clean water supplies, lack of sewerage collection or treatment, chemical contamination of soils, piles of uncollected and rotting garbage, soil erosion, loss of forests and green space, and bad roads. Urban infrastructure, already inadequate, is frequently under- maintained and rapidly deteriorating in the face of massive excess demand. The cumulative effects of these environmental problems is acutely damaging not only for the health of the people but also for the ability of the city to support economic growth.
The poor, who comprise up to 50% of the population of most African cities, suffer more from environmental degradation than other income groups. The poor, for example, rely on public water taps, (where available), water vendors (costing 5 to 25 times as much as piped water) or local rivers and lakes (usually polluted) for their water supply. The poor live in areas without sewerage or sanitation facilities, and suffer disproportionately from the many diseases spread through poor sanitation. The poor often live in close proximity to sources of chemical waste and pollution or in areas subjected to excessive air pollution. Many times the poor have no choice but to build their meagre housing on unstable and fragile land, which is prone to natural disasters.
The severe environmental problems facing African cities today are well known, and the urgent need
210 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
to achieve sustainable development is almost universally accepted. Since the Rio Earth summit, a growing number of African Governments have begun to recognize the potential role of local authorities in development planning and, in particular, the promotion of Local Agenda 21, the blueprint for environmentally sustainable development at a local level. At the same time, development planners in the Africa Region are increasingly accepting that current environmental management practices and strategies have largely failed to meet the basic needs and expectations of local people, and are therefore in need of new methods, techniques and human and material resources to solve their environmental problems.
Government ministries in Africa that are responsible for planning and managing urban areas face a multitude of problems and conflicts. Many of these concern promoting economic development and achieving social objectives. All activities that generate or coordinate urban development interact with natural resource systems and environmental hazards. At all levels of decision-making, environmental concerns present public authorities with important and difficult responsibilities. Technical solutions to most environmental problems are available, but there are political and institutional barriers to sound environmental planning and management. While recognition of environmental concerns is growing, and national and sub-national authorities are looking for effective policies and strategies, the everyday priorities and exigencies of development often pre-empt the time, energies and resources needed for longer term planning and management.
The International Council for Local Environmental Initiatives In line with the worldwide movements towards decentralization, many local governments are taking over responsibility for social development and environmental protection. Local level environmental protection has gained increased prominence internationally through the establishment, in 1990, of the International Council for Local Environmental Initiatives (ICLEI). ICLEI is a membership association of local governments and regional and national associations of local authorities that have shown a unique commitment to sustainable development. ICLEI’s mission therefore is to build and support world-wide movement local authorities to achieve tangible improvements in global environmental conditions through the cumulative impact of local actions.
ICLEI is established as the associated environmental organization of the International Union of Local Authorities (IULA). and cooperates with other international organizations of local governments.
ICLEI performs the following functions: • it serves as an international clearing house on sustainable development and environmental protection policies, programmes, and techniques being implemented at the local level by local institutions; • it initiates joint projects or campaigns among groups of local governments to research and develop new approaches to address pressing environment and development problems • it organizes training programmes and publishes reports, technical manuals, and case studies on state-of-the-art environmental management practices. • it serves as advocate for local government before governments, agencies, and organizations to increase their understanding and support of local environmental protection and sustainable development activities.
ICLEI’s Capacity Building Programme In order to achieve its goals and objectives, one of the primary programme areas that ICLEI is engaged in is the Capacity Programme.
The purpose of this programme is to increase the capacity of local authorities to manage development and resource use within their jurisdictions in a manner that is both ecologically beneficial and sustainable over the long term. The creation of sustainable societies will require that local
211 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
governments have the capacity to maintain, improve and transform basic human systems that they manage. Global environmental change, economic structural adjustment programmes, urbanization, mass migration, impoverishment and rapid changes in values and social structures each confront local governments with challenges that traditional political jurisdictions, institutional structures, and management approaches are ill-suited to address. Through communication, information and training services, ICLEI assists local elected officials and management to establish new procedures, tools, and financing mechanisms for addressing environmental issues in today’s changing world.
The ICLEI Regional Office for Africa, which is currently based in Harare, Zimbabwe, was opened in 1995. It is meant to serve the local authorities throughout Africa in close collaboration with IULA and the associations of local authorities, such as ALAN in Namibia, for example. The major thrust of activity of the Africa Regional Office is to build the technical and institutional capacity of the Africa local governments so that they can effectively meet the new challenges brought about by decentralization. An environmental needs assessment study carried by ICLEI in 1995/6 identified the urgent need for staff training, institutional reform and general capacity building in the field of environmental management in African urban local authorities.
ICLEI’s Africa LA21 Campaign International Council for Local Environmental Initiatives (ICLEI), in consultation with its local government members in Senegal, Uganda, Tanzania, Zimbabwe, Namibia, Ghana, Kenya and South Africa, has worked with local municipalities to build capacity for environmental planning and management. The core activity of this regional programme on Local Agenda 21 Campaign has institutionalized environmental planning procedures in urban areas and their communities and to share their experiences with other local governments in their countries.
The LA21 Campaign has ten “core” municipalities that were selected for Local Agenda 21 planning assistance and an additional 20 municipalities. The former are: Jinja (Uganda), Mwanza (Tanzania), Bulawayo, Chegutu, and Mutare (Zimbabwe), Blantyre (Malawi), Kumasi (Ghana), Nakuru (Kenya), Windhoek (Namibia) and Johannesburg (South Africa). The additional Network participants are: Durban and Pretoria (South Africa), Thika (Kenya), Lilongwe (Malawi), Dakar (Senegal), Entebbe, Gulu and Kampala (Uganda), Kabwe (Zambia), Gweru and Harare (Zimbabwe). In each of these cities ICLEI has established working relationships with the top political and top management official. Each has signed a local Government resolution, which among other things commits the local authority to the LA21 Campaign, civil society participation, accountability and a concern for the future of its citizens. As part of its promotion of civil society participation local authorities have created stakeholder groups comprising leader of local NGOs, CBOs, trade unions, informal sector representatives and influential individuals. The stakeholder group mandated by the local authority to oversee the LA21 process for the urban area.
One of the most significant developments in the core cities that ICLEI has been working with is the preparation and implementation of a quality development plan for the local authority. This has relied upon the capacity and leadership of a stakeholder group to critically examine local development patterns and procedures and to hold local institutions accountable to the measures promoted by the plan. The stakeholder group — a collection of local government, business, non governmental organizations (NGOs), community based organizations (CBOs), neighbourhood, religious, professional and local resident representatives provide a legitimacy to the planning effort, and serves as an intermediary between different interests. The process of local sustainable development is, in essence, a process of opening a community’s priority-setting, planning, and service design activities to the full participation of local stakeholders, thereby facilitating the critical review of current development problems and approaches.
Prior to the intervention by ICLEI in 1995, only a very small number of African cities had shown interest
212 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
in obtaining external assistance for developing state of the environmental indicators for their urban areas. Of greater significance, even fewer have systematic procedures for using indicators in monitoring the effects of urban development strategies. Through the Incentive Grants Project (IGP) a project under the LA21 Campaign, ICLEI has worked in building capacity to develop project progress indicators and systems level indicators. Mechanisms for communicating the information to policy makers have not been fully developed. However the focus point to continue this work with the local project team still exists. ICLEI has worked from more theoretical angle on the development of indicators with a few pilot countries in Africa in the Cities 21 research program. These include Blantyre (Malawi), Pretoria (South Africa) and Chegutu (Zimbabwe). The programme has registered significant progress in creating awareness in the need for indicators to track progress towards a sustainable urban society.
213 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
URBAN MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME, REGIONAL OFFICE FOR AFRICA, WAGUI SIBY
Introduction The Urban Management Programme is the largest and oldest programme on technical cooperation, which was initiated in 1986 by World Bank, UNDP and UNCHS (Habitat). It is supported by five bilateral partners: GTZ, DFID, SIDA, the Swiss Development Corporation and the Dutch Government. It is a capacity building programme to strengthen the contribution of cities for human development.
The project has three phases. The first phase covered the period 1986-1992. It dealt with research and the setting up of the framework and instruments of management. The second phase covered the period 1992-1996 and focused on decentralization and experimentation of the instruments and management framework developed during the first phase. The third phase, which is ongoing, covers the period 1996-2001.
The programme has four regional offices with a central coordination by UNCHS (Habitat). They are the Asia/Pacific office, Arab States, Latin America and the Caribbean and that of Africa. Key areas of focus of the programme are governance, urban poverty and urban environment.
The third phase focuses on strengthening the management capacities of local governments through the involvement of all urban development actors in the management of their cities. This objective is being achieved through a participative method of local consultation. Through the process of local consultation, all urban development actors are involved in defining policies and strategies for managing the cities.
Networking Another major activity of the programme is the dissemination of experiences from the local consultations. Through the programme’s networking arm, there have been information exchanges with different network institutions, joint ventures have been undertaken to implement different activities in different cities and different network institutions have been supported.
Experiences An example of the results of local consultations is that on the biomedical waste which the African Institute of Urban Management is supporting simultaneously in four African countries: Bamako (Mali), Cotonou (Benin), Dakar (Senegal) and Ouagadougou (Burkina Faso). Several needs have been observed from the activities in these countries. They are: the need to sensitize decision -makers on the issues of biomedical waste, information dissemination and training.
In order to address the above needs, a regional consultation was held during which representatives and experts of the different cities participated. During this consultation, they were educated on international norms and agreements dealing with the management of biomedical waste. They were also able to access information on the subject. The biomedical waste network influenced legislation in Mali.
214 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
CITYNET KSEMSAN SUWARNAT BANGKOK CITY PLANNING DEPARTMENT
215 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
THE GLOBAL CAMPAIGN FOR URBAN GOVERNANCE PAUL TAYLOR UNCHS (HABITAT)
216 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
217 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
218 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
219 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
220 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Specialized Expertise
LILIA CASANOVA UNEP-IETC
221 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
222 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
223 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
CITIES ENVIRONMENT REPORT ON THE INTERNET (CEROI) HASKINS CRAIG CAPE METROPOLITAN COUNCIL
224 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
225 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
STRING TRANSPORTATION VLADIMIR K. STORCHEVUS DIRECTOR OF UNCHS (HABITAT), EXECUTIVE BUREAU IN MOSCOW
Dear Mr. Chairman, Ladies and Gentlemen,
On behalf of the Russian delegation, allow me to express our gratitude to organizers of this Forum for inviting us here to present main results of the UN Centre for Human Settlements (Habitat) project in Russia which is called “Sustainable Development of Human Settlements and improvement of their Communication Infrastructure through the use of a STRING TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM .
Implementation of the project began in 1999 and currently underway. The principal direction of the project’s implementation was technical testing of the String Transportation System with the purpose of using this system in the city of Sochi situated at the Black Sea’s coast of Russia.
And now let me tell you a few words about the STS. The STS is a transport which function on the second level, 20-30 meters above the ground. The system is called the STRING system because electric modules moves on rails based on strings tightened and toughly fixed on the anchor supports. The anchors supports are installed at I to 5 kilometres intervals. Intermediate supports are located at 50 meters intervals and maintain the route structure consisting of two rails. You have the opportunity to see the operating mode of the STS on scale 1 to 10, which has been brought by our delegation from Russia specially for this event. I’d like to draw your attention to the key characteristics of the STS. First of all, travel speed of the module is 300-350 km per hour. As you see, the STS belongs to the high-speed modes of transportation. But in comparison with traditional modes of transportation, the STS is much cheaper!
The cost of construction of 1 kilometer of the 2-way track is about 1 million US dollars. The cost of electric module in serial production is comparable with the cost of traditional car or vehicle of the same passenger and carrying capacity. The cost of the STS infrastructure is significantly lower than railway infrastructure. One person travelling for 1000 kilometers would pay only 10 US dollars. Traditional materials and technologies are used for the STS construction. I’d like to underline that the route structure and supports of the String Transportation System are characterized by little material consumption.
It is very important to notice that this mode of transportation is ecologically friendly. The energy consumption is 10 times lower than the one of a car. Construction of the STS line requires 100 times less land allocation as compared to roads and railways. The STS level of noxious atmosphere emissions, as well as the level of noise and hazardous electromagnetic radiation is lower in comparison with traditional modes of transportation.
The STS does not endanger ecological systems of surface and ground waters, as well as, does not influence migration ways of animals and insects. It’s important to emphasize that system of agricultural and forest land use will not be changed as result of the STS construction and exploitation. Our system gives wide possibilities of using alternative environmentally-friendly types of energy such as wind, sun etc. The track can also provide transmission of electric energy and electronic information.
Finally, it should be mentioned that the STS is applicable for different urban conditions, for example: For city and inter-city transportation, for inter-regional and international links. The String Transportation System has been patented in a number of countries, including the Republic of South Africa.
226 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
The test ground complex is currently being built in the Moscow region in order to research the system scientific, technical and technological potential for sustainable city development. This project, alongside with other innovation projects, is implemented by The New Russian Technologies Holding. You are kindly invited to take a closer look at the STS operating model in the conference hall of the Lord Charles Hotel. Presentation is to be made by the inventor, academician Mr. Anatoly Yunitsky, who has been developing the STS for 20 years.
Ladies and Gentlemen, thank you very much for your attention.
227 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
WORKING GROUP ON RESEARCH AND POLICIES BUILDING CAPACITIES TO RESPOND TO GLOBAL NORMS, INTERNATIONAL CONVENTIONS AND AGREEMENTS: EXPERIENCE FROM THE UNIVERSITY COLLEGE OF LANDS AND ARCHITECTURAL STUDIES (UCLAS) TUMSIFU JONAS NNKYA
The EPM Process: A Paradigm Shift in Urban Planning and Management Implementation of the EPM process, as it was conceptualized by the UNCHS (Habitat) and UNEP, promotes inclusive approach that provides stakeholders in the public, private and popular sectors with a mechanism for making sense together in addressing their common problems in the context of diverse interests and unequal power relations. This, as it has been experienced in the course of operationalisation of the EPM process in Tanzania, has entailed a change in the ways of thinking and relating among the stakeholders. Most likely that change has resulted from a more fundamental change in the stakeholders’ values, behaviour and attitudes towards each other. Planners in particular, and other urban managers in general, are increasingly seeking participation of stakeholders in the planning and implementation processes, for they have realized that in the absence of such inclusive process achievement of intended results will be difficult if not impossible. The result of the changed relationship has been increased requests from the communities for planners’ assistance in addressing common environmental problems faced by such communities.
We, in the academic world of planning education, see the on-going changes as representing a paradigm shift in the planning and management of cities. It is a shift from the prescriptive, techno- bureauratic and dominatory model of planning and urban management that is based on the assumption of governments as ‘orchestrator’ of development, to a collaborative or participatory model that takes cognizance of the fact that governments’ role is to facilitate stakeholders in the private and popular sectors. We see this shift as a democratic turn in the planning practice in Tanzania.
The shift in the approach was timely in Tanzania because of the following main reasons:
• Government had increasingly failed to provide as expected and eventually officially assigned the role of providing services, either fully or partially, to the private sector and communities.
• From the mid 1980s Tanzania began to change from a centrally controlled to a market economy, and in 1992 it switched to political pluralism. This economic and political shift provides a changed context, which demands inclusive ways of urban planning and management.
• Government had started moving out of the production sector, leaving it to the private sector, with the implications that urban planning and management was been required to mediate diverse interests of the private investors, as opposed to the hitherto single interest of the public sector which dominated that portfolio.
• Concern about the ineffectiveness of the traditional urban planning and management using the deficient master planning approach. Thus, in the absence of the EPM process approach at that time, Dar es Salaam master plan would have been reviewed, approved and adopted as the framework for guiding city development.
Capacity Building by Practising EPM Recognizing the deficiencies of the master planning approach, and banking on the EPM process as a possible alternative tool for urban planning and management, University College of Lands and Architectural Studies (UCLAS) which is the sole institution responsible for training urban and rural
228 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
planners, architects, environmental engineers, land surveyors, land economists, and building economists, got involved in the EPM process from the start in 1992. This was a deliberate initiative taken by UNCHS (Habitat) to ensure that relevant training and research institutions were on board because they would contribute expertise and information which was needed in implementing and advancing the EPM process.
UCLAS participated in; the preparation of Dar Es Salaam City Environmental Profile, holding of City Consultation in 1992, activities of Issue Working Groups that were established immediately after the consultation, backstopping the working groups, and coordinating implementation of a demonstration project on community-based upgrading in Hanna Nassif informal settlement. The college released one of its senior staffs for a period of four years to serve as project coordinator. In phase two of the project UCLAS is the main implementation contractor.
Moreover, the college was involved in the evaluation of the Sustainable Dar es Salaam Project in 1995 and 1997, and evaluations of implementation of demonstration projects in Dar es Salaam. In collaboration with UASU and UNCHS (Habitat), UCLAS has participated fully in the replication of the EPM process in the municipalities.
The rich practical experience gained through that involvement has found its way in the teaching, training curriculum, research agenda, and improving capacity for advisory services to other SCP urban centres in Tanzania.
Reshaping the Future EPM Practitioners Convinced by the appropriateness of the EPM process as a better and strategic tool for urban planning and management, and banking on its EPM capacity, the Department of Urban and Rural Planning (URP) has reviewed its undergraduate curriculum to incorporate the EPM process and participatory planning methods. This initiative has been taken to ensure that URP graduates are well equipped with the required knowledge and skills to enable them to effectively practice planning and management as dictated by the changed social, economic and political context.
In order to re-orient and re-equip those who are currently managing the urban centres, the Institute for Human Settlement Studies will from this academic year 2000/2001 run short courses on EPM process and GIS for planners and other urban managers.
In addition, from next academic year the College will run a Masters programme in Urban Planning and Management (MSc. UPM). EPM process and participatory methods feature prominently in the MSc. curriculum.
Towards Contextualisation of the EPM Process, Global Norms and Conventions
How can we improve on this democratization programme ? We see implementation of the EPM process as an attempt to democratize the planning practice, because through the process, communities and the private sector are being afforded not only space in the decision-making process, but also information which is likely to make them more informed and thus empower them. We see this as a power-sharing programme. As stated earlier, successful implementation of this democratic project calls for a change of values and attitude, which together dictate the ways professionals, among other public officials, behave and relate to the other stakeholders. This should not be expected to take place overnight and outcomes should be variable depending on a number of contextual factors to include entrenched interests, local power relations among the stakeholders, strategies to be used by those driving the change to ensure achievement of the goal, that is reformation of the way we conduct our business for sustainable development.
229 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
This programme provides an opportunity for a monitoring and evaluation research to document and feedback into the EPM process with a view to adjust the approach to fit the variable local social, economic, and political context. Moreover, through monitoring, it should be possible to systematically establish what needs to be adjusted in the legal framework and institutional arrangements to facilitate the EPM process approach. This is urgent considering that the EPM process is being adopted without prior adequate knowledge and regard to such context.
How can the public sector be enabled to facilitate the other stakeholders ? We are all aware that governments are increasingly taking a role of facilitation of stakeholders, instead of providing as it used to be in the past. We, however, contend that this role will be effectively and efficiently performed if information is available about the capacities of the other stakeholders to include communities. There are certain things, which are better done by communities or stakeholders in the private sector. Recognizing the uniqueness of countries, cities and communities within the same city, there is need for knowledge of what communities in particular can and can not do. This will enable the government to target its support on the latter.
Such knowledge base will enable countries, cities and communities to contribute to developing the global norms and conventions.
The two questions above are the main questions in a research project, which UCLAS is currently undertaking. The research project: Community Initiatives and Democratization of Planning Practice in Tanzania, is a continuation of an earlier research on planning practice in Tanzania, which had established that exclusion of stakeholders in the decision-making process was the main factor that underpinned ineffective urban planning, and management in Tanzania. Such practice was greatly enhanced by, among other things, defective land policy and legislation that has now been changed to address the inherent deficiencies.
Funding of the Research The research project is financed by the Danish Agency for International Development (DANIDA) under the Enhancement of Research Capacity Programme (ENRECA).
Because of the limited financial resources, the research was initially designed to cover only three urban centres under the Sustainable Cities Programme (SCP). However because of the importance of the research as outlined above, and anticipated additional funds from the college, we have decided to include all municipalities under the SCP.
We also plan to collaborate with other academic and research institutions in countries where SCP is being implemented and encourage them to undertake similar research project so that we can effectively occupy our space in the forthcoming UEF meetings.
230 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Working Group on Strategic Financing
ROLE OF UNDP (SRI LANKA) IN WORKING WITH CITIES ACHIEVE LOCAL SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT CHITRA MANEL SAMARHKODY JAYAMANNA UNDP
231 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
232 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
233 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
THE CITIES ALLIANCE JOCHEN EIGEN WORLD BANK, UNCHS
Cities Alliance: Origins and Purpose The Cities Alliance was jointly launched by UNCHS (Habitat) and the World Bank in 1999 an expanding partnership of those institutions and donors who believe the time has come to forge a new approach to urban development and to support the initiatives of the poor. Its origins lie in the recognition that very soon the majority of the world’s poor will live in cities and that concerted efforts are required to meet this challenge. The Cities Alliance also recognizes, however, that there is too little to show for the money that has been invested to date in urban poverty reduction. Both Habitat and the World Bank are responded by redefining their approaches to urban poverty, Habitat through its revitalization exercise, the World Bank through its new urban strategy. For both agencies, the Cities Alliance represents a bold departure from “business as usual.”
Strategic Focus The Cities Alliance has two principle strategies for achieving its urban poverty reduction goal: city development strategies (CDS) and slum-upgrading (SU). CDS is a tool for building broad coalitions of local stakeholders and development partners, both local and international, to work together to develop a shared “vision” of goals, priorities, and requirements for an inclusive, prosperous and healthy city. A CDS Action Plan is currently being prepared by Habitat and the World Bank. Slum upgrading consists of physical, social, economic, organizational and environmental improvements undertaken cooperatively to improve the quality of life in slums. The Cities Alliance, in its “Cities Without Slum Action Plan,” has set the ambitious target of making a significant improvement in the lives of at least 100 million urban poor by 2020. This target was recently endorsed by Governments in the “Millennium Summit Declaration.”
Cities Alliance Governance Structure According to its Charter, the Cities Alliance’s structure consists of a Consultative Group, a Secretariat and a Policy Advisory Board. The Consultative Group (CG) is composed of financial contributors and the political heads of international associations of cities and local authorities. Financial contributors include the World Bank and Habitat and the following bi-lateral donors: Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, The Netherlands, Norway, Sweden, the United Kingdom and the USA. Local authority associations include the International Union of Local Authorities (IULA), the United Towns Organisation (UTO), Metropolis and the World Assembly of Cities and Local Authorities Coordination (WACLAC). The responsibilities of the Consultative Group include, inter alia, approving the Alliance’s annual financial plan, facilitate improved coordination among donors and review the performance and evaluate its impact. The Policy Advisory Board (PAB), consisting of eminent persons in the field of urban development, provides guidance on key policy and strategic issues related to the implementation of the Cities Alliance mandate. The Secretariat is responsible for the day-to-day management of the Cities Alliance.
Work Programme 2000 The Cities Alliance 2000 Work Programme was finalized in March 2000 with a budget of US $3.125 million. Of that, US $2.671 million was allocated to proposals from, inter alia, Kenya, Madagascar, Mauritania, Nigeria, South Africa, Cambodia, China, Indonesia, The Philippines, Bangladesh, India, Nepal, Pakistan, Bulgaria, Brazil, and Egypt. In addition, other regional and global activities totalling US $454,000 were approved.
234 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
At the Montreal Consultative Group meeting in June 2000, additional funds totalling US $580,000 were approved for various regional, information dissemination and learning activities.
235 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Closing Session
The closing session of UEF 2000 took place on 28 September 2000 at a plenary session that was chaired by Councillor Brian Watkys, chairperson of the CMC Planning, Environment and Housing Committee, Cape Metropolitan Council, Cape Town, South Africa.
The meeting report, which contained a consolidated report of the results from the first and second Working Group Sessions, was tabled at the plenary, which was subsequently adopted. Mr. Jochen Eigen presented the Progress Report on the UEF and future perspectives. City and programme representatives held a discussion on the closing statement, which was later adopted at the Grand closing.
The Grand closing featured a closing address on behalf of UNEP and UNCHS (Habitat) made by Mr. Ahmed Djoghlaf, Executive Co-ordinator of the Global Environment Facility (UNEP/GEF). He commended South Africa’s commitment to environmental issues which is enshrined in Article 108 of its constitution. He said “Cape Town is a unique city whose commitment to environment is well known and reflected in its Integrated Metropolitan Environmental Policy and forward-looking vision for 2020. It is therefore fitting that this unique meeting of the Urban Environmental Forum is unique because it is the first time that the issue of the role of the cities of the world in the implementation of global agreements and conventions is being addressed.”
Mr. Glen Adams, Minister of Environment, Western Cape Provincial Government, delivered another address. Both addresses are contained in the annex. This was followed by presentation of gifts by Hon. Aati Adriance, mayor of cape Metropolitan Council.
236 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
PROGRESS REPORT ON THE URBAN ENVIRONMENT FORUM AHMED DJOGHLAF EXECUTIVE COORDINATOR, UNEP
237 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
238 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
239 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
240 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Closing Speeches
STATEMENT ON BEHALF OF THE EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR OF UNEP AND EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR OF UNCHS ON THE CLOSURE OF THE URBAN ENVIRONMENT FORUM, CAPE TOWN MR. AHMED DJOGHLAF
HEM Minister Glen Adams, Minister of Environment and Cultural Affairs of the Western Cape Provincial Governments; HEM Minister Lechesa Tsenati, Minister of Local Government and Housing; Mayor Attie Adriaanse, Mayor of the Cape Metropolitan Area; Special guests, distinguished delegates, ladies and gentlemen,
South Africa is a unique country with a unique history and unique commitment to environmental issues as evidenced by Article 108 of its constitution. Cape Town is a unique city whose commitment to environment is well known and reflected in its Integrated Metropolitan Environmental Policy and forward-looking vision for 2020. It is therefore fitting that this unique meeting of the Urban Environmental Forum is unique because it is the first time that the issue of the role of the cities of the world in the implementation of global agreements and conventions is being addressed.
On behalf of the Executive Director of UNEP, Dr. Klaus Toepfer and the Executive Director of UNCHS Mrs. Anna Tibaijuka, I would like to thank the Cape Town Metropolitan Council and the people of Cape Town for their warm hospitality and for the excellent services provided for this meeting which greatly attributed to its success.
We have just heard the report of the five working groups and we have just adopted the closing statement. It is clear that the results of our meeting constitute the foundation of what can be labelled as the “Cape Town Spirit” and “The Cape Town Approach” in addressing Urban Environmental issues. I believe that it will be difficult in the future to discuss Urban Environmental issues without referring to the Cape Town experience.
The Cape Town Process is particularly timely as it coincides with the initiation of the preparation of Rio+10. South Africa has offered to host this major environmental events of the new century. We in UNEP look forward to working closely with the host country of Rio+10 where the decisions will be taken by the General Assembly later this year.
We also look forward to working closely with the authorities of Johannesburg for the successful completion of the Convention on P0Ps during the last meeting of the INC to be held in December this year.
The process of the Johannesburg meeting will be another contribution of South Africa to Global Environmental issues. As we move ahead in addressing the challenges of deepening the Cape Town process, I can assure you on behalf of Dr. Toepfer and Mrs. Anna Tibaijuka that UNEP and UNCHS are fully committed to be your partners in this exciting experience. We call on our partners of the United Nations System to join us in supporting your experience with a view of starting a global alliance for the sustainable development of the cities of the world.
After all, the environment is about people, their lives, their present and their future as well as the future of our children. Therefore, the objectives of sustainable development will remain illusive if the voice of the people and their representative is not heard.
During the three days of your forum, we in UNEP we have heard your concerns and recommendations
241 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
on issues related to capacity building, networking, specialized expertise, training, public awareness, access to information dissemination of lessons learned and sharing of experience.
We will endeavor that your forum in the future will be designed in such a manner that it can respond to your concerns.
We look forward to seeing you in Nairobi in 2002 at your next meeting. I wish you a safe journey back home, thank you for your attention.
242 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
CLOSING ADDRESS BY THE SOUTH AFRICAN GOVERNMENT MR GLEN ADAMS WESTERN CAPE MINISTER OF ENVIRONMENTAL AND CULTURAL AFFAIRS
The sustainable development and management of our urban environment is just as important as the correct management and utilisation of our conservation areas. We can no longer be complacent in believing that as long as we have large enough conservation areas; we can do as we please in our urban areas. The modern experience has taught us that urban and rural, cities and nature reserves, sea and land are all integrated parts of one whole. Hence the necessity for it to all be managed in an integrated manner.
We accept and understand that it is in the urban and developed environment that pollutants and waste is generated, and therefore it is so important that these harmful processes are managed in a sustainable manner. Underlying this relatively new approach to our environment is the idea that we have reached a turning point in terms of which we can choose to continue with present policies which deepens economic divisions within and between communities by increasing poverty, hunger, sickness and illiteracy, causing also the continuing deterioration of the eco-system on which life depends. However, by taking action now, we can improve the living standards of those in need. We can protect, manage and improve the eco-system to help bring a more prosperous future. We have no choice. It is our duty to take the high road to a cleaner and sustainable environment for the benefit of all.
The threats to the environment are not difficult to identify, inasmuch as we know that unbridled consumption in the latter half of the twentieth century, growing poverty, poor or non-existent planning, pollution, inappropriate and unsustainable land-use and colonial attitudes of dominion over the environment, amongst others, have wreaked havoc upon the environment.
The solutions, or more appropriately the remedies, for these maladies are far more complex and have to be considered and decided upon collectively. No single person has the answer; no single model is universally applicable and nobody has a monopoly on the truth. Through conferences of this nature, through co-operative governance and through inter-governmental and inter-agency co-operation we should be able to achieve our goal of a sustainable biosphere.
We have some of the finest environmental laws in the world; our Constitution has enshrined an environmental right as part of a Bill of Rights. We have ratified the Agenda 21 of the Rio Conference and are currently part of the Local Agenda 21 program; we are all working and completing integrated spatial development frameworks, structure plans, and environmental management plans. From a legal and administrative point of view things have never looked better for the environment, yet the environment has never been in a more dismal state. We have to have the will to do the right thing, however difficult it may be, however politically risky it may be, however expensive it may be in the short term and however long it may take for us to receive the dividends of good governance. We are after all investing in future generations when we invest in the environment.
From this conference we will go away with a better understanding of the work that lies ahead. Perspectives and insights gained here, no doubt, will inspire us in our everyday tasks. For this we have to thank the Cape Metropolitan Council for hosting this Conference and a special thanks to the following people:
Mr. Djoghlaf – Chief of UNEP (United Nations Environmental Programme) in Nairobi; Jochen Eigen – UNCHS (United Nations Centre for Human Settlements); Hassane Bendahmane – UNEP; Dr Natalia
243 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Smirnova Georgievna – Vice President on Economy and Investments in St Petersburg; Patricia Nawa; Minister Lechesa Tsenoli; Metropolitan Mayor, Attie Adriaanse; and Councilor Kent Morkel.
It has been a great honour for me to have addressed this gathering. I thank you.
244 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Participant List
City Representatives
(by country in alphabetical order)
Brazil Recife Ms. Silvia Cavalcanti Arrais, Programme Coordinator, Urban Cleaning and Maintenance (EMLURB), Selective Solid Waste Collection and Recycling, Municipality of Recife, Av. Gov. Carlos de Lima Cavalcanti, 09 Derby, 50070-110-Recife, Brazil, Tel: +55-81-221 2392, Fax: +55-81-221 1274, e-mail: [email protected], [email protected]
Cameroon Bamenda Mr. Sanjou-Tadzong Abdel Ndeh, Government Delegate, Bamenda Urban Council, P.O. Box: 495, Bamenda, Cameroon, Tel: +237-361 267, 361 313, Fax: +237-361 267
Limbe Mr. Samuel Ebiama Lifanda, Government Delegate, Limbe Urban Council, P.O. Box: 61, Limbe, Cameroon, Tel: 237 332227, Fax: +237 332039, e-mail: [email protected]
Yaounde Ms. Madeleine Ngo Louga Health and Environment Program BP 875 Yaounde - Cameroon Tel/Fax: (237) 22 86 17, e-mail: [email protected]
China (Peoples Republic of) Benxi Mr. Shaofeng Li, Deputy Director, Administrative Centre for Agenda 21, Benxi Municipal Government, No. 51. Jiefang Road, -Benxi, China (Peoples Republic of), Tel: +86-414-385 1549, Fax: +86-414-385 1115
Mr. Li Qiang, Vice Director, Administrative Centre for Agenda 21, Benxi Municipality, No. 51. Jiefang Road, -Benxi, China (Peoples Republic of), Tel: +86-414-385 1549, Fax: +86-414-385 1115
Ms. Hongbing Yu, Interpreter, Benxi Administrative Centre for Agenda 21, No. 51. Jiefang Road, -Benxi, China (Peoples Republic of), Tel: +86-414-385 1549, Fax: +86-414-385 1115
245 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Shenyang Dr. Hongkai Li, Division Chief, Sustainable Shenyang Project (SSP), Shenyang Environmental Protection Bureau, 254, Zhengyang Street, Shenhe District, 110011-Shenyang, China (Peoples Republic of), Tel: +86-24-2484 6923, Fax: +86-24-2486 6330, e-mail: [email protected]
Egypt Ismailia Ms. Habiba Eid, National Director, Sustainable Ismailia Governorate Programme (SIGP), Ismailia Governorate, P.O. Box: 191, Ismailia Governorate New Building, Commercial Street, Sheik Zaid, Ismailia, Egypt, Tel: +20-64-361 186, 344 585, Fax: +20-64-344 585, e-mail: [email protected]
Ghana Accra Mr. Ben Kofi Doe, Project Manager, Accra Sustainable Programme (ASP), Town and Country Planning Department, P.O. Box: 2892, Accra, Ghana, Tel: +233-21-667 340, Fax: +233-21-667 340, e-mail: [email protected]
Italy Turin Mr. Alessandro Altamura, Councillor, City of Turin, Via Scacchi 36, I-10100-Turin, Italy, Tel: +39-011-562 3512, Fax: +39-011-225-7609
Kenya Mombasa Mr. Hamisi Mboga, Assistant Town Clerk, Municipal Council of Mombasa, P.O. Box: 89192, Mombasa, Kenya, Tel: 254-11-315221, Fax: +254-11-314951/314942, e-mail: [email protected]
Nairobi Mr. Patrick Tom Odongo, Assistant Director, City Planning Department, Nairobi City Council, P.O. Box: 30075, Nairobi, Kenya, Tel: +254-2-211409, Fax: +254-2-230640
Nakuru Ms. Margaret Ng’ayu, Project Coordinator, Localising Agenda 21 Programme, Municipal Council of Nakuru, P.O. Box: 124, Municipal Council of Nakuru Offices, Government Road, Nakuru, Kenya, Tel: +254-37-213 619, Fax: +254-37-372 156, e-mail: [email protected]
246 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Korea (Republic of) Hanam Mr. Woo-Ryang Park, Deputy Mayor of Hanam, 465-032 Hanam City, Korea (Republic of), Tel: +82-31-790 6011; or Environmental & Ecological Planning Lab, Dept of Landscape Architecture, College of Agriculture & Life Sciences, Seoul National University, Sodun-Dong, Kyonggy-Do, Korea (Republic of), Tel: +82 331 290 2621/2628, Fax: +82-331-292 4089, e-mail: [email protected]
Mr. Jeong Gi Kim, Section Chief, Hanam City, Korea (Republic of) 465-032, Tel: +82-31-790 5182
Libya Tripoli Mr. Zidan Ali, Director, Urban Planning Agency, Urban Design Department, Urban Planning Agency, P.O. Box: 358, C/O UNDP Tripoli, Tripoli, Libya, Tel: +218-21-4862690, Fax: +218-21-4862688, e-mail: [email protected]
Malawi Blantyre Ms. Sophie Mtendere Kalimba, Chief Executive, Town Planning and Estates Services, Blantyre City Assembly, P.O. Box: 67, Kasungu Crescent, Blantyre, Malawi, Tel: +265-670 211/675 126/671669, Fax: +265-670 417, e-mail: [email protected]
Lilongwe Prof. Donton S.J. Mkandawire, Chief Executive/Town Clerk, Capital City, Lilongwe City Assembly, P.O. Box: 30396, 3-Lilongwe, Malawi, Tel: +265-772 825, 794 830, Fax: +265-794 830, e-mail: [email protected]
Ms. Catherine Kulemeka, Chief Town Planning Officer, Capital City, Lilongwe City Assembly, P.O. Box: 30396, Liwongwe, Malawi, Tel: +265-773 144, Fax: +265- 770 885, e-mail: [email protected]
Morocco Essaouira Dr. Mohammed Hander, Project Manager, Localising Agenda 21 Programme, Centre de Développement Urbain et de Protection de l’Environnement, P.O. Box: 346, 44000-Essaouira, Morocco, Tel: +212-4-478 4033, 476 717, Fax: +212-4-447 3584, 783 584, 476 785, e-mail: [email protected], [email protected]
Nigeria Abuja Ms. Esther Audu, Mayor, Abuja Municipal Area Council, Area 10, Olusegun Obasenjo Way, Garki, Abuja, Nigeria, Tel: +234-9-234 0705, Fax: +234-9-234 2408, e-mail: [email protected]
247 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Enugu Mr. Josephat B.E. Idoko, Project Manager, Sustainable Enugu Project (SEP), Ministry of Lands and Housing, Secretary to the State Government Enugu, NCFC House, no. 5 Onitsha road, Enugu, Nigeria, Tel: +234-42-255 506, Fax: +234-42-257042, e-mail: [email protected]
Ibadan Hon. Adeniran Nureni Aderemi, Project Coordinator Sustainable Ibadan Project (SIP), Chairman of the Ibadan South-West Local Government, P.O. Box: 5204, Ibadan South West, Local Government Secretariat Complex, Oluyole Estate,Ibadan, Nigeria, Tel: +234-2-231 0088, Fax: +234-2-231 8598/8909, e-mail: [email protected], [email protected]
Mr. Adedayo A. Ayorinde, Project Manager, Sustainable Ibadan Project (SIP), Sustainable Ibadan Project, Ibadan South West, P.O. Box: 5204, Ibadan South West, Local Government Secretariat Complex, Oluyole Estate, Ibadan, Nigeria, Tel: +234-2-231 8597/8, Fax: +234-2-231 8598/8909, e-mail: [email protected], [email protected]
Kano Mr. Mohammed Kabiru Jibril, Sustainable Kano Programme, Chairperson Kano Municipal Council, P.O. Box: 3026, No. 1 Wudil Road, Kano, Nigeria, Tel: +234-64 631289
Paraguay Asunción Mr. Jorge Arturo Herreros, Advisor, Riverside Project, Municipal Council, CC 1069 CP 1209, Asunción, Paraguay, Tel: +595-21-206 637, Fax: +595-21-610 563, e-mail: [email protected]
Philippines Tagbilaran Hon. Jose Torralba, Mayor, City of Tagbilaran, City Hall, 6300-Tagbilaran, Philippines, Tel: +63-38-411 3715, Fax: +63-38-235 3478
Russian Federation Leningrad Region Mr. Vladimir A. Shchitinsky, Director, Sustainable Leningrad Region Project, Russian State Institute of Urbanistics for Research and Design, 21 Bassenaya Street, 196191-St. Petersburg, Russian Federation, Tel: +7-812-2901176, Fax: +7-812-295 9875/295 9875, e-mail: [email protected], [email protected]
248 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Rwanda Kigali Ms. Louise Mujijima, Project Co-ordinator, Urban Planning Management and Capacity Building Project, Préfecture de Kigali, Kigali, Rwanda, Tel: +250-71337, Fax: +250-71337, 76263, e-mail: [email protected], [email protected]
Mr Kariba Traore, Chief Technical Advisor (CTA), City of Kigali, P.O. Box: 445, Kigali, Rwanda, Tel: +250 08500057/82628, Fax: +250 76263, e-mail: [email protected], [email protected] Senegal Dakar Mme Mame Awa Diara, General Secretary, Sustainable Dakar Project, Municipality of Hann Bel Air, Km. 7.5, Boulevard de Centenaire, -Dakar, Senegal, Tel: +221-832 4206, e-mail: [email protected], [email protected]
Mme Ndèye Fatou Diop Gueye, Chargée du processus de plannification et de gestion de l’environnement, Sustainable Dakar Project, Sustainable Luga and Rufisque Projects, Institut Africain de Gestion Urbaine (IAGU), P.O. Box: 7263, Villa 2243 Dieuppeul 1, Dakar, Senegal, Tel: +221-244 424/250 826, Fax: +221-825 0826, e-mail: [email protected], [email protected]
South Africa Amanzimtoti Mr. Mkhanyiseni Eden Mngadi, Deputy Mayor, South Local Council, P.O. Box: 26, 4126-Amanzimtoti, South Africa, Tel: +27-31-913 4304, Fax: +27-31-916 6862
Mr. Maduray Moodley, Deputy Mayor, South Local Council, P.O. Box: 26, 4126-Amanzimtoti, South Africa, Tel: +27-31-913 4304, Fax: +27-31-916 6862, e-mail: [email protected]
Bloemfontein Mr. Oliver Jani Mohapi, Councillor, Bloemfontein City Council, P.O. Box: 3204, 9300-Bloemfontein, South Africa, Tel: +27-51-405 8624, Fax: +27-51-405 8663, e-mail: [email protected]
Mr. Tatolo Nthejane, Bloem-Area District Council, P.O. Box: 3667, 9300-Bloemfontein, South Africa, Tel: +27-51-447 9571, Fax: +27-51-447 0221, e-mail: [email protected]
Ms. Motshedisi Sebusi, Bloem-Area District Council, P.O. Box: 3667, 9300-Bloemfontein, South Africa, Tel: +27-51-447 1117, Fax: +27-51-447 0221, e-mail: [email protected]
249 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Braamfontain Ms. Victoria Mokone, Director, Southern Johannesburg Metropolitan Council, 158, Loveday Street, 1868-Braamfontain, South Africa, Tel: +27-11-407 6374, Fax: +27-11-339 3118
Mr. Chris Ngcobo, CEO, Southern Johannesburg Metropolitan Council, 158, Loveday Street, 2000- Braamfontain, South Africa, Tel: +27-11-407 6375, Fax: +27-11-339 3118
Cape Town Mr. Carne Blandy, Ag. Head of Department, Spatial Planning Department, Environment and Housing Directorate, Cape Metropolitan Council, 44 Wale Street, 8001-Cape Town, South Africa, Tel: +27-21-487 2566, Fax: +27-21-487 2758, e-mail: [email protected]
Mr. David Dlali, Cape Metropolitan Council, 44 Wale Street, 8001-Cape Town, South Africa, Tel: +27-21-487 2772, Fax: +27-21-487 2758
Mr. Mzukisi Gaba, Cape Metropolitan Council, 44 Wale Street, 8001-Cape Town, South Africa, Tel: +27-21-487 2772, Fax: +27-21-487 2758
Mr. Steven Granger, Cape Metropolitan Council, 44 Wale Street, 8001-Cape Town, South Africa, Tel: +27-21-487 2772, Fax: +27-21-487 2578
Ms. Ronelle Greeff, Civic Centre, City of Cape Town, Hertzog Boulevard No. 12, 8000-Cape Town, South Africa, Tel: +27-21-400 3241, Fax: +27-21-425 4448, e-mail: [email protected]
Mr. CMIG Haskins, Cape Metropolitan Council, 44 Wale Street, 8001-Cape Town, South Africa, Tel: +27-21-487 2832, Fax: +27-21-487 2255, e-mail: [email protected]
Mr. Patrick Hill, Deputy Mayor, Cape Metropolitan Council, 44 Wale Street, 8001-Cape Town, South Africa, Tel: +27-21-487 2772, Fax: +27-21-487 2578
Ms. Elsie Kwayinto, Cape Metropolitan Council, 44 Wale Street, 8001-Cape Town, South Africa, Tel: +27-21-487 2772, Fax: +27-21-487 2578
Ms. Sarah Links, Cape Metropolitan Council, 44 Wale Street, 8001-Cape Town, South Africa, Tel: +27-21-487 2772, Fax: +27-21-487 2578
250 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Hon. N. Mfeketo, Mayor, City of Cape Town, 44 Wale Street, 8000-Cape Town, South Africa, Tel: +27-21-487 2772, Fax: +27-21-487 2578
Mr. Kent Morkel, Counciller, Cape Metropolitan Council, 44 Wale Street, 8001-Cape Town, South Africa, Tel: +27-21-487 2772, Fax: +27-21-487 2578
Ms. Sarah-Jane Peiser, Officer, Environment and Housing Directorate, Cape Metropolitan Council, 44 Wale Street, 8001-Cape Town, South Africa, Tel: +27-21-487 2772, Fax: +27-21-487 2758, e-mail: [email protected]
Ms. Shirene Rosenberg, Officer, Environment and Housing Directorate, Cape Metropolitan Council, 44 Wale Street, 8001-Cape Town, South Africa, Tel: +27-21-487 2772, Fax: +27-21-487 2758, e-mail: [email protected]
Mr. Ken Sinclair-Smith, Officer, Environment and Housing Directorate, Cape Metropolitan Council, 44 Wale Street, 8001-Cape Town, South Africa, Tel: +27-21-487 2772, Fax: +27-21-487 2758, e-mail: [email protected]
Ms. Gesie Theron, Cape Metropolitan Council, Cape Town, South Africa, Tel: +27-21-487 2772, Fax: +27-21-487 2578, e-mail: [email protected]
Mr. Peter Tomalin, Director, Environment and Housing Directorate, Cape Metropolitan Council, 44 Wale Street, 8001-Cape Town, South Africa, Tel: +27-21-487 2772, Fax: +27-21-487 2758, e-mail: [email protected]
Mr. Brian Watkins, Cape Metropolitan Council, 44 Wale Street, 8001-Cape Town, South Africa, Tel: +27-21-487 2772, Fax: +27-21-487 2758
Durban Cllr. Nomusa Dube, Mayor, North Central Local Council, P.O. Box: 1014, 4000-Durban, South Africa
Mrs. Theresa Mthembu, Mayor, South Central Local Council, P.O. Box: 1014, 4000-Durban, South Africa, Tel: +27-31-311 4100, Fax: +27-31-368 5106
Helderberg Mr. A.J. Knox, Helderberg Municipality, Helderberg, South Africa
251 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Johannesburg Mr. Lawrence Boya, Strategic Executive – Urban Development, Southern Metropolitan Local Council, Grater Johannesburg, Metropolitan Centre, 158 Loveday Street, Braamfontain, P.O. Box 1121, Johannesburg, South Africa, Tel. +27-11-407 7172, Fax: +27-11-403 1750, e-mail: [email protected]
Kimberley Mr. David Rooi, Department of Agriculture, Municipality of Kimberley, 227 Du Troitspan Road, 8300-Kimberley, South Africa, Tel: +27-53-831 4049, Fax: +27-53-832 4328
Kuilsriver Mr Daniel De La Cruz, Mayor, Oostenberg Municipality, P.O. Box: 16, 7580-Kuilsriver, South Africa, Tel: +27-9001534, Fax: +27-9001562
Lenasia Mr. Joshua Martin Mahlangu, Southern Metropolitan Local Council Greater Johannesburg, P.O. Box: X03, 1820-Lenasia, South Africa, Tel: +27-11-857 2037, Fax: +27-11-857 1188, e-mail: [email protected]
Lyttelton Mrs. Christa Spoelstra, Mayor, Centurion Town Council, P.O. Box: 14013, 0140-Lyttelton, South Africa, Tel: +27-12-671 7240, Fax: +27-12-671 7763, e-mail: [email protected]
Blaauwberg Mr Dave Brook, Executive Director, Blaauwberg Municipality, P.O. Box: 35, 7435-Milnerton, South Africa, Tel: +27-5501017, Fax: +27-5501018, e-mail: [email protected]
Mrs. Pat Titmuss, Blaauwberg Municipality, P.O. Box: 35, 7435-Milnerton, South Africa, Tel: +27-5501096, Fax: +27-5522835, e-mail: [email protected]
Mpumalanga Mr. Garth Batchelor, Mpumalanga Provincial Government, Mpumalanga, South Africa
Nelspruit Mrs. Kwati Candith Mashego-Dlamini, Mpumalanga Government, P.O. Box: X11219, 1200-Nelspruit, South Africa, Tel: +27-13-755 2717, Fax: +27-13-755 4827
252 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Tygerberg Mr. Osman Asmal, City of Tygerberg, P.O. Box: X4, 7499-Parow, South Africa, Tel: +21-918 7154, Fax: +21-919 5430
Ms. Grace Stead, Urban Planner, Local Agenda 21 Partnership, City of Tygerberg, P.O. Box: X4, 7499-Parow, South Africa, Tel: +21-918 7154, Fax: +21-919 5430
Pietersburg Mr. Martin Mahosi, Chief Director, Local Government and Housing, P.O. Box: X9485, 0700-Pietersburg, South Africa, Tel: +27-15-295 6851, Fax: +27-15-295 4190
Pinetown Mr. Adam Hercules Hattingh, Inner West City Council, P.O. Box: 49, 3600-Pinetown, South Africa, Tel: +27-31-718 2002, Fax: +27-31-718 2112, e-mail: [email protected]
Port Elizabeth Mr. M.B. Tokota, Port Elizabeth Municipality, P.O. Box: 116, Port Elizabeth, South Africa, Tel: +27-41-506 3236, Fax: +27-41-506 3337, e-mail: [email protected]
Soweto Ms. Nandi Patience Mayathula-Khoza, Mayor, Southern Johannesburg Metropolitan Council, P.O. Box: X10, P O Kwa-Xuma, 1868-Soweto, South Africa, Tel: +27-11-932 1440, Fax: +27-11-932 1440
Umhlanga Rocks Councillor Sanele Nxumalo, Mayor, North Local Council Of Durban Metro, P.O. Box: X4, 4320-Umhlanga Rocks, South Africa, Tel: +27-31-5611101, Fax: +27-31-5615753
Sri Lanka Colombo Dr. Fahmy Ismail, Deputy Municipal Commissioner/Project Director, Public Health Department, Colombo Municipal Council, Town Hall, 07-Colombo, Sri Lanka, Tel: +94-1-681 198, 681198, Fax: +94-1-671282, 694640, e-mail: [email protected]
Dr. Pradeep Kariyawasam, Chief Medical Officer of Health, Public Health Department, Sustainable Colombo Core-area Project, Colombo Municipal Council, 07-Colombo, Sri Lanka, Tel: + 94-1-691 922, Fax: + 94-1-694 937, 696595, e-mail: [email protected], [email protected]
253 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Deliwela-Mount Levinia Mr. Wanni Arachchige Gunawardana, Municipal Commissioner, Municipal Council, P.O. Box: 98, Deliwela-Mount Levinia, Sri Lanka, Tel: +94-1-691 922, 71 7673, Fax: +94-1-581 116
Swaziland Mbabane B.A. Dlamini, Council Officer, City Council, P.O. Box: 1, Mbabane, Swaziland, Tel: +268-404 0325, Fax: +268-404 2611, e-mail: [email protected]
Hon. Vincent Sipho Mazibuko, Mayor, City Council of Mbabane, P.O. Box: 1,Mbabane, Swaziland, Tel: +268-404 0325, Fax: +268-404 2611
S. Mndvoti, Councillor, City Council of Mbabane, P.O. Box: 1, Mbabane, Swaziland, Tel: +268-404 0325, Fax: +268-404 2611
Mr. William Ndumiso Ndlela, City Council of Mbabane, P.O. Box: 1, Mbabane, Swaziland, Tel: +268-605 2357, Fax: +268-404 2611, e-mail: [email protected]
Tanzania (United Republic of) Dar es Salaam Mr. Julius Maira, Co-ordinator, Sustainable Dar es Salaam Project (SDP), Dar es Salaam City Commission, P.O. Box: 9182, Dar es Salaam, Tanzania (United Republic of), Tel: +255-(007)-22-211 0513/4, Fax: +255-(007)-22-2114014
Moshi Mr. Lameck M. Masembejo, Project Coordinator, Municipal Planner, Sustainable Moshi Project, Moshi Municipal Council, P.O. Box: 318, Moshi, Tanzania (United Republic of), Tel: +255-(007)-55-275 2559, Fax: +255-(077)-27-2752344/2752559, e-mail: [email protected]
Mwanza Mr. Patrick Karangwa, Project Coordinator, Sustainable Mwanza Project, City of Mwanza, P.O. Box: 1333, Mwanza, Tanzania (United Republic of), Tel: +255-(007)-28-250 2439, 250 2482, Fax: +255-(007)-28-250 3340, 250 0785, e-mail: [email protected], [email protected]
Zanzibar Mr. Sheha Mjaja Juma, Programme Co-ordinator, Zanzibar Sustainable Project (ZSP), Commission for Lands and Environment (COLE), P.O. Box: 4240, Zanzibar, Tanzania (United Republic of), Tel: +255-(007)-24-2233443, Fax: +255-(007)-24-2233443, e-mail: [email protected]
254 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Mr. Mzee Khamis Juma, Head, Department of Labour, Construction and Environment, Zanzibar Municipal Council, P.O. Box: 593, Victoria Garden, Zanzibar, Tanzania (United Republic of), Tel: +255-(007)-24-223 3443, Fax: +255-(007)-24-223 1030/223 3443, e-mail: [email protected]
Uganda Kampala Mrs. Joyce Christine Kikomeko, City Minister of Health and Environment, Kampala City Council, P.O. Box: 7010, Kampala, Uganda, Tel: +256-41-230 776, Fax: +256-41-25892, e-mail: [email protected]
Mr. Eli Adriel Mugizi-Rwandume, Head of Environment and Habitat Desk Officer, Local Agenda 21, Kampala City Council, P.O. Box: 3825, Kampala, Uganda, Tel: +256-41231400, Fax: +256-77461564, e-mail: [email protected]
Zambia Kitwe Hon. Luxon Kazabu, Mayor of Kitwe, Municipality of Kitwe, P.O. Box: 21692, Kitwe, Zambia, Tel: +260-2-225 086/230 924, Fax: +260-2-224 394/221185/27024, e-mail: [email protected]
Mr. Ali D. Simwinga, Town Clerk, Municipality of Kitwe, P.O. Box: 21692, Kitwe, Zambia, Tel: +260-2-225 086, Fax: +260-2-224 394
Lusaka Mr. Francis M. Muwowo, Acting Town Clerk, Programme Manager, Sustainable Lusaka Programme, Lusaka City Council, P.O. Box: 30077, City Hall, Lusaka, Zambia, Tel: +260-1-251 482/251/611, Fax: +260-1-251 475, e-mail: [email protected]
Hon. Patricia Ngula Nawa, Mayor, Lusaka City Council, P.O. Box: 30077, Independence Avenue, Lusaka, Zambia, Tel: +260-1-252 241/254 147, Fax: +260-1-252 141
International Support Programmes
(by organization in alphabetical order)
Cities for Climate Protection Campaign (CCP Italy) Mr. Gianni Vernetti, Coordinator, City of Turin (Energy Agency), ICLEI, Via Livorno 60, Environment Park, I-10144-Turin, Italy; Tel: +39-33-5706 1031, Fax: +39-11-2257609, e-mail: [email protected]
CITYNET
255 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Mr. Ksemsan Suwarnarat, Bangkok City Planning Department, 44, Ramai Road, Srijulasap Tower, Patuvan, 10330-Bangkok, Thailand; Tel: +66-2-613 7249, Fax: +66-2-613 7254, e-mail: [email protected]
Local Authorities Confronting Disasters and Emergencies (LACDE) Mr. Geoff Laskey, Manager, Cape Metropolitan Council, Disaster Management, 44, Wale Street, 8001-Cape Town, South Africa; Tel: +27-21-487 2772, Fax: +27-21-487 2052, e-mail: [email protected]
Municipal Development Programme (MDP) / Programme de Développement Municipal (PDM), Eastern and Southern Africa Regional Office Mr. Shingirayi Mushamba, 7th Floor Hurudza House, 14-16 Nelson Mandela Ave., Harare, Zimbabwe; Tel: +263-4-774385/6, Fax: +263-4-774386/7, e-mail: [email protected]
Copperbelt University, School of Built Environment; IHS Support to the Implementation of the National Plans of Action (SINPA), Zambia Dr. Albert Malama, National Programme Coordinator, Copperbelt University, School of Built Environment; IHS, P.O. Box: 21692,Jambo Drive Riverside, Kitwe, Zambia; Tel: +260-2-225 086/230 924, Fax: +260-2-225086/230924, e-mail: [email protected]
Dar es Salaam City Commission, UNCHS (Habitat) Safer Cities Programme, Tanzania Ms. Anna Mtani, Co-ordinator, Dar es Salaam City Commission, UNCHS (Habitat), P.O. Box: 10421, Dar es Salaam, Tanzania (United Republic of); Tel: +255-(007)-22-213 0959, Fax: +255-(007)-22-213 0961, e-mail: [email protected]
Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO) Urban and Peri-Urban Forestry Programme Ms. Michelle Gauthier, Forestry Officer, Forest Resource Division, Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO), Room D-473, Viale delle Terme di Caracalla, 00100-Rome, Italy; Tel: +39-06-5705 4341, Fax: +39-06-5705 5137, e-mail: [email protected]
German Corporation for Technical Co-operation (GTZ) SADC Regional Waste Management Programme Mr. Christian Nels, Principal Advisor, German Corporation for Technical Co-operation (GTZ), P.O. Box: X 12, Gaborone, Botswana; Tel: +267-311802, Fax: +267-300180, e-mail: [email protected]
Institute for Housing and Urban Development Studies (IHS) Capacity-Building for Decentralisation (CBDG) Programme, Ghana Mr. Paul Schuttenbelt, Deputy Team Leader, Institute for Housing and Urban Development Studies (IHS), P.O. Box: LG 549,Legon, Accra, Ghana; Tel: 233-21-508817, +233-27-544799 (mobile), Fax: 233-21-508818, e-mail: [email protected], [email protected]
256 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
International Committee of Red Cross and Crescent (ICRC), Geneva Foundation Water and Habitat Section Dr. Pier Giorgio Nembrini, Consultant, Engineer, International Committee of Red Cross and Crescent (ICRC), Geneva Foundation, 19, Av. De la Paix, 6, Rte. De Ferney, CH-1202-Geneva, Switzerland; Tel: +41-22-345 5951, e-mail: [email protected]
International Council for Local Environmental Initiatives (ICLEI) Local Agenda 21 Model Communities Programme Mr. Shem Chaibva, Africa Regional Coordinator, International Council for Local Environmental Initiatives (ICLEI), P.O. Box: 6852,108 Central Avenue, Harare, Zimbabwe; Tel: +263-4-728 984, Fax: +263-4-728 984, e-mail: [email protected]
International Labour Organisation (ILO) Advisory Support, Information Services and Training for Labour-based Infrastructure Programmes (ASIST) Ms. Wilma van Esch, Urban Senior Advisor, International Labour Organisation (ILO), P.O. Box: 60598,Lenana/Galana Road, Nairobi, Kenya; Tel: +254-2-572 555, 572580, Fax: +254-2-566 234, e-mail: [email protected], [email protected]
SEVANATHA Urban Resource Centre Mr. Kanake. A. Jayaratne, President, SEVANATHA, 23/1, Narahenpita Road, Nawala, Sri Lanka; Tel: +94-1-844 943, Fax: +94-1-878 893, e-mail: [email protected]
State Committee of the Russian Federation for Architecture and Construction Habitat Transportation Project Mr. Anatoly E. Yunitsky, Project Manager, State Committee of the Russian Federation for Architecture and Construction, 24, Bolshaya Dmitrovka Str., 103824-Moscow, Russian Federation; Tel: +7 095 930 6264, Fax: +7 095 930 2968/938, e-mail: [email protected], [email protected]
The United Nations University Environment and Sustainable Development Mr. Hari Srinivas, Programme Associate, The United Nations University, P.O. Box: 5-53-70, Jingu-Mae, 5-Chome, Shibuya-Ku, 150-8925-Tokyo, Japan; Tel: +81-3-5467 1250, Fax: +81-3-3406 7347, e-mail: [email protected]
Transparency South Africa (T-SA) Integrity in Urban Governance Programme Mr. Stiaan van der Merwe, Transparency South Africa (T-SA), 185, Smit Str., Auckland House, 7th floor, Braamfontain, 2001-Johannesburg, South Africa; Tel: +27-11-403 4331, Fax: +27-11-403 4332, e-mail: [email protected]
257 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
UNCHS (Habitat)/UNDP/World Bank Urban Management Programme (UMP) Mr. Wagui Siby, Regional Coordinator for Africa, UNCHS (Habitat)/UNDP/World Bank, P.O. Box: 01 BP 1747,Angle Avenue Marchand, Rue Gourgas, Abidjan, Côte d’Ivoire; Tel: +225-22-48-74-57/22-44-23-65, Fax: +225-22-443976, e-mail: [email protected]
UNCHS (Habitat)/UNDP/World Bank, P&DM-UMP Partnership, The University of Witwatersrand Urban Management Programme, East & Southern Africa Sub Regional Office Ms. Mou Charles-Harris, Manager, UNCHS (Habitat)/UNDP/World Bank, P&DM-UMP Partnership, The University of Witwatersrand, P.O. Box: 601,7 St. David’s Place, 2050-Parktown, Johannesburg, South Africa; Tel: +27-11-488 5532, Fax: +27-11-488 5699, e-mail: [email protected]
UNCHS (Habitat)/UNEP Sustainable Cities Programme (SCP) Mr. Ole Lyse, Co-ordinator, UNCHS (Habitat)/UNEP, P.O. Box: 30030, Nairobi, Kenya; Tel: +254-2-62 3565, Fax: +254-2-62 3715, 62 4263/4, e-mail: [email protected]
UNDP, Kathmandu Metropolitan City Office The Urban Governance Initiative (UNDP) Ms. Lajali Bajracharya, Programme Coordinator, UNDP, Kathmandu Metropolitan City Office, P.O. Box: 8416,Bagbazar, Kathmandu, Nepal; Tel: +977-1-27 334, 223100, Fax: +977-1-282 629, e-mail: [email protected]
United Nations Centre for Human Settlements (Habitat), University of Leuven Localising Agenda 21 Programme Mr. Raf Tuts, Programme Manager, United Nations Centre for Human Settlements (Habitat), P.O. Box: 30030, Nairobi, Kenya; Tel: +254-2-62 3726, Fax: +254-2-62 4265, e-mail: [email protected]
Prof. Han Verschure, Co-ordinator, University of Leuven, UNCHS (Habitat), Kasteel Arenberg, B-3001-Heverlee, Belgium; Tel: +32-16-321 371, 321367, Fax: +32-16-321 984, e-mail: [email protected]
United Nations Development Programme (UNDP) Local Initiative Facility for Urban Environment (LIFE) Ms. Zandile Ndaba, United Nations Development Programme (UNDP), P.O. Box: 6541, 0001-Pretoria, South Africa; Tel: +27-12-320 8200, Fax: +27-12-320 8202, e-mail: [email protected]
258 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
United Nations Environment and Development (UNED) Forum Earth Summit 2002 Mr. Felix Dodds, United Nations Environment and Development (UNED) Forum, 3 Whitehall Court, SW1A 2EL-London, United Kingdom; Tel: +44-171-839 1784, Fax: +44- 171-930 5893, e-mail: [email protected]
Dr. Minu Hemmati, Project Co-ordinator, United Nations Environment and Development (UNED) Forum, 3 Whitehall Court, SW1A 2EL-London, United Kingdom; Tel: +44-171-839 1784, Fax: +44-171-930 5893, e-mail: [email protected]
United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) Cleaner Production Centre of Tanzania Prof. Cleophas Migiro, Director, United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP), P.O. Box: 23235, Dar es Salaam, Tanzania (United Republic of); Tel: +255-(007)-22-260 2338, Fax: +255-(007)-22-260 2339, e-mail: [email protected]
Cleaner Production Programme, Zimbabwe Mr. Lewin Audo, United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP), P.O. Box: B W 1635, Borrewdale, Harare, Zimbabwe; Tel: +263-4-752 266, Fax: +263-4-752 266, e-mail: [email protected]
International Environmental Technology Centre (IETC) Ms. Lilia Casanova, Deputy Director, United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP), 2-110 Ryokuchi Koen, Tsurumi-ku, 538-Osaka, Japan; Tel: +81-7-7568 4581, Fax: +81-7-7568 4587, e-mail: [email protected], [email protected]
Mediterranean Action Plan, Regional Activity Centre PAR / RAC Mr. Ivica Trumbic, Director, United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP), P.O. Box: 21000, Kraj Sv. Ivana 11, Split, Croatia; Tel: +385-21-343 499, Fax: +385-21-361 677, e-mail: [email protected]
UNEP-Global Environment Facility (GEF) Co-ordination Office Mr. Ahmed Djoghlaf, Executive Co-ordinator, United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP), P.O. Box: 47074, Nairobi, Kenya; Tel: +254-2-624165, Fax: +245-2-62 4041/623 696, e-mail: [email protected]
University of Oxford, School of Geography Environment and Participatory Governance Dr. Maria Kaika, Architect, University of Oxford, School of Geography, TSU, 11 Bevington Road, OX2 6NB-Oxford, United Kingdom; Tel: +44-186-527 4714, Fax: +44-186-551 5194, e-mail: [email protected]
259 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
World Bank Managing the Environment Locally in Sub-Saharan Africa (MELISSA) Dr. Ousseynou Eddje Diop, Program Coordinator, World Bank, P.O. Box: 12629, c/o CSIR/Environmental, 0001-Pretoria, South Africa; Tel: +27-12-349 2994, Fax: +27-12-349 2080, e-mail: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
Metropolitan Environment Improvement Programme (MEIP) Ms. Bebet Gozun, Co-ordiantor, World Bank, 2A Summit Street, SSS Village, Marikina, 1800-Manila, Philippines; Tel: +63-2-941 7233, Fax: +63-2-940 3096, e-mail: [email protected], [email protected]
United Nations Organisations
United Nations Centre for Human Settlements (Habitat) Regional Office for Africa and Arab States (ROAAS) Mr. David Kithakye, Human Settlements Adviser, United Nations Centre for Human Settlements (Habitat), P.O. Box: 30030, Nairobi, Kenya; Tel: +254-2-62 3220, Fax: +254-2-62 4263, e-mail: [email protected]
Regional Office for Asia and Pacific (ROAP) Ms. Mariko Sato, Human Settlement Advisor, United Nations Centre for Human Settlements (Habitat), Fukuoka, Japan; Tel: +81-45-223 2161, Fax: +81-45-223 2162, e-mail: [email protected]
Urban Development Branch (UDB) Mr. Paul Taylor, Ag. Chief, United Nations Centre for Human Settlements (Habitat), P.O. Box: 30030, Nairobi, Kenya; Tel: +254-2-62 3218, Fax: +254-2-62 3715, e-mail: [email protected]
Urban Secretariat Mr. Jochen Eigen, Ag. Chief, United Nations Centre for Human Settlements (Habitat), P.O. Box: 30030, Nairobi, Kenya; Tel: +254-2-62 3226, Fax: +254-2-62 3080, 62 4264, e-mail: [email protected]
United Nations Development Programme (UNDP) Ms. Chitra Manel Samarhkody Jayamanna, Assistant Resident Representative, United Nations Development Programme (UNDP), P.O. Box: 1505,202-2-4 Bauddhaloka Mawatha, 7-Colombo, Sri Lanka; Tel: +94-1-580 691, Fax: +94-1-581 116, e-mail: [email protected]
260 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) Joint UNEP/UNCHS(Habitat) Unit Mr. Hassane Bendahmane, Chief, United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP), P.O. Box: 30552, Nairobi, Kenya; Tel: +254-2-62 3479, Fax: +254-2-62 4324, e-mail: [email protected]
OED/OMB&SCU Mr. Mikael Magnusson, Ombudsman, United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP), P.O. Box: 30552, United Nation Avenue, Nairobi, Kenya; Tel: +254-2-62 3278, Fax: +254-2-62 3186, e-mail: [email protected]
International Development Agencies
Italy Ministry of Foreign Affairs (DGCS) Ms. Anna Maria Ceci, Planner, Government of Italy, Via Contarini 25, I-00194-Rome, Italy; Tel: +39-06-3691 6255/6205, Fax: +39-06-324 0585, e-mail: [email protected]
U.S.A. U.S. Agency for International Development (USAID) Mr Sergio Guzman, Government of the U.S.A., P.O. Box: 55380, 0007-Arcadia, South Africa; Tel: +27-12-323 8869, Fax: +27-12-323 1820, e-mail: [email protected]
United Kingdom Department for International Development (DFID) Mr. Michael Parkes, Senior Architectural and Urban Development Adviser, Government of the United Kingdom, 94 Victoria Street, SW1E 5JL-London, United Kingdom; Tel: +44-20-7917 0406, Fax: +44-20-7917 0072, e-mail: [email protected]
Resource Institutions
Health and Environment Program Dr. Blaise Efendene, P.O. Box: 875, Yaounde, Cameroon, e-mail: [email protected]
Carl Duisberg Gesellschaft e.V. (CDG) Regional Office for SADC Mr. Eberhard Jennerjahn, Regional Co-ordinator, Carl Duisberg Gesellschaft e.V. (CDG), Harare, Zimbabwe; Tel: +263-4-741692, Fax: +263-4-741692, e-mail: [email protected], [email protected]
261 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Government of South Africa Water Research Commission Mr. Jay Bhagwan, Research Manager, Government of South Africa, P.O. Box: 824, 0001-Pretoria, South Africa; Tel: +27-123300340, Fax: +27-123312565, e-mail: [email protected]
Dr. Nozibele Mjoli, Research Manager, Government of South Africa, P.O. Box: 824,491 Watico Building, 18 th Avenue, Kietfontein, 0001-Pretoria, South Africa; Tel: +27-12-330 0340, Fax: +27-12-331 2565, e-mail: [email protected]
Institute for Housing and Urban Development Studies (IHS) Institute of Local Government Studies, Ghana Mr. David Kobla Fiankor, Institute for Housing and Urban Development Studies (IHS), P.O. Box: LG 549,Legon, -Accra, Ghana; Tel: +233-27-601 714, Fax: +233-27-508 818, e-mail: [email protected]
The Danish Association for International Urban and Regional Planning Interplan Ms. Marianne Kruse Kristiansen, Executive Administrator, The Danish Association for International Urban and Regional Planning, Pederskramsgade 8; 3tv, DK-1054-Copenhagen, Denmark; Tel: +45-3391 9360, Fax: +45-33919360, e-mail: [email protected]
University College of Lands and Architectural Studies (UCLAS) Department of Urban and Rural Planning Dr. Tumsifu Jonas Nnkya, Director, University College of Lands and Architectural Studies (UCLAS), P.O. Box: 35176, Dar es Salaam, Tanzania (United Republic of); Tel: +255-(007)-22-2775004, 71853, 73223, Fax: +255-(007)-22-2775479, e-mail: [email protected], [email protected]
University of Cape Town Ms. Vanessa Watson, Associate Professor, University of Cape Town, Cape Town, South Africa
Wits University Department of Architecture Fanuel Motsepe, Wits University, P.O. Box: 345, 2050-Wits, South Africa; Tel: +27-82-548 0200, Fax: +27-11-783 5557, e-mail: [email protected]
Geography Department Ms. Susan Parnell, Wits University, Private Bag 3, 2050-Wits, South Africa; Tel: +271-1-716 2823, Fax: +271-1-403 7218, e-mail: [email protected]
262 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Local Government Associations
African Union of Local Authorities (AULA) Mr. Charles Katiza, Secretary General, African Union of Local Authorities (AULA), P.O. Box: 6852,108 Central Avenue, Harare, Zimbabwe; Tel: +263-4-726 289, Fax: +263-4-726 289, e-mail: [email protected]
Association of Local Authorities of Tanzania (ALAT) Mr. Mihijai Iddi Mfunda, Association of Local Authorities of Tanzania (ALAT), P.O. Box: 7912, Dar es Salaam, Tanzania (United Republic of); Tel: +255-22-212 2452, Fax: +255-22-114 014, e-mail: [email protected]
South African Local Governments Association (SALGA) Mr. Mokwena, South African Local Governments Association (SALGA), P.O. Box: ,134 Pretorius Street, 0001-Pretoria, South Africa; Tel: +27-12-338 6724, Fax: +27-12-338 6747, e-mail: [email protected]
Mr. Iqbal Motala, Councillor, South African Local Governments Association (SALGA), 134 Pretorius Street, 0001-Pretoria, South Africa; Tel: +27-12-338 6724, Fax: +27-12-338 6747, e-mail: [email protected]
Government Representation
Botswana Central District Council Ms. Neo Moremi, Principal Physical Planner, P.O. Box: 1, Serowe, Botswana; Tel: +267-430 411, Fax: +267-435 469, e-mail: [email protected]
Ministry of Works and Housing, Department of Town and Regional Planning Mr. Odirile L. Mabaila, Physical Planner, P.O. Box: 0089, Gaborone, Botswana; Tel: +267-365 7495, Fax: +267-300 141, e-mail: [email protected]
Cameroon Ministère de l’Environnement et des Forêts Prof. François Abina Tchala, Secrétaire Permanent à l’Environnement, Yaoundé, Cameroon; Fax: +237-224369, e-mail: [email protected]
Egypt Ministry of Local Development Mr. Samir Mahmoud Mohamed Gharib, Deputy of the Local Development Ministry & Superviser of the Technical Office, P.O. Box: 191,I55, El Mamon Street, Giza, Cairo, Egypt; Tel: +20-2-349 6795, Fax: +20-2-349 7788, e-mail: [email protected]
263 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Iran Department of Environment Dr. Seyed Hassan Sadough, 187 Ostad Nejatolahi, 15875-Teheran, Iran (Islamic Republic of); Tel: +98-21-890 3723, Fax: +98-21-880 2021
Jordan Housing And Urban Development Corporation Mr. William Halaseh, Reporter of the National Habitat Committee, P.O. Box: 2110, Amman, Jordan; Tel: +962-64-618054, Fax: +962-64-618109, e-mail: [email protected]
Mr. Basheert Jaghbeer, Director General, P.O. Box: 2110, Amman, Jordan; Tel: +96-26-4618054, Fax: +96-26-4618109, e-mail: [email protected]
Kenya Kenyan Mission to Habitat Mr. Samuel Mbaabu Laban, 2nd secretary, Kenyan Mission to Habitat, P.O. Box: 67830, Nairobi, Kenya; Tel: +254-2-332 510, Fax: +254-2-332 743
Malawi Department of District and Local Government Administration Mr. M. Jere, Senior Local Government Officer, Capital Hill Circle, 3-Lilongwe, Malawi; Tel: +265-789388/076, Fax: +265-788083, e-mail: [email protected], [email protected]
Namibia Ministry Of Environment & Tourism Mr. Teofilus Nghitila, Environmental Planner, P.O. Box: 899, Windhoek, Namibia; Tel: +264-61-249015, Fax: +264-61-240339, e-mail: [email protected]
Mr. Tangeni Erkana, P.O. Box: 21867, Windhoek, Namibia; Tel: +-61-284 2185, Fax: +-61-229 936
Nigeria Federal Ministry of Works and Housing Mr. Richard Onikede Adebayo, Deputy Director, Government of Nigeria, P.O. Box: 80252,Plot 797 Adetokunbo, Ademola Crescent, Wuse 11, Abuja, Nigeria; Tel: +234-9-521 1632, 5239632, 5232167/1109, Fax: +234-9-523 5746, 523 1973, e-mail: [email protected]
Mr. Oladunjoye Amos Oyewunmi, Chief Town Planning Officer, National SCP Programme Co-ordinator, P.O. Box: 80252,Plot 797 Adetokunbo, Ademola Crescent, Wuse 11, Abuja, Nigeria; Tel: +234-9- 521 1632, Fax: +234-9-523 5746, 5231973, e-mail: [email protected]
264 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Mr. David Soji Taiwo, National EPM Adviser, SCP Co-ordination Unit, P.O. Box: 80252, Abuja, Nigeria; Tel: +234-2-810 1912, Fax: +234-9-5211632/ +234-2-2318598/2318909, e-mail: [email protected], [email protected]
Oyo State Government, Ministry of Lands, Housing & Surveys Alhaji S.A. Akande, Permanent Secretary, P.O. Box: 5204, Ibadan, Nigeria; Tel: +234-2-241 1695, Fax: +234-2-231 8598/8909, e-mail: [email protected], [email protected]
Prof. Olubayo Olateju, Hon. Commissioner, Deputy Director, P.O. Box: 5204, Ibadan, Nigeria; Tel: +234-2-241 1695, Fax: +234-2-231 8598/8909, e-mail: [email protected], [email protected]
Oyo State Government, Office of the Governor Mrs. Oyebola Obileye, Permanent Secretary, Chairperson of SPCC, P.O. Box: 7142,Lebanon Club Road, Alalubosa GRA, Ibadan, Nigeria; Tel: +234-2-231 8102027/8597/8, Fax: +234-2-231 2318598/8106455/8598/8909, e-mail: [email protected], [email protected]
Kano State Government, Ministry of Environment Alhaji Abdullahi Idris, Permanent Secretary, Ministry of Environment, Kano State, P.O. Box: 3026, Kano, Nigeria, Tel: +234-64-631 289
Urban Development Bank of Nigeria PLC Mr. Emmanual Oluremi Mejule, General Manager, P.O. Box: PMB 272,Garki, Zone 5, Wuse, Abuja, Nigeria; Tel: +234-9-523 3527, Fax: +234-9-523 3414, 523 1325, e-mail: [email protected]
Philippines Local EPM Programme, Department of Environment and Natural Resources (DENR) Mr. Nestor U. Venturillo, Director, Government of Philippines, Visayas Avenue, Diliman, Quezon City, 1100-Manila, Philippines; Tel: +63-2-926 6576, 925 2341, Fax: +63-2-925 2341, e-mail: [email protected], [email protected]
South Africa Department of Housing Mr. Diet von Broembsen, P.O. Box: X644, 0001-Pretoria, South Africa; Tel: +27-12-421 1453, Fax: +27-12-341 8893
Free State Provincial Government Mr. Lechesa Tsenoli, Minister, Government of South Africa, P.O. Box: 264, 7300-Bloemfontein, South Africa; Tel: +27-51-405 5304, Fax: +27-51-405 4193, e-mail: [email protected]
265 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
National Department of Land Affairs Mr. Jonathan Diederiks, P.O. Box: X833, 0001-Pretoria, South Africa; Tel: +27-12-312 9306, Fax: +27-12-312 9348, e-mail: [email protected]
Mr Sibu Xaba, P.O. Box: X833, 0001-Pretoria, South Africa; Tel: +27-12-312 9507, Fax: +27-12-312 9348, e-mail: [email protected]
Western Cape Provincial Government Mr. Gerald Morkel, Premier, Government of South Africa, Cape Town, South Africa;
Mr. Glen Adams, Minister, Ministry of Environment and Culture, Government of South Africa, Cape Town, South Africa;
Sri Lanka Ministry of Urban Development, Housing and Construction (UDHC) Mr. Ananda S. Gunasekera, Secretary, Government of Sri Lanka, Sethsiripaya Battaramulla, Colombo, Sri Lanka; Tel: +94-1-691 922, 862 225, 876431, Fax: +94-1-581 116, 864 765, e-mail: [email protected]
Western Provincial Council, Department of Local Government Mr. Don Premasiri Hettiarachchi, Commissioner of Local Government, Government of Sri Lanka, Independence Square, 07-Colombo, Sri Lanka; Tel: +94-1-672 544, Fax: +94-1-687 970, e-mail: [email protected]
Tanzania Ministry of Regional Administration and Local Government Mr. Claudio Bitegeko, Assistant Director, Government of Tanzania, P.O. Box: 1923, Dodoma, Tanzania (United Republic of); Tel: +255-26-322 1599, Fax: +255-26-42246, 322 2217, e-mail: [email protected]
Urban Authorities Support Unit (UASU), Ministry of Regional Administration and Local Government Dr. Batilda Burian, National Programme Coordinator, Government of Tanzania, P.O. Box: 63193 (9182), Old Boma Building, Sokoine/Morogoro Rd., Dar es Salaam, Tanzania (United Republic of); Tel: +255-(007)-22-211 3659, Fax: +255-(007)-22-211 0513/4, e-mail: [email protected]
Mr. Martin Kitilla, EPM Expert, Government of Tanzania, P.O. Box: 63193 (9182), Old Boma Building, Sokoine/Morogoro Rd., Dar es Salaam, Tanzania (United Republic of); Tel: +255-(007)-22-2110513/4, Fax: +255-(007)-22-2114014, e-mail: [email protected], [email protected]
266 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Russian Federation Government of the Leningrad Region, Committee on Economy and Investments Dr. Natalia Smirnova Georgievna, First Vice-President, Government of the Leningrad Region, B7 Suvorovski Prospect, 193311-St. Petersburg, Russian Federation; Tel: +7-812-274 1446, 2901176, Fax: +7-812-276 6573, 295 9875/295 9875, e-mail: [email protected], [email protected]
State Committee of the Russian Federation for Architecture and Construction Habitat Executive Bureau Mr. Yyacheslav Bedro, State Committee of the Russian Federation for Architecture and Construction, 8 Stroitelejstr., 2 Build, 117987-Moscow, Russian Federation; Tel: +7-09-5930 6264, Fax: +7-09-5930 0379, e-mail: [email protected]
Mr. Vladimir K. Storchevus, Director, State Committee of the Russian Federation for Architecture and Construction, 24, Bolshaya Dmitrovka Str., 103824-Moscow, Russian Federation; Tel: +7-095-930 6264, Fax: +7-095-930 2968/938, e-mail: habmoscow@mtu- net.ru, [email protected]
Zambia Ministry of Local Government and Housing, Department of Physical Planning and Housing Dr. Glynn A.C. Khonje, Director, Government of Zambia, P.O. Box: 50027, Lusaka, Zambia; Tel: +260-1-250 996, Fax: +260-1-253 697, e-mail: [email protected]
Private Sector
Business Day Xolani Xundu, Journalist, Business Day, 4, Biermann Ave., Rosebank, Johannesburg, South Africa; T el: +27-11-280 3000, Fax: +27-11-280 5600, e-mail: [email protected]
Christian Children’s Fund Inc. Mr. Prince Morare, Christian Children’s Fund Inc., P.O. Box: 327, Johannesburg, South Africa; Tel: +27-11-805 8892, Fax: +27-11-805 8425, e-mail: [email protected]
Common Ground Consulting Ms. Marlene Therese Laros, Consultant, Common Ground Consulting, P.O. Box: 1828, 8000-Cape Town, South Africa; Tel: +27-21-424 5052, Fax: +27-21-424 2495, e-mail: [email protected]
COWI Consult Mr. Jacob Ulrich, Consultant, Chief Manager, COWI Consult, P.O. Box: ,15 Parallelvey, DK-2800-Lyngby, Denmark; Tel: +45-4-597 2211, Fax: +45-4-597 2212, e-mail: [email protected]
267 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
EcoCity Trust Ms. Annie Sugrue, Director, EcoCity Trust, P.O. Box: X65, Postnet Suite H117, Halfway House, 1685-Midrand, South Africa; Tel: +27-11-805 7337, Fax: +27-11-805 7336, e-mail: [email protected]
MCA Urban & Environmental Planners Mr. Matthew Cullinan, MCA Urban & Environmental Planners, P.O. Box: 15709, 8018-Vlaeberg, South Africa; Tel: +27-21-465 0590, Fax: +27-21-465 0592, e-mail: [email protected]
MLH Architects and Planners Mr. Ken Sturgeon, MLH Architects and Planners, P.O. Box: 15002,, 8018-Vlaeberg, South Africa; Tel: +27-21-424 3210, Fax: +27-21-424 7810, e-mail: [email protected]
South African Breweries Ms. Leonora Sauls, Manager, South African Breweries, P.O. Box: 23012, 7735-Claremont, South Africa; Tel: +27-21-658 7395, Fax: +27-21-671 4402, e-mail: [email protected]
UEF Secretariat
Conference Communications Mr. Christian Besnier, Interpreter, Conference Communications, Cape Town, South Africa; e-mail: [email protected]
Ms. Hilda Kooyman-Poulter, Interpreter, Conference Communications, Cape Town, South Africa; e-mail: [email protected]
Global Conferences Ms. Crystal Kasselman, Conference Co-ordinator, Global Conferences, Cape Town, South Africa, Tel: +27-21-762 8600, Fax: +27-21-7628606, e-mail: [email protected]
McCallum Consultancy Mr. Douglas McCallum, Consultant, McCallum Consultancy, Mossknowe, PA23 8TJ- Blairmore, Argyll, United Kingdom; Tel: +44-1369-840 788, Fax: +44-1369-840 799, e-mail: [email protected]
Rosemary Public Relations Ms. Rosemary Hare, Rosemary Public Relations cc, 7 Glynnville Terrace Gardens, 8001-Cape Town, South Africa, Tel:+27 21 465 1166, Fax:+27 21 465 1169, Cell:+27 82 339 0253, e-mail: [email protected]
268 UEF 2000 Biennial Meeting Report
Ms. Samantha Solomon, Client Service Executive, Rosemary Public Relations cc, 7 Glynnville Terrace Gardens, 8001-Cape Town, South Africa, Tel:+27 21 465 1166, Fax:+27 21 465 1169, Cell:+27 82 339 0253, e-mail:[email protected]
UNCHS (Habitat)/UNEP Mr. Jean-Christophe Adrian, SCP Advisor, UNCHS (Habitat)/UNEP, P.O. Box: 30030, Nairobi, Kenya; Tel: +254-2-62 3228, Fax: +254-2-62 3715, e-mail: [email protected]
Ms. Eleanor Cody, Information Officer, UNCHS (Habitat)/UNEP, P.O. Box: 30030, Nairobi, Kenya; Tel: +254-2-62 3784, Fax: +254-2-62 3715, 62 4263/4, e-mail: [email protected]
Mr. Bernd Decker, Programme Advisor, UNCHS (Habitat)/UNEP, P.O. Box: 30030, Nairobi, Kenya; Tel: +254-2-62 3191, Fax: +254-2-62 3715, 62 4263/4, e-mail: [email protected]
Mr. Gulelat Kebede, EPM Process Expert, UNCHS (Habitat)/UNEP, P.O. Box: 30030, Nairobi, Kenya; Tel: +254-2-62 4194, Fax: +254-2-62 3715, e-mail: [email protected]
269